MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY
REPUBLIC OF IRAQ
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL
TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
TENDER DOCUMENT
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/2013
Turnkey Tender for
Supply, Shipment of (132kV) Underground Cables & Accessories,
Installation, Work Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the
Works for Joining Projects (Substations):AL Zawraa 132 kv Substation–AL Hurryia 132 kv Substation
AL Yarmook 132 kv substation – Al Rasheed 400 kv Substation
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
Issued in
TENDER NO. P.C 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
CONTENTS
LETTER OF INVITATION
1
SECTION 1:
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS ............................................................................................ 3
SECTION 2:
BID DATA SHEET (BDS) ................................................................................................... 24
2.1
A. INTRODUCTION........................................................................................................... 24
2.2
B. BIDDING DOCUMENTS............................................................................................... 25
2.3
C. PREPARATION OF BIDS............................................................................................. 25
2.4
D. SUBMISSION AND OPENING OF BIDS ..................................................................... 28
2.5
E. EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS ............................................................ 29
2.6
F. AWARD OF CONTRACT.............................................................................................. 29
SECTION 3:
EVALUATION AND QUALIFICATION CRITERIA............................................................. 30
3.1
EVALUATION...................................................................................................................... 30
3.1.1
Technical Evaluation ........................................................................................................... 30
3.1.2
Economic Evaluation ........................................................................................................... 30
3.2
TECHNICAL ALTERNATIVES ............................................................................................ 31
3.3
QUALIFICATION ................................................................................................................. 32
3.3.1
Eligibility............................................................................................................................... 32
3.3.2
Pending Litigation ................................................................................................................ 33
3.3.3
Experience........................................................................................................................... 35
3.3.4
Personnel ............................................................................................................................ 36
3.3.5
Equipment ........................................................................................................................... 36
3.3.6
Subcontractors .................................................................................................................... 37
SECTION 4:
PRICE BID BIDDING FORMS ............................................................................................ 38
4.1
LETTER OF PRICE BID...................................................................................................... 38
4.2
PRICE SCHEDULES........................................................................................................... 40
4.3
PRICE SCHEDULE NO 1:- MAJOR PROJECT & EQUIPMENT........................................ 42
4.3.1
Schedule No 1.1: 132kV Under Ground Cable System - Major Project & Equipment....... 42
4.3.2
Schedule No. 1.2..:- Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication - Major Project &
Equipment. .......................................................................................................................... 46
4.3.3
Schedule No 1.3:- Supply of Cable Protection Systems ..................................................... 55
4.3.4
Schedule No 1.4:- Supply and Installation of GIS System .................................................. 56
4.4
PRICE SCHEDULE NO 2 :- MANDATORY SPARE MATERIALS ..................................... 57
4.5
SCHEDULE NO 3 - ( OMITTED )...................................................................................... 58
4.6
PRICE SCHEDULE NO. 4:- CIVIL WORKS, ELECTRICAL WORKS & INSTALLATION .. 59
4.6.1
Schedule No. 4.1.A. :- Civil Works ...................................................................................... 59
Schedule No 4.1.. :- Civil Works.......................................................................................... 60
Schedule No 4.1 :- Civil Works............................................................................................ 61
4.6.2
Schedule No 4.2 - Electrical Works - Power Cable............................................................. 62
4.6.3
Schedule No. 4.3.: Fiber Optic Cable & Equipment ............................................................ 63
4.6.4
Schedule No. 4.4:- Installation of Cable Protection Systems.............................................. 64
4.7
PRICE SCHEDULE NO. 5:- OTHER SERVICES ............................................................... 65
Contents
1-i
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.7.1
Schedule No. 5.1:- Training................................................................................................. 65
4.7.2
Schedule No. 5.2:- Witness of Factory Tests & Type Tests ............................................... 66
4.8
PRICE SCHEDULE NO 6:- GRAND SUMMARY............................................................... 67
4.9
SCHEDULE NO. 8 - TOOLS AND APPLIANCES (PROVISIONAL)................................... 69
4.10
SCHEDULE NO. 9 - DAY WORKS (PROVISIONAL) ......................................................... 70
4.11
SCHEDULE NO. 10- SCHEDULE OF MAJOR ITEMS OF CONSTRUCTIONAL PROJECT
............................................................................................................................................. 75
SECTION 5:
BIDDING FORMS TECHNICAL BID .................................................................................. 76
5.1
LETTER OF TECHNICAL BID ............................................................................................ 76
5.2
BID SECURITY ................................................................................................................... 78
5.3
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL ................................................................................................... 79
5.3.1
Form PER – 1: Proposed Personnel ................................................................................... 80
5.4
TIME SCHEDULE ............................................................................................................... 85
5.5
BIDDERS QUALIFICATION................................................................................................ 86
5.5.1
Form ELI - 1: Bidder’s Information Sheet ............................................................................ 86
5.5.2
Form ELI - 2: JV Information Sheet..................................................................................... 87
5.5.3
Form LIT - Pending Litigation .............................................................................................. 88
5.5.4
Form FIN - 1: Financial Situation......................................................................................... 89
5.5.5
Form FIN - 2: Average Annual Turnover ............................................................................. 90
5.5.6
Form FIN – 3: Financial Resources.................................................................................... 91
5.5.7
Form FIN- 4: Current Contract Commitments .................................................................... 92
5.5.8
Form EXP – 1: General Experience ................................................................................... 93
5.5.9
Form EXP – 2(a): Specific Experience............................................................................... 94
5.5.10
Form EXP - 2(b): Specific Experience in Key Activities ..................................................... 95
SECTION 6:
ELIGIBLE COUNTRIES...................................................................................................... 96
SECTION 7:
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF WORKS .................................................... 97
7.1
TECHNICAL GENERAL CONDTIONS ............................................................................... 97
7.1.1
Basic design Criteria............................................................................................................ 97
7.1.2
Electrical Works................................................................................................................... 97
7.1.3
Civil Works........................................................................................................................... 98
7.1.4
Geographical Information System ....................................................................................... 99
7.1.5
Electrical System and Engineering Works .......................................................................... 99
7.1.6
Civil System and Engineering Works .................................................................................. 99
7.1.7
Site Environmental Conditions .......................................................................................... 100
7.1.8
HV & MV Equipment & Safety Clearances ..................................................................... 101
7.2
MAJOR PROJECT & EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SPARE PARTS (WHICH ARE NOT
GIVEN SEPARATELY) ..................................................................................................... 103
7.2.1
132kV Al/XLPE Underground Cable System: ................................................................... 103
7.2.2
Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication - Major Project & Equipment......................... 103
7.2.3
Supply of Cable Protection Systems ................................................................................. 103
7.2.4
Supply of Geographical Information System ..................................................................... 103
7.3
MANDATORY SPARE MATERIALS................................................................................. 103
Contents
ii
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
7.4
LIAISON SERVICES ......................................................................................................... 103
7.5
CIVIL WORKS, ELECTRICAL WORKS, INSTALLATION AND OTHER SERVICES ...... 103
7.5.1
A. Civil Works : ................................................................................................................. 103
7.5.2
Electrical Works :............................................................................................................... 104
7.5.3
Fiber Optic Cable & Equipment:........................................................................................ 104
7.5.4
Installation of Cable Protection Systems:.......................................................................... 104
7.6
OTHER SERVICES........................................................................................................... 104
7.6.1
Training:............................................................................................................................. 104
7.6.2
Witness of Factory Tests & Type Tests............................................................................. 104
7.7
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS. .................................................................................. 104
7.8
CARAVAN TYPE HOUSES FOR JOINTING PURPOSES............................................... 104
7.9
MULTIPLE PRECAST MOULDING MACHINE SPECIFICATION................................... 106
SECTION 8:
132KV UNDER GROUND CABLE INSTALLATION........................................................ 107
8.1
GENERAL DESCRIPTION................................................................................................ 107
8.1.1
ELECTRICAL WORKS...................................................................................................... 107
8.1.2
Calculation of transmission capacity ................................................................................. 107
8.1.3
Calculation of Electrical Losses......................................................................................... 108
8.1.4
Magnetic Field Strength on Surface .................................................................................. 108
8.1.5
Cross-Bonding of Cable Sheath........................................................................................ 108
8.1.6
Cable Temperature Monitoring System (Not applicable) .................................................. 109
8.1.7
Requirements for Installation and Commissioning............................................................ 109
8.2
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF 132KV XLPE CABLES ............................................ 110
8.2.1
General .............................................................................................................................. 110
8.2.2
Specifications of 132kV Power Cables.............................................................................. 110
8.2.3
Technical Requirements of Cable Accessories................................................................. 110
8.2.4
Technical Requirements of Temperature Measurement (Not applicable) ........................ 112
8.2.5
Technical Requirements of Cross-Bonding and Earthing of Cable Sheath ...................... 113
8.2.6
Installation of the 132kV Cable System............................................................................. 115
8.3
OTHER REQUIREMENTS ................................................................................................ 118
8.3.1
Requirements on Operation and Instruction Manuals and Drawings................................ 118
8.3.2
Training and Familiarization of Project and Equipment..................................................... 119
SECTION 9:
132KV UNDERGRUOND CABLES.................................................................................. 120
9.1
INTRODUCTION ............................................................................................................... 120
9.2
TECHNICAL RULES ......................................................................................................... 120
9.2.1
IEC Recommendations ..................................................................................................... 120
9.2.2
Standards .......................................................................................................................... 120
9.3
GENERAL WORKING CONDITIONS ............................................................................... 120
9.3.1
System Electrical Conditions............................................................................................. 120
9.3.2
Electrical Conditions Considering Metallic Sheath Earthing ............................................. 120
9.3.3
Operating Temperature of Cables..................................................................................... 120
9.3.4
Climatic Conditions............................................................................................................ 121
9.3.5
Soil Thermal Conditions .................................................................................................... 121
Contents
iii
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.4
CABLES FEATURES ........................................................................................................ 121
9.4.1
Synthetic Insulation Cables ............................................................................................... 122
9.4.2
Marking of Cables.............................................................................................................. 126
9.4.3
Accessories ....................................................................................................................... 127
9.4.4
Shipment and Reels .......................................................................................................... 127
9.5
TESTS ON CABLES ......................................................................................................... 128
9.5.1
General .............................................................................................................................. 128
9.5.2
Calibration ......................................................................................................................... 129
9.5.3
Test Conditions.................................................................................................................. 129
9.5.4
Tests At Works .................................................................................................................. 129
9.6
TESTS ON ACCESSORIES ............................................................................................. 133
9.6.1
General .............................................................................................................................. 133
9.6.2
Pressure tanks................................................................................................................... 133
9.6.3
Alarm Pressure Gauges .................................................................................................... 134
9.6.4
Dielectric Security Test (All Kinds of Cable)...................................................................... 134
9.6.5
Impulse Voltage Test ( All Kinds of Cable)........................................................................ 134
9.7
TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION ....................................................................................... 134
9.7.1
General .............................................................................................................................. 134
9.7.2
High – Volt Age Test (All Kinds of Cable) ......................................................................... 134
9.7.3
Conductor Resistance Test (for information only)............................................................. 134
9.7.4
High Voltage Test of The Protection Covering (all kinds of cable).................................... 134
9.8
TESTS CLASSIFICATION – QUALIFICATION – ACCEPTANCE.................................... 134
9.8.1
Tests Classification............................................................................................................ 134
9.8.2
Qualification....................................................................................................................... 135
9.8.3
Checking During Manufacture........................................................................................... 135
9.8.4
Acceptance........................................................................................................................ 135
SECTION 10:
STANDARD SPECIFICATION FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND TELECOMMUNICATION
........................................................................................................................................... 136
10.1
GENERAL ......................................................................................................................... 136
10.2
PDH/SDH (STM-1) OPTICAL FIBRE EQUIPMENT ......................................................... 136
10.2.1
General Requirements ...................................................................................................... 136
10.2.2
General Conditions............................................................................................................ 137
10.2.3
Requirements for Transport Level..................................................................................... 138
10.2.4
2 Mbit/s HDSL Desktop Terminal ...................................................................................... 139
10.2.5
Arm Units........................................................................................................................... 139
10.2.6
Optical Amplifier ................................................................................................................ 142
10.2.7
Summary of Standards...................................................................................................... 142
10.2.8
Synchronization Equipment............................................................................................... 144
10.2.9
Test Equipment ................................................................................................................. 144
10.2.10
Abbreviations..................................................................................................................... 144
10.3
UNDERGROUND OPTICAL FIBER CABLE SPCIFICATIONS........................................ 146
10.3.1
Specifications .................................................................................................................... 146
Contents
iv
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
10.3.2
SPECIFICATION OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES .................................................................. 152
10.4
CABLES ............................................................................................................................ 155
10.5
MAINTENANCE ................................................................................................................ 156
10.5.1
Tools and Instruments....................................................................................................... 156
10.5.2
Documentation .................................................................................................................. 156
10.5.3
Spare Parts........................................................................................................................ 156
10.6
SUPERVISION, TRAINING AND TEST WITNESSING.................................................... 156
SECTION 11:
CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS ........................................................................................ 163
11.1
SCOPE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS .................................................................... 163
11.1.1
General ............................................................................................................................. 163
11.1.2
Deadlines.......................................................................................................................... 164
11.1.3
Description of installations ............................................................................................ 164
11.1.4
General description of the cable route.......................................................................... 164
11.1.5
Cable routing ................................................................................................................... 164
11.1.6
Information for the Contractor ....................................................................................... 165
11.1.7
Start-up and shutdown of existing installations .......................................................... 166
11.1.8
Scope of supplies, sequence of installation by the Contractor ................................. 166
11.1.9
Documentation ................................................................................................................ 167
11.2
DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS ........................................................................ 168
11.2.1
Construction site mobilization ....................................................................................... 168
11.2.2
Site supervision............................................................................................................... 168
11.2.3
Unforeseen interruptions to construction work........................................................... 168
11.2.4
Cooperation with other contractors .............................................................................. 168
11.2.5
Surveying work................................................................................................................ 169
11.2.6
Removal of non-foreseeable obstructions ................................................................... 169
11.2.7
Site security & Safety...................................................................................................... 169
11.2.8
Breaking open the surface ............................................................................................. 171
11.2.9
Earthworks ....................................................................................................................... 171
11.2.10
Laying of cables .............................................................................................................. 178
11.2.11
Cable installation............................................................................................................. 178
11.2.12
Restoration of road surfaces, pedestrian surfaces and hard shoulders................... 178
11.2.13
Method of Canal crossings ............................................................................................ 180
11.2.14
Cable route survey .......................................................................................................... 182
11.3
DETAILS OF DESIGN WORKS ...................................................................................... 183
11.3.1
Standards and Codes of Practice .................................................................................. 183
11.3.2
Structure Type of Cable Bridge ..................................................................................... 184
11.3.3
Design Criteria of Cable Bridge ..................................................................................... 184
11.4
DETAILS OF TESTING REQUIREMENTS ...................................................................... 186
11.4.1
General on Testing .......................................................................................................... 186
11.4.2
Particulars of Testing...................................................................................................... 187
11.5
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EXECUTION OF CIVIL WORKS.......................... 188
11.5.1
Sub-soil investigations ................................................................................................... 188
Contents
v
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.5.2
Site clearance, and earthworks...................................................................................... 189
11.5.3
Concrete ........................................................................................................................... 191
SECTION 12:
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY INFORMATION......................... 201
12.1
NOTES ON TECHNICAL SCHEDULES ........................................................................... 201
12.2
TECHNICAL PERTICULARS AND GURANTEES............................................................ 201
12.2.1
Schedule A: General Description of Work......................................................................... 201
12.2.2
Schedule B: Times for Delivery & Completion and Contract Completion Time ................ 202
12.2.3
Schedule C: Manufacturers and Places of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection ............ 203
12.2.4
Schedule D 5: 132kV Power Cable – General Particulars and Guarantees .................... 205
12.2.5
Schedule D 6: Fiber Optic Cable....................................................................................... 210
12.2.6
Schedule D 3: International Standards.............................................................................. 215
12.3
DEPARTURES FROM THE SPECIFICATION ................................................................. 217
12.4
MANUFACTURER’S AND SUBCONTRACTOR’S STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE ...... 218
12.4.1
Site Organization ............................................................................................................... 218
12.4.2
Details of Other Work In Hand & Contractual Commitments ............................................ 221
12.4.3
Schedule of Sub Contractors ............................................................................................ 222
12.5
DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE BID 223
12.6
SUBMITTALS DURING CONTRACT PERIOD................................................................. 224
12.6.1
Programme of submittals .................................................................................................. 224
12.7
DRAWING NUMBERS ...................................................................................................... 224
12.7.1
Documents & Drawings to be submitted during the contract period ................................. 224
12.8
CONTRACT RECORD DRAWINGS ................................................................................. 225
12.9
SAMPLES.......................................................................................................................... 227
12.10
ADHERENCE TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS, REGULATIONS AND / OR
GUIDELINES..................................................................................................................... 228
SECTION 13:
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS: BANK GUARANTEES,. CERTIFICATES ................ 230
13.1
BANK GUARANTEES AND CERTIFICATES ................................................................... 230
13.1.1
Form of Performance Security (Performance Bond)......................................................... 230
13.1.2
Form of Advance Payment Security (Not applicable as there is no Advance payment)... 232
13.1.3
Form of Completion Certificate.......................................................................................... 233
13.1.4
Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate ..................................................................... 234
13.2
CHANGE ORDERS........................................................................................................... 235
13.2.1
Change Order Procedure .................................................................................................. 236
13.2.2
References for Changes ................................................................................................... 236
13.2.3
Change Order Forms......................................................................................................... 237
SECTION 14:
CONTRACT FORMS ........................................................................................................ 245
14.1
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD............................................................................................. 245
14.2
CONTRACT AGREEMENT............................................................................................... 246
14.2.1
Appendix 1 - Terms and Procedures of Payment ........................................................... 249
14.2.2
Appendix 2 - Price Escalation ......................................................................................... 250
14.2.3
Appendix 3 - Insurance Requirements............................................................................ 251
14.2.4
Appendix 4 - Time Schedule ........................................................................................... 253
Contents
vi
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
14.2.5
Appendix 5 - List of Major Items of Project and Services and List of Approved
Subcontractors .................................................................................................................. 254
14.2.6
Appendix 6 - Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer ........................................... 255
14.2.7
Appendix 7 - List of Documents for Approval or Review................................................. 256
14.2.8
Appendix 8 - Functional Guarantees- Not Applicable ..................................................... 257
SECTION 15:
GENERAL CONDITONS OF CONTRACT ....................................................................... 258
15.1
ATTACHED SEPARATELY .............................................................................................. 258
SECTION 16:
PERTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT ................................................................ 259
16.1
ATTACHED SEPARATELY .............................................................................................. 259
SECTION 17:
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS: DRAWINGS .............................................................. 260
17.1
CABLE ROUTE MAPS ...................................................................................................... 261
17.1.1
AL Zawraa Substation–AL Hurryia Substation.................................................................. 261
17.1.2
AL Yarmook substation – Al Rasheed Substation ............................................................ 271
17.1.3
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation .......................................... 280
17.2
DRAWING NO 001: TYPICAL DRAWING FOR FLAT FORMATION – GENERAL CABLE
ROUTE .............................................................................................................................. 285
17.3
DRAWING NO 002A: TYPICAL DRAWING FOR CROSS SECTION VIEW HORIZONTAL
DIRECTIONAL DRILLING................................................................................................. 286
17.4
DRAWING 002B TYPICAL DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRAWING 287
17.5
DRAWING NO 003: TYPICAL DRAWING FOR ROAD CROSSING (OPEN CUT) ......... 288
17.6
DRAWING 004A POWER CABLE JOINT CHAIMBER..................................................... 289
17.7
DRAWING 004B POWER CABLE JOINT CHAIMBER PLAN .......................................... 290
17.8
DRAWING R005 LINK BOX PIT ....................................................................................... 291
17.9
DRAWING 006 TYPICAL DRWING FOR FLAT FORMATION CONCRETE TROUGH... 292
17.10
DRAWING R002 CARAVAN FOR CABLE JOINTING...................................................... 293
17.11
DRAWING 0011CRC JOINT CHAIMBER......................................................................... 294
17.12
FIG (2) MULTIPLE PRECAST MOULDING MACHINE SPECIFICATION ....................... 295
17.13
DRAWING 021T – CONCRETE TROUGH & MARKER BLOCK1.................................... 296
17.14
DRAWING 001M – CONCRETE TROUGH & MARKER BLOCK2 ................................... 297
17.15
DRAWING F1: MARKER TAPE ....................................................................................... 298
17.16
DRAWING 0010F: FOUNDATION OF GANTRY STEEL STRUCTURE SUPPORTS FOR
132KV CABLE SEALING ENDS ....................................................................................... 299
17.17
DRAWING 0010G: GANTRY STEEL STRUCTURE SUPPORTS FOR 132KV CABLE
SEALING ENDS ................................................................................................................ 300
17.18
DRAWING CB: CROSS BONDING FOR LONG DISTANCE .......................................... 301
17.19
TYPICAL CROSS SECTION OF A 132KV XLPE ALUMINIUM CABLE........................... 302
Contents
vii
TENDER NO. P.C 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
LETTER OF TENDER
My Ref: P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013
Tender Date: xxxxxx
General Directorate of
Electrical Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
E-mail :71_dg@moelc.gov.iq
CC: 71_commercial .dept.mgr@moelc .gov.iq
71_comms.dept.staff@moelc.gov.iq
Dear Sir,
LETTER OF TENDER
I.
The General Directorate for Electrical Transmission Projects (GDETP) of the Ministry Of Electricity
(MOE), Government of Iraq has initiated the implementation of several electricity development
projects in order to improve electricity supply reliability and availability of the country by enhancing
the capacity of supply in the Iraq National Grid.
II.
The GDETP / MOE invites sealed Bids from eligible Bidders for the , Supply, Shipment of 132kV
Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the
Works for joining projects (substations):
AL Zawraa Substation–AL Hurryia Substation

AL Yarmook substation – Al Rasheed Substation

AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
III.
The GDETP/MOE intends to finance this project through funds received from the Government of
Iraq, for which this Letter of Invitation is issued.
IV.
MOE wishes to effect the contract payments by irrecoverable, letters of credit, deferred over 630
days) period. Details of payment terms are given in the Appendix 1 of the Contract Agreement
(Section 12: 13).
V.
Two envelopes bidding procedure will be adopted. Bidders are required to submit simultaneously
two sealed envelopes, one containing the Technical Proposal and the other containing the Financial
Proposal. Initially only the technical proposals are opened. Technical proposals which are not
substantially responsive will be rejected. The substantially responsive technical proposals will be
considered for further evaluation and discussion.
VI.
Bidders are requested to fully aware of local conditions and take them into account in preparing the
proposals.
VII.
Bids containing Technical and Financial Proposals must be delivered to the address given in the Bid
Data Sheet on or before (12.00 noon) (Baghdad, Iraq local time) on / / 2013. Bids received after
this time and date shall not be considered and will be returned un-opened.
VIII.
Technical Proposals will be opened immediately thereafter in the presence of Bidder’s
representatives who choose to attend
IX.
The Financial Proposals will be opened in the presence of the renderer’s representatives who
Letter of Invitation
1
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
choose to attend. The time, date and the venue of the opening will be advised by the GDETP/MOE.
X.
Please note that (i) the costs of preparing the proposals and of negotiating the contract, including a
visit to the MOE, are not reimbursable as a direct cost of the Bid; and (ii) the MOE is not bound to
accept any of the proposals submitted.
XI.
The Bid Document contains following sections;
Letter of Invitation
Section 1 –
Instructions to Bidders
Section 2 –
Bid Data Sheet
Section 3 –
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
Section 4 –
Bidding Forms: Price
Section 5 –
Bidding Forms: Technical
Section 6 –
Eligible Countries
Section 7 –
Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Work
Section 8 –
Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Under Ground Cable Installation
Section 9 –
Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Under Ground Cable
Section 10 – Employer’s Requirements: Standard Specification for Fiber Optic Cable and
Telecommunication.
Section 11 – Employer’s Requirements: Civil Engineering Works
Section 12 – Employer’s Requirements: Supplementary Information
Section 13 – Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
Section 14 – Contract Forms
Section 15 – General Conditions of Contract – On a separate Volume
Section 16 – Particular Conditions of Contract – On a Separate Volume
Section 17 -
Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
The Tender Company should have a branch in Iraq. Please send your confirmation or / regrets (to
participate in this Tender) to us in writing (by email or by post); upon receipt of the invitation.
Yours Sincerely,
Director General - Electricity Transmission Projects
General Directorate of Electricity Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Al Mustinsiria Square
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
Tel: +964 TBD
Contents
2
TENDER NO. P.C 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 1:
A.
INSTRUCTIONS TO BIDDERS
GENERAL ............................................................................................................................. 5
1
SCOPE OF BID ..................................................................................................................... 5
2
SOURCE OF FUNDS............................................................................................................ 5
3
CORRUPT PRACTICES ....................................................................................................... 5
4
ELIGIBLE BIDDERS.............................................................................................................. 5
5
ELIGIBLE PROJECT AND SERVICES................................................................................. 6
B.
CONTENTS OF BIDDING DOCUMENT............................................................................... 7
6
SECTIONS OF BIDDING DOCUMENT ................................................................................ 7
7
CLARIFICATION OF BIDDING DOCUMENT, SITE VISIT, PRE-BID MEETING................. 8
8
AMENDMENT OF BIDDING DOCUMENT ........................................................................... 8
C.
PREPARATION OF BIDS..................................................................................................... 9
9
COST OF BIDDING............................................................................................................... 9
10
LANGUAGE OF BID.............................................................................................................. 9
11
DOCUMENTS COMPRISING THE BID................................................................................ 9
12
LETTER OF BID AND SCHEDULES .................................................................................. 10
13
ALTERNATIVE BIDS........................................................................................................... 10
14
DOCUMENTS ESTABLISHING THE ELIGIBILITY OF PROJECT AND SERVICES ........ 10
15
DOCUMENTS ESTABLISHING THE ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATIONS OF THE
BIDDER ............................................................................................................................... 10
16
DOCUMENTS ESTABLISHING CONFORMITY OF THE PROJECT AND SERVICES .... 11
17
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL, SUBCONTRACTORS.............................................................. 11
18
BID PRICES AND DISCOUNTS ......................................................................................... 12
19
CURRENCIES OF BID AND PAYMENT............................................................................. 13
20
PERIOD OF VALIDITY OF BIDS ........................................................................................ 14
21
BID SECURITY ................................................................................................................... 14
22
FORMAT AND SIGNING OF BID ....................................................................................... 15
D.
SUBMISSION AND OPENING OF BIDS............................................................................ 15
23
SUBMISSION, SEALING AND MARKING OF BIDS .......................................................... 15
24
DEADLINE FOR SUBMISSION OF BIDS........................................................................... 16
25
LATE BIDS .......................................................................................................................... 16
26
WITHDRAWAL, SUBSTITUTION, AND MODIFICATION OF BIDS................................... 16
27
BID OPENING ..................................................................................................................... 16
E.
EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS................................................................... 18
28
CONFIDENTIALITY............................................................................................................. 18
29
CLARIFICATION OF BIDS.................................................................................................. 18
30
DEVIATIONS, RESERVATIONS, AND OMISSIONS ......................................................... 19
31
PRELIMINARY EXAMINATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS .................................................... 19
32
RESPONSIVENESS OF TECHNICAL BID......................................................................... 19
33
NONMATERIAL NONCONFORMATIES ............................................................................ 20
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-3
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
34
DETAILED EVALUATION OF TECHNICAL BIDS .............................................................. 20
35
ELIGIBILITY AND QUALIFICATION OF THE BIDDER ...................................................... 20
36
CORRECTION OF ARITHMETICAL ERRORS .................................................................. 21
37
CONVERSION TO SINGLE CURRENCY........................................................................... 21
38
MARGIN OF PREFERENCE .............................................................................................. 21
39
EVALUATION OF PRICE BIDS .......................................................................................... 21
40
COMPARISON OF BIDS .................................................................................................... 22
EMPLOYER’S RIGHT TO ACCEPT ANY BID, AND TO REJECT ANY OR ALL BIDS ..... 22
F.
AWARD OF CONTRACT ................................................................................................... 22
42
AWARD CRITERIA ............................................................................................................. 22
43
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD............................................................................................... 22
44
SIGNING OF CONTRACT .................................................................................................. 23
45
PERFORMANCE SECURITY ............................................................................................. 23
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-4
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
A. General
For Detailed scope of the project please refer Section 7: Employer’s Requirements, Scope of Work and
for Definitions of the words please refer to Section 14: General Conditions of the Contract: Clause 1
1
Scope of Bid
1.1
In connection with the Invitation for Bids indicated in the Bid Data Sheet
(BDS), the Employer, as indicated in the BDS, issues this Bidding
Document for the procurement of Project and services as specified in
Sections on Employer’s Requirements. The name, identification, and
number of lots (contracts) of the International Competitive Bidding (ICB)
or Bidding Process, are provided in the BDS.
1.2
Unless otherwise stated, throughout this Bidding Document definitions
and interpretations shall be as prescribed in Section 14: (General
Conditions of Contract).
1.3
The successful Bidder will be expected to complete the overall scope of
works, within the period indicated in the BDS.
2
Source of
Funds
2.1
The Employer intends to finance this Bid through funds received from the
Government of Iraq.
3
Corrupt
Practices
3.1
Refer General Condition of Contract ,
(a) corrupt Practice is defined as follows
“corrupt practice” means the offering, giving, receiving, or soliciting,
directly or indirectly, anything of value to influence improperly the
actions of another party;
“fraudulent practice” means any act or omission, including a
misrepresentation, that knowingly or recklessly misleads, or attempts
to mislead, a party to obtain a financial or other benefit or to avoid an
obligation;
“coercive practice” means impairing or harming, or threatening to
impair or harm, directly or indirectly, any party or the property of the
party to influence improperly the actions of a party;
“collusive practice” means an arrangement between two or more
parties
designed to achieve an improper purpose, including
influencing improperly the actions of another party;
(b) will reject a proposal for award if it determines that the bidder
recommended for award has, directly or through an agent, engaged
in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive practices in competing for
the Contract; and
(c) will sanction a firm or an individual, at any time, , if it at any time
determines that the firm or individual has, directly or through an
agent, engaged in corrupt, fraudulent, collusive, or coercive or other
prohibited practices.
4
Eligible Bidders
4.1
A Bidder may be a private entity or a government-owned entity - subject
to ITB 4.5- or any combination of such entities with the intent to enter into
an agreement supported by a letter of intent or under an existing
agreement in the form of a joint venture, consortium, or association (JV).
In the case of a JV:
(a) all partners shall be jointly and severally liable, and
(b) the JV shall nominate a Representative who shall have the authority
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-5
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
to conduct all business for and on behalf of any and all the partners of
the JV during the bidding process and, in the event the JV is awarded
the Contract, during contract execution.
4.2
A Bidder, and all partners constituting the Bidder, shall have a nationality
of an eligible country, in accordance with Section 5: (Eligible Countries).
A Bidder shall be deemed to have the nationality of a country if the Bidder
is a national or is constituted, incorporated, or registered and operates in
conformity with the provisions of the laws of that country. This criterion
shall also apply to the determination of the nationality of proposed
subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the Contract including related
services.
4.3
A conflict of interest is a situation in which a party has interests that could
improperly influence that party’s performance of official duties or
responsibilities, contractual obligations, or compliance with applicable
laws and regulations, and that such conflict of interest may contribute to
or constitute a prohibited practice. if it determines that a conflict of
interest has flawed the integrity of any procurement process.
Consequently all Bidders found to have a conflict of interest shall be
disqualified. A Bidder may be considered to be in a conflict of interest
with one or more parties in this bidding process if, including but not limited
to:
(a) they have controlling shareholders in common; or
(b) they receive or have received any direct or indirect subsidy from any
of them; or
(c) they have the same legal representative for purposes of this bid; or
(d) they have a relationship with each other, directly or through common
third parties, that puts them in a position to have access to
information about or influence on the bid of another Bidder, or
influence the decisions of the Employer regarding this bidding
process; or
(e) a Bidder participates in more than one bid in this bidding process.
Participation by a Bidder in more than one Bid will result in the
disqualification of all Bids in which it is involved. However, this does
not limit the inclusion of the same subcontractor, not otherwise
participating as a Bidder, in more than one bid; or
(f) a Bidder or any of its affiliates participated as a consultant in the
preparation of the design or technical specifications of the Project
and services that are the subject of the bid.
5
Eligible Project
and Services
4.4
A firm shall not be eligible to participate in any procurement activities if it
is banned in Iraq.
4.5
Bidders shall provide such evidence of their continued eligibility
satisfactory to the Employer, as the Employer shall reasonably request.
4.6
Firms of a country shall be excluded if UN prohibits any import of goods
from that country or any payments to persons or entities in that country.
4.7
In case a prequalification process has been conducted prior to the bidding
process, this bidding is open only to prequalified Bidders.
5.1
The Project and services to be supplied under the Contract shall have
their origin in eligible source countries as defined in ITB 4.2 above (unless
otherwise stated) and all expenditures under the Contract will be limited to
such Project and services.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-6
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.2
For purposes of ITB 5.1 above, “origin” means the place where the
Project, or component parts thereof are mined, grown, produced or
manufactured, and from which the services are provided.
Project
components are produced when, through manufacturing, processing, or
substantial or major assembling of components, a commercially
recognized product results that is substantially in its basic characteristics
or in purpose or utility from its components.
In this case, the design Services means, tasks covered under the scope of
work and all project related services including design services
The materials to be supplied under the Contract shall have their origin
clearly indicated in the Bid proposal. At the Employer’s request, Bidders
may be required to provide evidence of the origin of materials. Refer BDS
for countries allowed for various items of the project.
All certification of origin should be issued from the commercial and
industrial chambers in the country of manufactured company and certified
from the Iraqi commercial attached (in that country) not from supplier
country and shall be submitted by the contractor to E.T.P before entering
of material to the Iraqi border taking in consideration that certification of
origin issued from one of the Arabic, market cooperation and officially
certified in country of origin are accepted
Mission Facilitate
The contractor should ask for (mission facilitate) letter from the first party
within a period not less than (45) days prior to arrival of shipment to the
Iraqi border, otherwise employer will not be responsible for delay in
custom clearance.
B. Contents of Bidding Document
6
Sections of
Bidding
Document
6.1
The Bidding Document consists of Parts 1, 2, and 3, which include all the
Sections indicated below, and should be read in conjunction with any
Addenda issued in accordance with ITB 8.
PART I
Bidding Procedures
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders (ITB)
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet (BDS)
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria (EQC)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms (BDF):Price
Section 5 - Bidding Forms (BDF):Technical
Section 6 - Eligible Countries (ELC)
PART II Requirements
Section 7,8,9,10,11,12,13 & 17 - Employer’s Requirements
(ERQ)
PART III Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms
Section 15 - General Conditions of Contract (GCC)
Section 16 - Particular Conditions of Contract (PCC)
Section 14 - Contract Forms (COF)
6.2
The Invitation for Bids issued by the Employer is not part of the Bidding
Document.
6.3
The Employer is not responsible for the completeness of the Bidding
Document and its addenda, if they were not obtained directly from the
source stated by the Employer in the Invitation for Bids.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-7
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
6.4
The Bidder is expected to examine all instructions, forms, terms, and
specifications in the Bidding Document. Failure to furnish all information
or documentation required by the Bidding Document may result in the
rejection of the bid.
Bids which are not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bid
document will be rejected.
7
8
Clarification of
Bidding
Document, Site
Visit, Pre-Bid
Meeting
Amendment of
Bidding
7.1
A prospective Bidder requiring any clarification of the Bidding Document
shall contact the Employer in writing at the Employer’s address indicated
in the BDS or raise his enquiries during the pre-bid meeting if provided
for in accordance with ITB 7.4. The Employer will respond to any request
for clarification, provided that such request is received no later than
twenty-one (21) days prior to the deadline for submission of bids. The
Employer’s response shall be in writing with copies to all Bidders who
have acquired the Bidding Document in accordance with ITB 6.3,
including a description of the inquiry but without identifying its source.
Should the Employer deem it necessary to amend the Bidding Document
as a result of a request for clarification, it shall do so following the
procedure under ITB 8 and ITB 24.2.
7.2
The Bidder is advised to visit and examine the site where the Project is to
be installed and its surroundings and obtain for itself on its own
responsibility all information that may be necessary for preparing the bid
and entering into a contract for the provision of Project and services. The
costs of visiting the site shall be at the Bidder’s own expense.
7.3
The Bidder and any of its personnel or agents will be granted permission
by the Employer to enter upon its premises and lands for the purpose of
such visit, but only upon the express condition that the Bidder, its
personnel, and agents will release and indemnify the Employer and its
personnel and agents from and against all liability in respect thereof, and
will be responsible for death or personal injury, loss of or damage to
property, and any other loss, damage, costs, and expenses incurred as a
result of the inspection.
7.4
The Bidder’s designated representative is invited to attend a pre-bid
meeting, if provided for in the BDS. The purpose of the meeting will be
to clarify issues and to answer questions on any matter that may be
raised at that stage.
7.5
The Bidder is requested, as far as possible, to submit any questions in
writing, to reach the Employer not later than one week before the pre-bid
meeting.
7.6
Minutes of the pre-bid meeting, including the text of the questions raised,
without identifying the source, and the responses given, together with any
responses prepared after the meeting, will be transmitted promptly to all
Bidders who have acquired the Bidding Document in accordance with ITB
6.3. Any modification to the Bidding Document that may become
necessary as a result of the pre-bid meeting shall be made by the
Employer exclusively through the issue of an Addendum pursuant to ITB
8 and not through the minutes of the pre-bid meeting.
7.7
Nonattendance at the pre-bid meeting will not be a cause for
disqualification of a Bidder.
8.1
At any time prior to the deadline for submission of bids, the Employer
may amend the Bidding Document by issuing addenda.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-8
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Document
8.2
Any addendum issued shall be part of the Bidding Document and shall be
communicated in writing to all who have obtained the Bidding Document
from the Employer in accordance with ITB 6.3.
Bidders shall
acknowledge receipt of each addendum by email to the Employer
8.3
To give prospective Bidders reasonable time in which to take an
addendum into account in preparing their bids, the Employer may, at its
discretion, extend the deadline for the submission of bids, pursuant to ITB
24.2
C. Preparation of Bids
9
Cost of Bidding
9.1
The Bidder shall bear all costs associated with the preparation and
submission of its Bid, and the Employer shall not be responsible or
liable for those costs, regardless of the conduct or outcome of the
bidding process.
10
Language of
Bid
10.1
The Bid, as well as all correspondence and documents relating to the bid
exchanged by the Bidder and the Employer, shall be written in the English
language. Supporting documents and printed literature that are part of
the Bid may be in another language provided they are accompanied by an
accurate translation of the relevant passages into the English language, in
which case, for purposes of interpretation of the Bid, such translation shall
govern.
11
Documents
Comprising the
Bid
11.1
The Bid shall comprise two envelopes submitted simultaneously, one
called the Technical Bid containing the documents listed in ITB 11.2 and
the other the Price Bid containing the documents listed in ITB 11.3, both
envelopes enclosed together in an outer single envelope.
11.2
The Technical Bid submitted by the Bidder shall comprise the following:
(a)
(b)
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
(h)
(i)
(j)
(k)
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
Letter of Technical Bid;
Bid Security or Bid Securing Declaration, in accordance with ITB 21;
alternative bids, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13;
written confirmation authorizing the signatory of the Bid to commit the
Bidder, in accordance with ITB 22.2;
documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB 14.1 that
the Project and services offered by the Bidder in its bid or in any
alternative bid, if permitted, are eligible;
documentary evidence in accordance with ITB 15 establishing the
Bidder’s eligibility and qualifications to perform the contract if its Bid is
accepted;
Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 17.
documentary evidence establishing in accordance with ITB 16 that
the Project and services offered by the Bidder conform to the Bidding
Document;
in the case of a bid submitted by a JV, JV agreement, or letter of
intent to enter into a JV including a draft agreement, indicating at
least the parts of the Project to be executed by the respective
partners;
List of subcontractors, in accordance with ITB 17.2; and
any other document required in the BDS.
1-9
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.3
The Price Bid submitted by the Bidder shall comprise the following:
(a) Letter of Price Bid;
(b) completed schedules as required, including Price Schedules, in
accordance with ITB 12 and 18;;
(c) alternative price bids, if permissible, in accordance with ITB 13; and
(d) any other document required in the BDS
12
Letter of Bid
and Schedules
12.1
The Letters of Technical Bid and Price Bid, and the Schedules, and all
documents listed under ITB 11, shall be prepared using the relevant
forms furnished in Section 4: & Section 5: (Bidding Forms). The forms
must be completed without any alterations to the text, and no substitutes
shall be accepted. All blank spaces shall be filled in with the information
requested.
13
Alternative
Bids
13.1
Unless otherwise indicated in the BDS, alternative bids shall not be
considered. If they are allowed, the BDS will also indicate whether they
are permitted in accordance with ITB 13.3, or invited in accordance with
ITB 13.2 and/or ITB 13.4.
13.2
When alternatives to the Time Schedule are explicitly invited, a statement
to that effect will be included in the BDS, and the method of evaluating
different time schedules will be described in Section 3: (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria).
13.3
Except as provided under ITB 13.4 below, Bidders wishing to offer
technical alternatives to the Employer’s requirements as described in the
bidding document must also provide: (i) a price at which they are
prepared to offer a Project meeting the Employer’s requirements; and (ii)
all information necessary for a complete evaluation of the alternatives by
the Employer, including drawings, design
calculations, technical
specifications, breakdown of prices, and proposed installation
methodology and other relevant details. Only the technical alternatives, if
any, of the lowest evaluated Bidder conforming to the basic technical
requirements shall be considered by the Employer.
13.4
When bidders are invited in the BDS to submit alternative technical
solutions for specified parts of the facilities, such parts shall be described
in Section 7: to Section 12: & Section 16: (Employer’s Requirements).
Technical alternatives for the specific parts of the facilities that comply
with the performance and technical criteria specified for the Project and
services shall be considered by the Employer on their own merits,
pursuant to ITB 32.
14
Documents
Establishing
the Eligibility of
Project and
Services
14.1
To establish the eligibility of the Project and services in accordance with
ITB 5, Bidders shall complete the country of origin declarations in the
Price Schedule Forms, included in Section 4 (Bidding Forms).
15
Documents
Establishing
the Eligibility
and
Qualifications
15.1
To establish its eligibility and qualifications to perform the Contract in
accordance with Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria), the
Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding
information sheets included in Section 4: (Bidding Forms).
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-10
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
of the Bidder
16
17
Documents
Establishing
Conformity of
the Project and
Services
Technical
Proposal,
Subcontractors
15.2
Domestic Bidders, individually or in joint ventures, applying for eligibility
for domestic preference shall supply all information required to satisfy the
criteria for eligibility as described in ITB 38.
16.1
The documentary evidence of the conformity of the Project and services
to the Bidding Document may be in the form of literature, drawings and
data, and shall furnish:
(a) a detailed description of the essential technical and performance
characteristics of the Project and services, including the functional
guarantees of the proposed Project and services, in response to the
Specification;
(b) a list giving full particulars, including available sources, of all spare
parts and special tools necessary for the proper and continuing
functioning of the Project for the period named in the BDS, following
completion of Project and services in accordance with provisions of
contract; and
(c) a commentary on the Employer’s Specification and adequate
evidence demonstrating the substantial responsiveness of the Project
and services to those specifications.
Bidders shall note that
standards for workmanship, materials and equipment designated by
the Employer in the Bidding Document are intended to be descriptive
(establishing standards of quality and performance) only and not
restrictive. The Bidder may substitute alternative standards, brand
names and/or catalogue numbers in its bid, provided that it
demonstrates to the Employer’s satisfaction that the substitutions are
substantially equivalent or superior to the standards designate dated
in the Specification.
16.2
In order to facilitate evaluation of Technical Bids, deviations, if any, from
the terms and conditions or Specification shall be listed as indicated in
ITB 18.2.
17.1
The Bidder shall furnish a Technical Proposal including a statement of
work methods, equipment, personnel, schedule and any other information
as stipulated in Section 4: (Bidding Forms), in sufficient detail to
demonstrate the adequacy of the Bidders’ proposal to meet the work
requirements and the completion time.
17.2
For major items of Project and services as listed by the Employer in
Section 3:
(Evaluation and Qualification Criteria), which the Bidder
intends to purchase or subcontract, the Bidder shall give details of the
name and nationality of the proposed Subcontractors, including
manufacturers, for each of those items. In addition, the Bidder shall
include in its bid information establishing compliance with the
requirements specified by the Employer for these items. Bidders are free
to list more than one Subcontractor against each item of the Project and
services. Quoted rates and prices will be deemed to apply to whichever
Subcontractor is appointed, and no adjustment of the rates and prices will
be permitted.
17.3
The Bidder shall be responsible for ensuring that any Subcontractor
proposed, complies with the requirements of ITB 4, and that any Project,
or services to be provided by the Subcontractor comply with the
requirements of ITB 5 and ITB 15.1
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-11
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
18
Bid Prices and
Discounts
18.1
Unless otherwise specified in the BDS and/or Section 7: to Section 12:
& Section 16: (Employer’s Requirements), bidders shall quote for the
entire Project and services on a “single responsibility” basis such that the
total bid price covers all the Contractor’s obligations mentioned in or to be
reasonably inferred from the bidding document in respect of the
manufacture, including procurement and subcontracting (if any), delivery,
construction, installation and completion of the Project. This includes all
requirements under the Contractor’s responsibilities for testing, precommissioning and commissioning of the Project and, where so required
by the bidding document, the acquisition of all permits, approvals and
licenses, etc.; the operation, maintenance and training services and such
other items and services as may be specified in the Bidding Document, all
in accordance with the requirements of the General Conditions. Items
against which no price is entered by the Bidder will not be paid for by the
Employer when executed and shall be deemed to be covered by the
prices for other items.
18.2
Bidders are required to quote the price for the commercial, contractual
and technical obligations outlined in the bidding document. If a Bidder
wishes to make a deviation, such deviation shall be listed in the relevant
form in Section 4: & Section 5: (Bidding Forms). The Bidder shall also
provide the additional price if any, for withdrawal of the deviation.
18.3
Bidders shall give a breakdown of the prices in the manner and detail
called for in the Price Schedules included in Section 4: (Bidding Forms).
Where no different Price Schedules are included in the Bidding
Document, bidders shall present their prices in the following manner:
Separate numbered Schedules included in Section 4: (Bidding Forms)
shall be used for each of the following elements. The total amount from
each Schedule (1 to 5) shall be summarized in a Grand Summary
(Schedule 6) giving the total bid price(s) to be entered in the Bid Form.
Schedule No. 1:
Major Project and Equipment
Schedule No. 2:
Mandatory Spare Materials
Schedule No. 3:
Services
Schedule No. 4:
Civil, Electrical Works & Installation
Schedule No. 5
Other Services
Schedule No. 6
Grand Summary (Schedule Nos. 1 to 5)
Schedule No. 7:
Recommended Spare Parts
Bidders shall note that the Project and equipment included in Schedule
Nos. 1 and 2 above exclude materials used for civil, building and other
construction works. All such materials shall be included and priced under
Schedule No. 4, , Electrical Works & Installation.
18.4
In the Schedules, bidders shall give the required details and a breakdown
of their prices as follows:
(a) Major Project and Equipment (Schedule No. 1):
- the price of the Project shall be quoted as per Incoterms specified
in the BDS
- the total price for the Project
(b) Mandatory Spare Materials (Schedule No. 2):
- The price of the Project shall be quoted as per Incoterms
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-12
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
specified in the BDS,
The total price for the Project.
Services. (Schedule No. 3).
Civil, Electrical Works & Installation (Schedule No. 4) shall be quoted
separately and shall include rates or prices for local transportation,
insurance and other services incidental to delivery of the Project, all
labor, contractor’s equipment, temporary works, materials,
consumables and all matters and things of whatsoever nature,
including operations and maintenance services, the provision of
operations and maintenance manuals, staff training, etc. , where
identified in the Bidding Document, as necessary for the proper
execution of the installation and other services, including all taxes,
duties, levies and charges payable in the Employer’s country as of
twenty-eight (28) days prior to the deadline for submission of bids.
Other Services (Schedule No. 5) Shall be quoted separately for
Training and Factory Acceptance Tests.
Recommended spare parts shall be quoted separately (Schedule 7)
as specified in either subparagraph (a) or (b) above in accordance
with the origin of the spare parts.
(c)
(d)
(e)
(f)
18.5
The current edition of Incoterms, published by the International Chamber
of Commerce shall govern.
18.6
The prices shall be either fixed or adjustable as specified in the BDS.
(a) In the case of Fixed Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be fixed
during the Bidder’s performance of the contract and not subject to
variation on any account. A bid submitted with an adjustable price
quotation will be treated as non-responsive and rejected.
(b) In the case of Adjustable Price, prices quoted by the Bidder shall be
subject to adjustment during performance of the contract to reflect
changes in the cost elements such as labor, material, transport and
contractor’s equipment in accordance with the procedures specified in
the corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement. A bid
submitted with a fixed price quotation will not be rejected, but the
price adjustment will be treated as zero. Bidders are required to
indicate the source of labor and material indices in the corresponding
Form in Section 4: (Bidding Forms).
19
Currencies of
Bid and
Payment
18.7
If so indicated in BDS 1.1, bids are being invited for individual lots
(contracts) or for any combination of lots (packages). Bidders wishing to
offer any price reduction (discount) for the award of more than one
contract shall specify in their Letter of Price Bid the price reductions
applicable to each package, or alternatively, to individual contracts within
the package, and the manner in which the price reductions will apply.
19.1
The currency(ies) of the bid shall be, as specified in the BDS.
19.2
Bidders shall indicate in the Schedule of Prices and the Letter of Bid the
portion of the bid price that corresponds to expenditures incurred in the
currency of the Employer’s country.
19.3
Bidders expecting to incur expenditures in other currencies for inputs to
the Facilities supplied from outside the Employer’s country and wishing to
be paid accordingly may indicate in the Schedule of Prices and the Letter
of Bid up to three foreign currencies of their choice.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-13
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
20
21
Period of
Validity of Bids
Bid Security
20.1
Bids shall remain valid for the period specified in the BDS after the bid
submission deadline date prescribed by the Employer. A bid valid for a
shorter period shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive.
20.2
In exceptional circumstances, prior to the expiration of the bid validity
period, the Employer may request Bidders to extend the period of validity
of their bids. The request and the responses shall be made in writing. If
a bid security is requested in accordance with ITB 21, it shall also be
extended for a corresponding period. A Bidder may refuse the request
without forfeiting its bid security. A Bidder granting the request shall not
be required or permitted to modify its bid.
21.1
Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, the Bidder shall furnish as part of
its bid, in original form, either a Bid Securing Declaration or a bid security
as specified in the BDS. In the case of a bid security, the amount shall be
as specified in the BDS.
21.2
The bid security shall be a demand guarantee, at the Bidder’s option, in
any of the following forms:
(a) an unconditional bank guarantee; or
(b) an irrevocable letter of credit; or
(c) a cashier’s or certified check;
Through the Trade Bank of Iraq. The bid security shall be submitted
either using the Bid Security Form included in Section 5:
(Bidding
Forms), in the case of a bank guarantee, or in another substantially
similar format approved by the Employer prior to bid submission. In
either case, the form must include the complete name of the Bidder. The
bid security shall be valid for One hundred and twenty days (120) beyond
the original validity period of the bid, or beyond any period of extension if
requested under ITB 20.2.
21.3
If a bid security is specified, any bid not complying with ITB 21.1 and ITB
21.2, shall be rejected by the Employer as non-responsive.
21.4
If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 21.1, the bid security of the
successful Bidder shall be returned as promptly as possible once the
successful Bidder has signed the Contract and furnished the required
performance security.
21.5
If a bid security is specified pursuant to ITB 21.1, the bid security of
unsuccessful Bidders shall be returned as promptly as possible upon the
successful Bidder’s furnishing of the performance security pursuant to ITB
43.
21.6
The bid security may be forfeited:
(a) if a Bidder withdraws its bid during the period of bid validity specified
by the Bidder on the Letter of Bid Form, except as provided in ITB
20.2 or
(b) if the successful Bidder fails to:
sign the Contract in accordance with ITB 42;
- Furnish a performance security in accordance with ITB 43; or
- Furnish a domestic preference security if so required.
21.7
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
The Bid Security of a JV shall be in the name of the JV that submits the
bid. If the JV has not been legally constituted at the time of bidding, the
1-14
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Bid Security shall be in the names of all future partners as named in the
letter of intent referred to in ITB 4.1.
22
Format and
Signing of Bid
21.8
If a bid securing declaration is executed in accordance with ITB 21.1, the
Employer will declare the Bidder ineligible to be awarded a contract by the
Employer for the period of time stated in the Form of Bid Securing
Declaration.
22.1
The Bidder shall prepare one original of the Technical Bid and one
original of the Price Bid comprising the Bid as described in ITB 11 and
clearly mark it “ORIGINAL - TECHNICAL BID” and “ORIGINAL - PRICE
BID”. Alternative bids, if permitted in accordance with 13 13, shall be
clearly marked “ALTERNATIVE”. In addition, the Bidder shall submit
copies of the bid, in the number specified in the BDS and clearly mark
each of them “COPY.” In the event of any discrepancy between the
original and the copies, the original shall prevail.
22.2
The original and all copies of the Bid shall be typed or written in indelible
ink and shall be signed by a person duly authorized to sign on behalf of
the Bidder. This authorization shall consist of a written confirmation as
specified in the BDS and shall be attached to the bid. The name and
position held by each person signing the authorization must be typed or
printed below the signature. All pages of the bid where entries or
amendments have been made shall be signed or initialled by the person
signing the bid.
22.3
A bid submitted by a JV shall be signed so as to be legally binding on all
partners.
22.4
Any interlineations, erasures, or overwriting shall be valid only if they are
signed or initialled by the person signing the bid.
D. Submission and Opening of Bids
23
Submission,
Sealing and
Marking of Bids
23.1
Bidders may submit their bids by mail or by hand. When so specified in
the BDS, bidders shall have the option of submitting their bids
electronically. Procedures for submission, sealing and marking are as
follows:
(a) Bidders submitting bids by mail or by hand shall enclose the original
and each copy of the Bid, including alternative bids, if permitted in
accordance with ITB 13, in separate sealed envelopes, duly marking
the envelopes as “ORIGINAL”, “ALTERNATIVE” and “COPY.” These
envelopes containing the original and the copies shall then be
enclosed in one single envelope. The rest of the procedure shall be
in accordance with ITB sub-Clauses 23.2 and 23.3.
(b) Bidders submitting bids electronically shall follow the electronic bid
submission procedures specified in the BDS.
23.2
The inner and outer envelopes shall:
(a) bear the name and address of the Bidder;
(b) be addressed to the Employer in accordance with ITB 24.1; and
(c) bear the specific identification of this bidding process indicated in the
BDS 1.1.
23.3
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
The outer envelopes and the inner envelopes containing the Technical
Bid shall bear a warning not to open before the time and date for the
opening of Technical Bid, in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 27.1.
1-15
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
24
Deadline for
Submission of
Bids
23.4
The inner envelopes containing the Price Bid shall bear a warning not to
open until advised by the Employer in accordance with ITB Sub-Clause
27.7.
23.5
Alternative Bids, if permissible in accordance with ITB Clause 13, shall be
prepared, sealed, marked, and delivered in accordance with the
provisions of ITB Clauses 20 and 21, with the inner envelopes marked in
addition “ALTERNATIVE NO. …. ” as appropriate.
23.6
If all envelopes are not sealed and marked as required, the Employer will
assume no responsibility for the misplacement or premature opening of
the bid.
24.1
Bids must be received by the Employer at the address and no later than
the date and time indicated in the BDS.
24.2
The Employer may, at its discretion, extend the deadline for the
submission of bids by amending the Bidding Document in accordance
with ITB 8, in which case all rights and obligations of the Employer and
Bidders previously subject to the deadline shall thereafter be subject to
the deadline as extended.
25
Late Bids
25.1
The Employer shall not consider any bid that arrives after the deadline for
submission of bids, in accordance with ITB 24. Any bid received by the
Employer after the deadline for submission of bids shall be declared late,
rejected, and returned unopened to the Bidder.
26
Withdrawal,
Substitution,
and
Modification of
Bids
26.1
A Bidder may withdraw, substitute, or modify its bid after it has been
submitted by sending a written notice, duly signed by an authorized
representative, and shall include a copy of the authorization in
accordance with ITB 22.2, (except that withdrawal notices do not require
copies). The corresponding substitution or modification of the bid must
accompany the respective written notice. All notices must be:
(a) prepared and submitted in accordance with ITB 22 and ITB 23
(except that withdrawals notices do not require copies), and in
addition, the respective envelopes shall be clearly marked
“Withdrawal,” “Substitution,” “Modification;” and
(b) Received by the Employer prior to the deadline prescribed for
submission of bids, in accordance with ITB 24.
27
Bid Opening
26.2
Bids requested to be withdrawn in accordance with ITB 26.1 shall be
returned unopened to the Bidders.
26.3
No bid may be withdrawn, substituted, or modified in the interval between
the deadline for submission of bids and the expiration of the period of bid
validity specified by the Bidder on the Letter of Technical Bid or any
extension thereof.
27.1
The Employer shall conduct the opening of Technical Bids in the
presence of Bidders` designated representatives who choose to attend,
and at the address, date and time specified in the BDS. Any specific
electronic bid opening procedures required if electronic bidding is
permitted in accordance with ITB Sub-clause 23.1, shall be as specified in
the BDS. The Price Bids will remain unopened and will be held in custody
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-16
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
of the Employer until the specified time of their opening. If the Technical
Bid and the Price Bid are submitted together in one envelope, the
Employer may reject the entire Bid. Alternatively, the Price Proposal may
be immediately resealed for later evaluation.
27.2
First, envelopes marked “WITHDRAWAL” shall be opened and read out
and the envelope with the corresponding bid shall not be opened, but
returned to the Bidder. No bid withdrawal shall be permitted unless the
corresponding withdrawal notice contains a valid authorization to request
the withdrawal and is read out at bid opening.
27.3
Second, outer envelopes marked “SUBSTITUTION” shall be opened.
The inner envelopes containing the Substitution Technical Bid and/or
Substitution Price Bid shall be exchanged for the corresponding
envelopes being substituted, which are to be returned to the Bidder
unopened. Only the Substitution Technical Bid, if any, shall be opened,
read out, and recorded. Substitution Price Bid will remain unopened in
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause 27.1. No envelope shall be substituted
unless the corresponding Substitution Notice contains a valid
authorization to request the substitution and is read out and recorded at
bid opening.
27.4
Next, outer envelopes marked “MODIFICATION” shall be opened. No
Technical Bid and/or Price Bid shall be modified unless the corresponding
Modification Notice contains a valid authorization to request the
modification and is read out and recorded at the opening of Technical
Bids. Only the Technical Bids, both Original as well as Modification, are
to be opened, read out, and recorded at the opening. Price Bids, both
Original as well as Modification, will remain unopened in accordance with
ITB Sub-Clause 27.1.
27.5 All other envelopes holding the Technical Bids shall be opened one at a
time, and the following read out and recorded:
(a) the name of the Bidder;
(b) whether there is a modification or substitution;
(c) the presence of a Bid Security, if required; and
(d) any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
27.6 Only Technical Bids and alternative Technical Bids read out and recorded at
bid opening shall be considered for evaluation. No Bid shall be rejected at
the opening of Technical Bids except for late bids, in accordance with ITB
Sub-Clause 25.1.
27.7
The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Technical Bids that
shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder and whether there is
a withdrawal, substitution, or modification; and alternative proposals; and
the presence or absence of a bid security or a bid securing declaration, if
one was required. The Bidders’ representatives who are present shall be
requested to sign the record. The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the
record shall not invalidate the contents and effect of the record. A copy of
the record shall be distributed to all Bidders who submitted bids in time,
and posted online when electronic bidding is permitted.
27.8
At the end of the evaluation of the Technical Bids, the Employer will invite
bidders who have submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids and
who have been determined as being qualified for award to attend the
opening of the Price Bids. The date, time, and location of the opening of
Price Bids will be advised in writing by the Employer. Bidders shall be
given reasonable notice of the opening of Price Bids.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-17
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
27.9
The Employer will notify Bidders who have been rejected in writing on the
grounds of their Technical Bids being substantially non-responsive to the
requirements of the Bidding Document and return their Price Bids
unopened.
27.10
The Employer shall conduct the opening of Price Bids of all Bidders who
submitted substantially responsive Technical Bids, in the presence of
Bidders` representatives who choose to attend at the address, date and
time specified by the Employer. The Bidder’s representatives who are
present shall be requested to sign a register evidencing their attendance.
The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the
contents and effect of the record.
27.11 All envelopes containing Price Bids shall be opened one at a time and the
following read out and recorded:
(a) the name of the Bidder;
(b) whether there is a modification or substitution;
(c) the Bid Prices, including any discounts and alternative offers; and
(d) any other details as the Employer may consider appropriate.
Only Price Bids, discounts, and alternative offers read out and recorded
during the opening of Price Bids shall be considered for evaluation. No Bid
shall be rejected at the opening of Price Bids.
27.12
The Employer shall prepare a record of the opening of Price Bids that
shall include, as a minimum: the name of the Bidder, the Bid Price (per lot
if applicable), any discounts, and alternative offers. The Bidders’
representatives who are present shall be requested to sign the record.
The omission of a Bidder’s signature on the record shall not invalidate the
contents and effect of the record. A copy of the record shall be distributed
to all Bidders who submitted bids in time, and posted online when
electronic bidding is permitted.
E. Evaluation and Comparison of Bids
28
29
Confidentiality
Clarification of
Bids
28.1
Information relating to the evaluation of bids and recommendation of
contract award, shall not be disclosed to Bidders or any other persons not
officially concerned with such process until information on Contract award
is communicated to all Bidders.
28.2
Any attempt by a Bidder to influence the Employer in the evaluation of the
bids or Contract award decisions may result in the rejection of its bid.
28.3
Notwithstanding ITB 28.2, from the time of bid opening to the time of
Contract award, if any Bidder wishes to contact the Employer on any
matter related to the bidding process, it should do so in writing.
29.1
To assist in the examination, evaluation, and comparison of the Technical
and Price Bids, and qualification of the Bidders, the Employer may, at its
discretion, ask any Bidder for a clarification of its bid. Any clarification
submitted by a Bidder that is not in response to a request by the
Employer shall not be considered.
The Employer’s request for
clarification and the response shall be in writing. No change in the
substance of the Technical Bid or prices in the Price Bid shall be sought,
offered, or permitted, except to confirm the correction of arithmetic errors
discovered by the Employer in the evaluation of the bids, in accordance
with ITB 36.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-18
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
30
Deviations,
Reservations,
and Omissions
29.2
If a Bidder does not provide clarifications of its bid by the date and time
set in the Employer’s request for clarification, its bid may be rejected.
30.1
During the evaluation of bids, the following definitions apply:
(a) “Deviation” is a departure from the requirements specified in the
Bidding Document;
(b) “Reservation” is the setting of limiting conditions or withholding from
complete acceptance of the requirements specified in the Bidding
Document; and
(c) “Omission” is the failure to submit part or all of the information or
documentation required in the Bidding Document.
31
Preliminary
Examination
of Technical
Bids
31.1
The Employer shall examine the Technical Bid to confirm that all
documents and technical documentation requested in ITB Sub-Clause
11.2. have been provided, and to determine the completeness of each
document submitted. If any of these documents or information is missing,
the Bid may be rejected.
31.2 The Employer shall confirm that the following documents and information
have been provided in the Technical Bid. If any of these documents or
information is missing, the offer shall be rejected.
(a) Letter of Technical Bid;
(b) written confirmation of authorization to commit the Bidder;
(c) Bid Security, if applicable; and
(d) Technical Proposal in accordance with ITB 17.
32
Responsiveness
of Technical
Bid
32.1
The Employer’s determination of a bid’s responsiveness is to be based
on the contents of the bid itself, as defined in ITB 11.
32.2
A substantially responsive Technical Bid is one that meets the
requirements of the Bidding Document without material deviation,
reservation, or omission. A material deviation, reservation, or omission is
one that,
(a)
if accepted, would:
-
affect in any substantial way the scope, quality, or performance of
the Project and services specified in the Contract; or
- limit in any substantial way, inconsistent with the Bidding
Document, the Employer’s rights or the Bidder’s obligations under
the proposed Contract; or
(b) if rectified, would unfairly affect the competitive position of other
Bidders presenting substantially responsive bids.
32.3
32.4
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
The Employer shall examine the technical aspects of the Bid submitted in
accordance with Technical Proposal, in particular to confirm that all
requirements of Section 7: to Section 12: & Section 16: (Employer’s
Requirements) have been met without any material deviation or
reservation.
If a bid is not substantially responsive to the requirements of the Bidding
Document, it shall be rejected by the Employer and may not subsequently
be made responsive by correction of the material deviation, reservation,
1-19
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
or omission.
33
34
Nonmaterial
Nonconformitie
s
Detailed
Evaluation of
Technical Bids
33.1
Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may waive
any nonconformity in the bid that do not constitute a material deviation,
reservation or omission.
33.2
Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer may request
that the Bidder submit the necessary information or documentation, within
a reasonable period of time, to rectify nonmaterial nonconformities in the
Bid related to documentation requirements. Requesting information or
documentation on such nonconformities shall not be related to any aspect
of the Price Bid. Failure of the Bidder to comply with the request may
result in the rejection of its Bid.
33.3
Provided that a Bid is substantially responsive, the Employer shall rectify
nonmaterial nonconformities related to the Bid Price. To this effect, the
Bid Price shall be adjusted, for comparison purposes only, to reflect the
price of a missing or non-conforming item or component. The adjustment
shall be made using the method indicated in Section 3: (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria).
34.1
The Employer will carry out a detailed technical evaluation of the bids not
previously rejected as being substantially non-responsive, in order to
determine whether the technical aspects are in compliance with the
Bidding Document. In order to reach such a determination, the Employer
will examine and compare the technical aspects of the bids on the basis
of the information supplied by the bidders, taking into account the
following:
(a) overall completeness and compliance with the Employer’s
Requirements; deviations from the Employer’s Requirements;
conformity of the Project and services offered with specified
performance criteria; suitability of the Project and services offered in
relation to the environmental and climatic conditions prevailing at the
site; and quality, function and operation of any process control concept
included in the bid. The bid that does not meet minimum acceptable
standards of completeness, consistency and detail will be rejected for
non-responsiveness;
(b) type, quantity and long-term availability of mandatory
recommended spare parts and maintenance services; and
(c) other relevant factors, if any, listed in Section 3:
Qualification Criteria).
34.2
35
Eligibility and
Qualification of
the Bidder
and
Evaluation and
Where alternative technical solutions have been allowed in accordance
with ITB 13, and offered by the Bidder, the Employer will make a similar
evaluation of the alternatives. Where alternatives have not been allowed
but have been offered, they shall be ignored.
35.1
The Employer shall determine to its satisfaction during the evaluation of
Technical Bids whether a Bidder meets the eligibility and qualifying
criteria specified in Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
35.2
The determination shall be based upon an examination of the
documentary evidence of the Bidder’s qualifications submitted by the
Bidder, pursuant to ITB 15.
35.3
An affirmative determination shall be a prerequisite for the opening and
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-20
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
evaluation of a Bidder’s Price Bid. A negative determination shall result
into the disqualification of the Bid, in which event the Employer shall
return the unopened Price Bid to the Bidder.
36
Correction of
Arithmetical
Errors
35.4
The capabilities of the manufacturers and subcontractors proposed in its
Bid to be used by the Bidder will also be evaluated for acceptability in
accordance with Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). Their
participation should be confirmed with a letter of intent between the
parties, as needed.
Should a manufacturer or subcontractor be
determined to be unacceptable, the Bid will not be rejected, but the Bidder
will be required to substitute an acceptable manufacturer or subcontractor
without any change to the bid price. Prior to signing the Contract, the
corresponding Appendix to the Contract Agreement shall be completed,
listing the approved manufacturers or subcontractors for each item
concerned.
36.1
During the evaluation of Price Bids, the Employer shall correct
arithmetical errors on the following basis:
(a) where there are errors between the total of the amounts given under
the column for the price breakdown and the amount given under the
Total Price, the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected
accordingly;
(b) where there are errors between the total of the amounts of Schedule
Nos. 1 to 5 and the amount given in Schedule No. 6 (Grand
Summary), the former shall prevail and the latter will be corrected
accordingly; and
(c) if there is a discrepancy between words and figures, the amount in
words shall prevail, unless the amount expressed in words is related to
an arithmetical error, in which case the amount in figures shall prevail
subject to (a) and (b) above.
36.2
If the Bidder that submitted the lowest evaluated bid does not accept the
correction of errors, its bid shall be disqualified and its bid security may be
forfeited or its bid securing declaration executed.
37
Conversion to
Single
Currency
37.1
For evaluation and comparison purposes, the currency(ies) of the bid
shall be converted into a single currency as specified in the BDS.
38
Margin of
Preference
38.1
Unless otherwise specified in the BDS, a margin of preference shall not
apply.
39
Evaluation of
Price Bids
39.1
The Employer shall use the criteria and methodologies listed in this
Clause. No other evaluation criteria or methodologies shall be permitted.
39.2
To evaluate a Price Bid, the Employer shall consider the following:
(a) the bid price, excluding provisional sums and the provision, if any, for
contingencies in the Price Schedules;
(b) price adjustment for correction of arithmetical errors in accordance
with ITB 36.1;
(c)
price adjustment due to discounts offered in accordance with ITB 18.7;
(d) converting the amount resulting from applying (a) to (c) above, if
relevant, to a single currency in accordance with ITB 37; and
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-21
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
(e) the evaluation factors indicated in
Qualification Criteria).
Section 3:
(Evaluation and
39.3
If price adjustment is allowed in accordance with ITB 18.6, the estimated
effect of the price adjustment provisions of the Conditions of Contract,
applied over the period of execution of the Contract, shall not be taken
into account in bid evaluation.
39.4
If this Bidding Document allows Bidders to quote separate prices for
different lots (contracts), and the award to a single Bidder of multiple lots
(contracts), the methodology to determine the lowest evaluated price of
the lot (contract) combinations, including any discounts offered in the
Letter of Price Bid, is specified in
Section 3:
(Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria).
39.5
If the bid, which results in the lowest Evaluated Bid Price, is seriously
unbalanced or front loaded in the opinion of the Employer, the Employer
may require the Bidder to produce detailed price analyses for any or all
items of the Price Schedules, to demonstrate the internal consistency of
those prices with the methods and time schedule proposed. After
evaluation of the price analyses, taking into consideration the terms of
payments, the Employer may require that the amount of the performance
security be increased at the expense of the Bidder to a level sufficient to
protect the Employer against financial loss in the event of default of the
successful Bidder under the Contract.
40
Comparison of
Bids
40.1
The Employer shall compare all substantially responsive Bids to
determine the lowest evaluated bid, in accordance with ITB 39.2.
41
Employer’s
Right to Accept
Any Bid, and to
Reject Any or
All Bids
41.1
The Employer reserves the right to accept or reject any bid, and to annul
the bidding process and reject all bids at any time prior to contract award,
without thereby incurring any liability to Bidders. In case of annulment, all
bids submitted and specifically, bid securities, shall be promptly returned
to the Bidders.
F. Award of Contract
42
43
Award Criteria
Notification of
Award
42.1
The Employer shall award the Contract to the Bidder whose offer has
been determined to be the lowest evaluated bid and is substantially
responsive to the Bidding Document, provided further that the Bidder is
determined to be eligible and qualified to perform the Contract
satisfactorily.
42.2
The Employer reserves the right to accept any of the deviations submitted
in accordance with ITB 18.2 by the lowest evaluated bidder, at the price
shown for the deviation in the bid.
43.1
Prior to the expiration of the period of bid validity, the Employer shall
notify the successful Bidder, in writing, that its bid has been accepted.
The notification letter (hereinafter and in the Conditions of Contract and
Contract Forms called the “Letter of Acceptance”) shall specify the sum
that the Employer will pay the Contractor in consideration of the execution
and completion of the Project and services (hereinafter and in the
Conditions of Contract and Contract Forms called “the Contract Price”).
43.2
The winning Bidder and the unsuccessful Bidders will be informed in
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-22
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
writing
44
45
Signing of
Contract
Performance
Security
43.3
Until a formal contract is prepared and executed, the notification of award
shall constitute a binding Contract.
43.4
The Employer shall promptly respond in writing to any unsuccessful
Bidder who, after notification of award in accordance with ITB 43.1,
requests in writing the grounds on which its bid was not selected.
44.1
Promptly after notification, the Employer shall send the successful Bidder
the Draft Contract Agreement.
44.2
Within Fourteen (14) days of receipt of the Contract Agreement, the
successful Bidder shall sign the Contract Agreement in the presence of
both parties
45.1
Within fourteen (14) days of the receipt of notification of award from the
Employer, the successful Bidder shall furnish the performance security in
accordance with the conditions of contract, subject to ITB 39.5, using for
that purpose the Performance Security Form included in Section 13:
(Contract Forms), or another form acceptable to the Employer. The
performance bond shall be from any reliable bank via the Trade Bank of
Iraq (TBI). The performance bond shall be released at the successful
completion and the end of the warranty period.
45.2
Failure of the successful Bidder to submit the above-mentioned
Performance Security or sign the Contract shall constitute sufficient
grounds for the annulment of the award and forfeiture of the bid security
or execution of the bid securing declaration. In that event the Employer
may award the Contract to the next lowest evaluated Bidder whose offer
is substantially responsive and is determined by the Employer to be
qualified to perform the Contract satisfactorily.
45.3
The above provision shall also apply to the furnishing of a domestic
preference security if so required.
Section 1 - Instructions to Bidders
1-23
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 2:
BID DATA SHEET (BDS)
This section consists of provisions that are specific to each procurement and supplement the information or
requirements included in Section 1: - Instructions to Bidders.
2.1
A. INTRODUCTION
ITB 1.1
The number of the Invitation for Bids is : P.C.35 /NT/ 2013
The Employer is: General Directorate of Electrical Transmission Projects, ETP
The name of the ICB is: Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects (substations): AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation
 AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation
 AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
The identification number of the ICB is: P.C..35 /NT/2013
The number and identification of lots (contracts) comprising this ICB is: one(01)
ITB 1.3
Overall Completion Period: Maximum 630 days from the Contract Effective Date
Penalties for delayed shipments shall be charged as per the PCC 37
ITB 4
This invitation to Bid is open to all the prospective Bidders
ITB 5.2
The major equipment & materials are specified in Appendix 5 (List of Major Items of
Supply and Services and List of Approved Subcontractors) to the Contract
Agreement.
Optical Fibre Cable is to be from West Europe, USA & Japan
XLPE power cables 132 kV shall be from USA , JAPAN , SOUTH KOREA , WEST
EUROPE , SAUDI ARABIA , TURKEY , EGEPT , IRAN , MALAYSIA
straight Joints, cross bonding Joints, Outdoor type conventional terminations for
XLPE power cables shall be from ABB (SWITZERLAND) , NEXANS
(SWITZERLAND) , BRUGG (SWITZERLAND) , PRYSMIAN (ITALY) ,
ELASTIMOLD (USA) PFISTERER(SWITZERLAND)
Employer reserves the rights to accept or reject other countries of origin of other
Project and equipment, after careful evaluation based on the details provided in the
Bid proposal.
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet
2-24
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
2.2
B. BIDDING DOCUMENTS
ITB 7.1
For clarification purposes only, the Employer’s address is:
Attention: Mr.Mohammed Fawzi AL-Zaidi
Director General – Electrical Transmission Projects
General Directorate of Electrical Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Al Mustinsiria Sq,
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
Telephone: +964 TBD _____________
Facsimile number: +964 TBD _______________
Electronic mail address: 71_DG@moelc.gove.iq
A Pre-Bid meeting will not take place.
ITB 7.4
7.2 Site Visits: Site visits are required, contractor may arrange by himself
2.3
C. PREPARATION OF BIDS
ITB 11.2 (k)
The Bidder shall submit with its Technical Bid the following additional documents:
1. Place of registration and principal place of business.
2. Legal Status
3. Written power of attorney
All mandatory documents listed in the Schedule 6 of Section 11: – Employer’s
requirements, Part D-Supplementary Information. including
1.
2.
3.
4.
Schedule of manufacturers, place of manufacture and testing
Schedule of technical particulars and guarantees
Schedules of departures from specifications
Schedule of manufacturers’ and subcontractors’ statement of
experience.
5. Schedule of other documents and drawings to be submitted with the Bid.
6. Any other material required to be completed and submitted by Bidders
in accordance with these instructions to Bidders.
7. Bids shall include the details of their local agent.
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet
2-25
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
ITB 13.1
Alternative bids are not permitted in accordance with ITB 13.3
ITB 13.2
Alternatives to the Time Schedule shall not be permitted.
ITB 13.4
Alternative technical solutions shall be permitted for the following parts of the
Project and services: Not Permitted.
ITB 15.1
This Bid is open to all the prospective bidders and are required to provide detailed
documents for this purpose.
ITB 16.1(b)
The period following completion of Project and services in accordance with
provisions of contract shall be 360 days.
ITB 18.1
Bidders shall quote for the entire Project and services on a single responsibility
basis.
Bidders are also advised to consider the cost of environmental compliance required
under this project.
ITB 18.4(a)(i)
The Inco term for quoting Project to be supplied from abroad is: CIP
ITB 18.4(a)(ii)
The following is added to item (ii)
All taxes and fees subjected to laws and regulations in Iraq.
ITB 18.4(b)(i)
The Inco term for quoting Project manufactured within the Employer’s country is:
EXW.
ITB 18.6
The prices quoted by the Bidder shall be adjustable. The price adjustment will be
specified in the Appendix 2 to the Contract Agreement - Price Escalation ( Section
13: -Contract Forms)
Contract payments will be made on actual measured quantities and based on rates
given in Section 4: - Bidding Forms-Price Schedules.
ITB 19.1
The prices shall be quoted Euro or United States Dollars (USD) only. .
For purposes of payment: A Bidder shall identify the portion of the bid price that
corresponds to expenditures incurred in the currency of the Employer’s country,
which shall be paid in this currency;
ITB 20.1
The bid validity period shall be 120 days.
ITB 21.1
The Bidder is required to Furnish a Bid Security. Value of the Bid Security is 1% of
Bid Price
ITB 22.1
In addition to the original of the Bid, the number of copies is: 3 (Three)
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet
2-26
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Marking the envelopes of bids as “ORIGINAL”, “FIRST COPY” and “SECOND
COPY” and “THIRD COPY”.
ITB 22.2
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet
The written confirmation of authorization to sign on behalf of the Bidder shall consist
of Power of Attorney properly attested by a notary.
2-27
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
2.4
D. SUBMISSION AND OPENING OF BIDS
ITB 23.1
Bidders shall not have the option of submitting their bids electronically.
ITB 23.1(b)
Electronic Bids Not Permitted.
ITB 24.1
For bid submission purposes only, the Employer’s address is
Commercial Department
General Directorate of Electrical Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Al Mustinsiria Sq,
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
Telephone: +964 TBD _____________
Facsimile number: +964 TBD _______________
Electronic mail address: 71_DG@moelc. gove. iq
The deadline for bid submission is
Date: / / 2013
Time: xx. xx hrs
ITB 27.1
The bid opening of Technical Bids shall take place at:
General Directorate of Electrical Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Al Mustinsiria Sq.
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
Date: On the date of submission as same as in ITB 24.1
Time: Immediately after the time in ITB 24.1
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet
2-28
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
2.5
E. EVALUATION AND COMPARISON OF BIDS
ITB 37.1
The currency that shall be used for bid evaluation and comparison purposes to
convert all bid prices expressed in various currencies into a single currency is:
Currency of United States Dollars (USD)
The source of exchange rate shall be: Selling exchange rate determined by the
Central Bank of Iraq.
The date for the exchange rate shall be: Date of opening of the Bids
ITB 38.1
A margin of preference shall not be applied
If a margin of preference applies, the application methodology will be as specified in
Section 3:
2.6
F. AWARD OF CONTRACT
ITB 44
Signing of contract 14 days from the receipt of Notification of Award and Contract
Agreement.
ITB 45
Performance Security 10% of the Bid (Bid or Contract) price. (5% for the supply of
material and 5% for all other works: civil and execution works)
Shall be from any reliable bank via the Trade Bank of Iraq (TBI) and to be submitted
to the Employer within 14 days from the contract award, before signing of the
Contract Agreement.
Section 2 - Bid Data Sheet
2-29
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 3:
EVALUATION AND QUALIFICATION CRITERIA
This Section contains all the criteria that the Employer shall use to evaluate bids and qualify Bidders. In
accordance with ITB 34 and ITB 35, no other methods, criteria and factors shall be used. The Bidder shall
provide all the information requested in the forms included in Section 4: & Section 5: (Bidding Forms).
3.1
EVALUATION
3.1.1 Technical Evaluation
In addition to the criteria listed in ITB 34.1(a) – (c) the following factors shall apply:
Criteria given in ITB 28 to ITB 35
3.1.2 Economic Evaluation
Any adjustments in price that result from the procedures outlined below shall be added, for purposes of
comparative evaluation only, to arrive at an “Evaluated Bid Price” Bid prices quoted by bidders shall remain
unaltered.
3.1.2.1
Quantifiable Deviations and Omissions
Quantifiable Deviations and Omissions from the contractual obligations: the evaluation shall be based on the
evaluated cost of fulfilling the contract in compliance with all contractual obligations under this bidding
document. The Employer will assess the cost of such a deviation for the purpose of ensuring fair
comparison of bids.
3.1.2.2
Time Schedule
Time to complete the Project and services from the effective date specified in Article 3 of the Contract
Agreement for determining time for completion of pre-commissioning activities is:
As specified in PCC
No credit will be given for earlier completion.
3.1.2.3
Operating and Maintenance Cost
Not Applicable
3.1.2.4
Functional Guarantees of the facilities
Guarantees specified in the Appendix (Functional Guarantees) to the Contract Agreement
3.1.2.5
Work, services, facilities, etc. , to be provided by the Employer
As specified in GCC
3.1.2.6
Specific additional criteria
Nil
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
3-30
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
3.1.2.7
Domestic Preference: Domestic Preference is not applicable
A margin of preference will be granted to eligible domestically produced Project and Equipment in
accordance with the following provisions:
a. The preference margin shall not be applied to the whole facilities but only to the eligible domestically
produced Project and Equipment within the contract;
b. Project and Equipment offered from outside the Purchaser’s country shall be quoted CIP (Section 4:
, Bidding Forms, Schedule No. 1) and Project and Equipment offered locally shall be quoted EXW
(ex-works, ex-factory, ex warehouse, ex showroom, or off the-shelf, as applicable) free of sales and
similar taxes
c.
all other cost components for services and works such as costs for , local handling, transportation,
storage, installation, and commissioning shall be quoted separately (Section 4: :, Bidding Forms,
Schedule No. 3 - Services and Schedule No. 4 - Installation and Other Services);
d. in the comparison of Bids, only the CIP price component of each Bid for the Project and Equipment
offered from outside the Purchaser’s country shall be increased by the applicable duty and other
taxes payable by a non-exempt importer or by fifteen per cent(15%) whichever is less;
e. if duties vary from item to item within the contract, the appropriate tariff for each item of Project and
Equipment shall apply;
f.
no margin of preference shall be applied to any of the services or works included in the contract; and
g. Bidders shall not be permitted or required to modify the mix of local and foreign Project and
Equipment after bid opening.
3.2
TECHNICAL ALTERNATIVES
Technical alternatives, if permitted under ITB 13.4, will be evaluated as follows:
Technical Alternatives are not permitted.
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
3-31
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
3.3
QUALIFICATION
3.3.1
Eligibility
Criteria
Compliance Requirements
Documents
Joint Venture
Requirement
3.3.1.1
must meet
requirement
must meet
requirement
must meet
not
requirement applicable
must meet
requirement
must meet
not
Letter of Technical
requirement applicable
Bid
must meet
requirement
must meet
not
Letter of Technical
requirement applicable
Bid
must meet
requirement
must meet
not
requirement applicable
Forms ELI - 1;
ELI - 2
with attachments
must meet
not
requirement applicable
Letter of
Technical Bid
Government-owned Entity
Bidder required to meet
conditions of ITB Sub-Clause
4.5.
3.3.1.5
Forms
ELI - 1; ELI - 2
with attachments
Eligibility in Iraq regarding a Firm
Not having been declared
must meet
ineligible by Republic of Iraq, as requirement
described in ITB Sub-Clause 4.4
3.3.1.4
Each
Partner
Conflict of Interest
No conflicts of interest in
must meet
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause requirement
4.3.
3.3.1.3
Submission
Requirements
All Partners
Combined
Nationality
Nationality in accordance with
ITB Sub-Clause 4.2.
3.3.1.2
At Least
One
Partner
Single Entity
must meet
requirement
UN Eligibility Regarding a Country
Not having been excluded by an must meet
act of compliance with UN
requirement
Security Council resolution in
accordance with ITB Sub-Clause
4.6.
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
must meet
requirement
3-32
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
3.3.2
Pending Litigation
Criteria
Compliance Requirements
Documents
Joint Venture
Requirement
3.3.2.1
Single Entity
All Partners
Combined
Each
Partner
One
Partner
Submission
Requirements
Pending Litigation
All pending litigation shall
be treated as resolved
against the Bidder and so
shall in total not represent
more than hundred (100)
per cent of the Bidder’s net
worth.
must meet
requirement
by itself or as
partner to
past or
existing JV
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
not
applicable
must meet not
requirement applicable
by itself or
as partner
to past or
existing JV
Form LIT – 1
3-33
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Financial Situation
Criteria
Compliance Requirements
Requirement
3.3.2.2
Single
Entity
Documents
Joint Venture
All Partners
Each
One
Combined
Partner
Partner
Submission
Requirements
Historical Financial Performance
Submission of audited balance must meet
not
must meet
not
Form FIN - 1 with
sheets or, if not required by the requirement applicable requirement applicable
attachments
law of the Bidder’s country,
other
financial
statements
acceptable to the Employer, for
the last one (630 days) to
demonstrate
the
current
soundness of the Bidders
financial position and its
prospective
long-term
profitability.
\
3.3.2.3
Average Annual Turnover
Minimum
average
annual must meet must meet must meet must meet Form FIN – 2
turnover of US$ 19.8 millions. requirement requirement
25%
40%
Calculated as total certified
of the
of the
payments received for contracts
requirement requirement
in progress or completed, within
the last three(03) years
3.3.2.4
Financial Resources
Using Forms FIN – 3 and FIN - must meet must meet must meet must meet
4 in Section 4: Section 5: requirement requirement
25%
40%
(Bidding Forms) the Bidder
of the
of the
must demonstrate access to, or
requirement requirement
availability
of,
financial
resources such as liquid
assets, unencumbered real
assets, lines of credit, and other
financial means, other than any
contractual advance payments
to meet:
(1) the following cash-flow
requirement, US $3. 85 million ,
and
(2) the overall cash flow
requirements for this contract
and
its
current
works
commitment.
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
Form FIN – 3
3-34
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
3.3.3
Experience
Criteria
Requirement
3.3.3.1
Compliance Requirements
Single
Entity
Documents
Joint Venture
All
Partners
Combined
Each
Partner
Submission
One Partner Requirements
General Experience
Experience under contracts in the must meet
not
must meet
not
Form EXP – 1
role of contractor, subcontractor, requirement applicable requirement applicable
or management contractor for at
least the last five (05) years prior
to the bid submission deadline.
3.3.3.2
Specific Experience
(a)
Contracts of Similar Size and Nature
Participation
as
contractor, must meet must meet
management contractor, or main requirement requirement
subcontractor, in at least. . one
contract within the last ten(10)
years, each with a value of at
least US$ 12 million that have
been
successfully
or
are
substantially completed and that
are similar to the proposed
Project and services.
The
similarity shall be based on the
physical
size,
complexity,
methods, technology or other
characteristics as described in
Sections
on
(Employer’s
Requirements)
(b)
Experience in Key Activities
For the above or other contracts
executed during the period
stipulated in 3.3.3.2(a) above, a
minimum experience in the
following key activities:
,construction & Commission of
……………………………………
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
not
not
Form EXP applicable applicable
2(a)
must meet must meet
not
not
Form EXP all
all
applicable applicable
2(b)
requireme requirements
nts
must meet must meet
not
not
all
all
applicable applicable
requireme requirements
nts
EXP - 2(b)
3-35
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
3.3.4 Personnel
The Bidder must demonstrate that it has the personnel for the key positions that meet the following
requirements:
No.
Position
Total Work
Experience
[years]
Experience In
Similar Work
[years]
1
Project Manager
10
05
2
Office Engineers
10
05
3
Site Engineers
05
05
4
Construction supervisors
05
05
The Bidder shall provide details of the proposed personnel and their experience records in the relevant
Information Forms included in Section 5: (Bidding Forms).
3.3.5 Equipment
The Bidder must demonstrate that it has the key equipment listed hereafter:
No.
Equipment Type and Characteristics
Min. Number Required
1
Equipment for civil construction
Adequate
2
Equipment for electrical construction
Adequate
3
Cable Pulling Equipment
Adequate (Own or rented)
4
Equipment for testing and commissioning
Adequate
The Bidder shall provide further details of proposed items of equipment using the relevant Form in Section 4:
& Section 5: (Bidding Forms)
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
3-36
TENDER NO. P.C 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
3.3.6 Subcontractors
Subcontractors/manufacturers for the following major items of supply or services must meet the following
minimum criteria, herein listed for that item. Failure to comply with this requirement will result in rejection of
the subcontractor.
Item No.
Description of Item
1
Manufacturers of each
main equipment listed in
Chapter Supplementary
Information, Section 11:
– Employer’s
requirement
2
3
4
Subcontractors – Civil
Subcontractors –
Electrical
Subcontractors –
Mechanical
Minimum Criteria to be met
Manufacturers shall have a minimum of fifteen (15) years
successful experience in manufacturing comparable
equipment, of rated voltage and capacity, to the equipment
offered under the contract.
In respect of each main equipment offered under this bid, the
bidder shall ensure that equipment identical in design had
been in service for a minimum period of five years. If the
offered equipment is manufactured under license, the service
experience of equipment manufactured by the parent
company shall not be counted as service experience of the
licensee’s equipment
Five year experience in similar works
Five year experience in similar works
Five years’ experience in similar works
In the case of a Bidder who offers to supply and install major items of supply under the contract that the
Bidder did not manufacture or otherwise produce, the Bidder shall provide the manufacturer’s authorization,
using the form provided in Section 4: & Section 5: (Bidding Forms), showing that the Bidder has been duly
authorized by the manufacturer or producer of the related Project and equipment or component to supply
and install that item in the Employer’s country. The Bidder is responsible for ensuring that the manufacturer
or producer complies with the requirements of ITB 4 and 5 and meets the minimum criteria listed above for
that item.
Section 3 - Evaluation and Qualification Criteria
3-37
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 4:
PRICE BID BIDDING FORMS
This Section contains the forms which are to be completed by the Bidder and submitted as part of his Bid.
4.1
LETTER OF PRICE BID
Letter of Price Bid
[Bidder’s Letterhead]
Date: ..................................................
ICB No.: ............. P.C.35 /NT/ 2013
Invitation for Bid No.: .........................
To: Director General – Electric Transmission Projects
General Directorate of Electric Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Al Mustinsiria Sq.
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
We, the undersigned, declare that:
a.
We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Document, including Addenda issued in
accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 8;
b.
We offer to manufacture, test, deliver, install, pre-commission and commission in conformity with the
Bidding Document the following Project and Services
c.
P.C.35 /NT/2013 Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects (substations):•
AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation
•
AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation
•
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
d.
The total price of our Bid, excluding any discounts offered in item (d) below is the sum of: xxxxxxxx
e.
The discounts offered and the methodology for their application are: xxxxxxxx
f.
Our bid shall be valid for a period of... 120 (one hundred and twenty) days from the date fixed for the
submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents, and it shall remain binding upon us
and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of that period;
g.
If our bid is accepted, we commit to obtain a performance security in accordance with the Bidding
Document;
h.
We have paid, or will pay the following commissions, gratuities, or fees with respect to the bidding
process or execution of the Contract: **
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -38
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Name of Recipient
Address
Reason
Amount
.........................................
.......................................
................................
......................
.........................................
.......................................
................................
......................
i.
We understand that this bid, together with your written acceptance thereof included in your notification
of award, shall constitute a binding contract between us, until a formal contract is prepared and
executed; and
j.
We understand that you are not bound to accept the lowest evaluated bid or any other bid that you
may receive.
Name .................................................................................................................................................
In the capacity of ...............................................................................................................................
Signed ...............................................................................................................................................
Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of .........................................................................
Date ...................................................................................................................................................
**
If none has been paid or is to be paid, indicate “none”
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -39
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.2
PRICE SCHEDULES
PREAMBLE
General
1.
The Price Schedules are divided into separate Schedules as follows:
Schedule No. 1: Major Project & Equipment
Schedule No. 2: Mandatory Spare Parts
Schedule No. 3: Design Services (not applicable)
Schedule No. 4: Civil Works, Electrical Works & Installation
Schedule No. 5: Other Services
Schedule No. 6:
Grand Summary
Schedule No. 7:
Recommended Tools and Spare Parts
Schedule No. 8:
Tools and Appliances (Provisional)
Schedule No. 9:
Day Works (Provisional)
Schedule No. 10: Schedule of Major Items of Constructional Project
2.
3.
The Schedules do not generally give a full description of the Project to be supplied and the services to
be performed under each item. Bidders shall be deemed to have read the Employer’s Requirements
and other sections of the Bidding Document and reviewed the Drawings to ascertain the full scope of
the requirements included in each item prior to filling in the rates and prices. The entered rates and
prices shall be deemed to cover the full scope as aforesaid, including overheads and profit.
If bidders are unclear or uncertain as to the scope of any item, they shall seek clarification in
accordance with ITB 7 prior to submitting their bid.
Pricing
4.
Prices shall be filled in indelible ink, and any alterations necessary due to errors, etc., shall be initialled
by the Bidder.
As specified in the Bid Data Sheet and Special Conditions of Contract, prices shall be fixed and firm for
the duration of the Contract, or prices shall be subject to adjustment in accordance with the
corresponding Appendix (Price Adjustment) to the Contract Agreement.
5.
Bid prices shall be quoted in the manner indicated and in the currencies specified in the Instructions to
Bidders in the Bidding Document.
For each item, bidders shall complete each appropriate column in the respective Schedules, giving the
price breakdown as indicated in the Schedules.
Prices given in the Schedules against each item shall be for the scope covered by that item as detailed
in Section 7: to Section 12: & Section 16: (Employer’s Requirements) or elsewhere in the Bidding
Document.
6.
Payments will be made to the Contractor in the currency or currencies indicated under each respective
item.
When requested by the Employer for the purposes of making payments or part payments, valuing
variations or evaluating claims, or for such other purposes as the Employer may reasonably require, the
Contractor shall provide the Employer with a breakdown of any composite or lump sum items included
in the Schedules.
7.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -40
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
8.
These quantities are only estimated values. However the payment will be made on actual quantities on
measure and pay basis.
9.
Where a nil quantity is shown a rate shall nevertheless be entered.
10.
Items left blank will be deemed to have been included in other items. The TOTAL for each Schedule
and TOTAL of the Grand summery shall be deemed to be the total for executing the facilities and
sections thereof in complete accordance with the contract.
11.
These schedules can also be used as a basis to value variations of work done under the Provisional
Sum.
12.
The Bidders shall submit editable soft copies of the filled schedules in addition to the signed copies
Note: Bidders are requested to check the given schedules carefully against the requirements/ designs and notify
the Employer immediately if there are any missing major items and/or modifications to the items given below. Only
major items/works are indicated in the price schedules. Any other associated minor items/works deem to be
included in the total price.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -41
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.3 PRICE SCHEDULE NO 1:- MAJOR PROJECT & EQUIPMENT
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining (substations)
4.3.1
Schedule No 1.1:
Equipment.
132kV Under Ground Cable System - Major Project &
km
55
Pcs
110
Pcs
.4
Outdoor sealing end type Conventional Termination for XLPE
power cables, Rated Voltage 132 kV round aluminum
2
conductor (1×2000) mm cross section suitable for the above
cable with all necessary components to complete the joint the
creepage distance must be not less than 4000 mm and The
semi conductive region of the stress cone must be ( massive
semi conductive /electrode) (not coated).
15
Pcs.
5
Suitable accessories for earthing system as shown in item
(8.2.5.4)
1
Lot.
6
Grillage LDPE with suitable width and the Wight for one
meter not less than (400 g).
30
km
2
3.
Premoulded (prefabricated) earthing Straight Through Joint
for XLPE power cables , Rated Voltage 132kV round
2
Aluminum conductor (1 x 2000 ) mm cross section suitable
for the above cable with armoring according to requirement
necessary and all necessary elements to complete the
joints. and The semi conductive region of the stress cone
must be ( massive semi conductive /electrode) (not coated).
Premoulded (prefabricated) Cross Bonding Joint with suitable
cable for cross bonding & earthing, for XLPE power cables ,
rated voltage 132kV round aluminum conductor (1×2000)
2
mm cross section suitable for the above cable with suitable
for cable specifications above armoring and all according to
requirement necessary components to complete the joints
according to requirement necessary .and The semi
conductive region of the stress cone must be ( massive semi
conductive /electrode) (not coated).
7
Marking tape LDPE as shown in fig.( 1)
55
km
8
Cross Bonding Boxes suitable for C.B joints and cable.
36
No.
9
Earthing system Link Boxes suitable for joints and cable.
18
No.
Country of Origin
86
1.
Total Price
(USD or
On EURO)
Unit
XLPE power cables, Rated Voltage 132kV round Aluminum
2
conductor (1×2000) mm cross section, Copper Wire & Lead
Metallic sheathed to verify (40 kA/1 sec), HDPE covering
according to IEC standard , with drum length (500 m).
No.
Unit Price
(USD or EURO)
Description
Quantity
Schedule 1.1 A. :- (AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation route length (13 km)
Sub Total of Price Schedule 1.1 A (To Grand Summary)
Note : only major items are indicated in the above list. Any other associated material/ works deem to be included
in these items.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -42
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining(substations) :
Schedule 1.1:- 132kV Under Ground Cable System - Major Project & Equipment
1.
2
XLPE power cables, Rated Voltage 132kV round Aluminum
2
conductor (1×2000) mm cross section, Copper Wire & Lead
Metallic sheathed to verify (40 kA/1 sec), HDPE covering
according to IEC standard , with drum length (500 m).
Premoulded (prefabricated) earthing Straight Through Joint
for XLPE power cables , Rated Voltage 132kV round
2
Aluminum conductor(1 x 2000 ) mm cross section suitable for
the above cable with armoring according to requirement
necessary and all necessary elements to complete the
joints. And The semi conductive region of the stress cone
must be ( massive semi conductive /electrode) (not coated).
Premoulded (prefabricated) Cross Bonding Joint with suitable
cable for cross bonding & earthing, for XLPE power cables ,
rated voltage 132kV round aluminum conductor (1×2000)
2
mm cross section suitable for the above cable with suitable
for cable specifications above armoring and all according to
requirement necessary components to complete the joints
according to requirement necessary . And The semi
conductive region of the stress cone must be ( massive semi
conductive /electrode) (not coated).
121
Pcs.
160
Pcs.
Outdoor sealing end type Conventional Termination for XLPE
power cables, Rated Voltage 132 kV round aluminum
2
conductor (1×2000) mm cross section suitable for the above
. 4 cable with all necessary components to complete the joint the
creepage distance must be not less than 4000 mm. and The
semi conductive region of the stress cone must be( massive
semi conductive /electrode) (not coated).
15
Pcs.
5
Suitable accessories for earthing system as shown in item
(8.2.5.4)
1
Lot.
6
Grillage LDPE with suitable
meter not less than (400 g).
40
km
7
Marking tape LDPE as shown in fig.( 1)
75
km
8
Cross Bonding Boxes suitable for C.B joints and cable.
54
No.
9
Earthing system Link Boxes suitable for joints and cable.
28
No.
width and the Wight for one
Country of Origin
Total Price
(USD or
‘On EURO)
km
80
3.
Unit Price
(USD or EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Schedule 1.1 B. AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation (route length (18.250 km)
Sub Total of Price Schedule 1.1 B (To Grand Summary)
Note : only major items are indicated in the above list. Any other associated works
/Material deem to be included in these items
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -43
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining(substations) :
Schedule 1.1 :- 132kV Under Ground Cable System - Major Project & Equipment
XLPE power cables, Rated Voltage 132kV round Aluminum
2
conductor (1×2000) mm cross section, Copper Wire & Lead
1.
Metallic sheathed to verify (40 kA/1 sec), HDPE covering
according to IEC standard , with drum length (500 m).
Premoulded (prefabricated) earthing Straight Through Joint
for XLPE power cables , Rated Voltage 132kV round
2
Aluminum conductor(1 x 2000 ) mm cross section suitable for
2 the above cable with armoring according to
requirement
necessary and all necessary elements to complete the
joints. and The semi conductive region of the stress cone
must be ( massive semi conductive /electrode) (not coated).
Premoulded (prefabricated) Cross Bonding Joint with suitable
cable for cross bonding & earthing, for XLPE power cables ,
2
rated voltage 132kV round aluminum conductor (1×2000) mm
cross section suitable for the above cable with suitable for
3. cable specifications above armoring and all according to
requirement necessary components to complete the joints
according to
requirement necessary . and The semi
conductive region of the stress cone must be ( massive semi
conductive /electrode) (not coated).
Outdoor sealing end type Conventional Termination for XLPE
power cables, Rated Voltage 132 kV round aluminum
2
conductor (1×2000) mm cross section suitable for the above
. 4 cable with all necessary components to complete the joint the
creepage distance must be not less than 4000 mm and The
semi conductive region of the stress cone must be( massive
semi conductive /electrode) (not coated).
72
Pcs.
144
Pcs.
15
Pcs.
5
Suitable accessories for earthing system as shown in item
(8.2.5.4)
1
Lot.
6
Grillage LDPE with suitable width and the Wight for one meter
not less than (400 g).
40
km
7
Marking tape LDPE as shown in fig.( 1)
80
km
8
Cross Bonding Boxes suitable for C.B joints and cable.
50
No.
9
Earthing system Link Boxes suitable for joints and cable.
25
No.
Country of Origin
km
Total Price
(USD or
‘On EURO)
108
Unit Price
(USD or EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Schedule 1.1 C. :- (AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation ) route length(16.250
km)
Sub Total of Price Schedule 1.1 C (To Grand Summary)
Note : only major items are indicated in the above list. Any other associated material /works
deem to be included in these items
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -44
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories,
Installation, Work Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining
Country of
Origin
Total Price
(USD or
‘On EURO)
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Schedule 1.1 D. :- 132kV Under Ground Cable System - Major Project & Equipment
Multiple Precast Moulding Machine Specification
- Multiple Productions within the same mould The
10
machinery is self-moving and puts down the item on the
floor after the mould overturn. The filling drawer allows a
rapid feeding of the mould The vibration is made by
inverter-controlled vibrators for the beast concrete
compaction . Moulds are provided separately , they are
easily interchangeable and shall allow to change the
production size also daily. Approx. Maximum size of the
produced item :- 400 x 200 x H 110 cm
Approx. Storage hopper height:-240 cm production line as
shown in fig (2)
1
No.
- Including two models ( two cast for each model ) First
model as shown in drawing( 001M )& ( 1,2,3) Second
model as shown in drawing (005)
Notice:
The origin of manufacturing must be from Japan or USA or
from western Europe
The machine shall consist of all the necessary accessories
Sub Total of Price Schedule 1.1 D (To Grand Summary)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -45
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.3.2
Schedule No. 1.2..:- Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication - Major Project & Equipment.
1.
2.
3.
4
5
6
Optical Fiber
Single mode non-zero dispersion shifted fiber according to
ITU-T G655 containing 24 optical fiber, it is to be directly buried
inside suitable non-metallic pipes, and can withstand severe
soil environment like water increase, temperature fluctuations,
type of armoring is (PE). Optical fiber cable to be lay with the
power cable.
Optical Fiber drum shall be not less than 2 km.
Optical fiber cable joint with enclosures
Optical fiber accessories (including non metallic protective
pipes)
Dura Line.
- Outer diameter = 40 (mm)
- Inner diameter = 34 (mm)
- Minimum pressure 15 bar
Durra line drum not less than 2 km
Accessories materials for optical fiber cable:
a- Coupling Parts :PE couplers:
Different dimensions according to different duct diameters,
pressure tolerance up to 16 bar, used to connect Silicone
ducts.
b- Simplex plug :Different dimensions according to different duct diameters.
Used to seal the duct after the placement of (Optical fiber)
cables to prevent dust and water from getting in.
c- Blank plug :Different dimensions according to different duct diameters.
Used to seal the duct before the placement of (Optical fiber)
cables to prevent dust and water from getting in.
d- Repairing duct :Different dimensions according to different duct diameters.
Used to repair broken ducts after the placement of (Optical
fiber) cables.
Typical cable jet
For installation of long section of fiber optic. Cables jacketed with
PE material, their outside diameter ranging between 10-22 mm
(with all required accessories). PE ducts (HDPE) with an
external diameter 40 mm
ODF: Optical Distributed Frame cabinet type to distribute and
connect the pig tails with all connectors required to connect
the ODF to the Mux .
(Cabinet type). (96 optical interfaces)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
32
km
15
Pcs.
32
km
10
No.
10
No.
10
No.
10
No.
2
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
Country of
Origin
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Schedule No 1.2 A (AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation) route length (13km)
4 -46
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Multiplexer :
To be used for transmitting speech , data signal and
protection signals of 2 Mbps transmission rate. The line
distance up to 100 km
The Multiplexer should have the capability to operate on
pilot cable and optical fiber (single mode non-zero
dispersion shifted fiber according to ITU-T G655). i.e.
equipped with all necessary interfaces to be connected to
copper wire and optical fiber, at the same time , the
Multiplexer should include the following interfaces :.
- 4 wire interface E&M
2
16
- 2 wire interface exchange side
12
- 2 wire interface subscriber side
12
- Ethernet / TCP / IP modules
4
7 - Data transmission for MUX.
8
- E1 ( 2 Mb/s).
8
- Hot line with telephone
1
SDH (equipment or card) with STM-1 S1+1 optical interface and
21x2 Mb/s tributaries..
1
Protection Signaling Equipment (PSE) to be operate with
2 Pcs.
1. Digital Protection relays , G.703 (64 Kbit)
8 port
2. Analog Protection relays ,4 teleprotection commands
(PSE should be internal card )
4 port
Pcs.
Interfa
ces in
each
MUX.
Interfa
ces in
each
MUX.
Interfa
ces in
each
MUX.
Interfa
ces in
each
MUX.
Interfa
ces in
each
MUX.
Interfa
ces in
each
MUX.
piece
in
each
MUX.
piece
in
each
MUX.
in
each
MUX.
The supplier should guarantee that the signal transmitted
on optical fiber will be received on the other side within the
allowed margin of attenuation .
- All required accessories for installation and connecting the
MUX to MDF should be provided.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -47
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Cabinet for Multiplexer should be provided for the Multiplexers in
the station as well as in opposite station to accommodate all
Multiplexer links. Cabinets could be used fully i.e. commanding
two Multiplexers. Cabinet specification: (Internal swing door,
8 Front door should not
contain glass, plate thickness is 2 mm , 42 U height, Fan
unit,
Internal light, AC plug with fuse and Cabinet dimension :
2 m height , 80 cm width and 60 cm depth .
Instruments & Commissions equipment:

- Optical talk set

9


- fusion splicer
- OTDR
- Complete Optical Fiber preparation tool kit.
- Portable computer I7 (CPU 2GHz or higher ,RAM 2G.byte or
higher, serial port RS 232) including software packages for
MUX. Programming
Installation, Commissioning, Operational and Maintenance
10 Manuals in English language for all the above items (Hard and
Soft copy)
Spare parts for Multiplexer: List of all recommend spare parts
are to be provided with break down prices.
- Card 4 wire interface E&M
- Card 2 wire interface exchange side
- Card 2 wire interface subscribe side
- Card Ethernet / TCP/IP modules
- Card data transmission
11
- Card E1 (2Mb/s)
-
SDH with STM-1
-
Power supply
-
CPU
2
Cabinet
.
2
Pcs.
1
1
1
pcs.
pcs.
pcs.
2
pcs.
3
Copi
es
2
2
2
2
Pcs.
Pcs.
Pcs.
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
2
Cards.
Subtotal of Price Schedule 1.2 A (To Grand Summary)
Note : only major items are indicated in the above list. Any other associated works deem to be included in
these items
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -48
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule No. 1.2. .:- Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication - Major Project &
Equipment .
km
2
Optical fiber cable joint with enclosures
19
Pcs.
40
km
3
4
5
6
Optical fiber accessories(including non-metallic protective
pipes)
Dura Line.
- Outer diameter = 40 (mm)
- Inner diameter = 34 (mm)
- Minimum pressure 15 bar
Durra line drum not less than 2 km
Accessories materials for optical fiber cable:
e- Coupling Parts :PE couplers:
Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters, pressure tolerance up to 16 bar, used to
connect Silicone ducts.
f- Simplex plug :Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters. Used to seal the duct after the placement of
(Optical fiber) cables to prevent dust and water from
getting in.
g- Blank plug :Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters. Used to seal the duct before the placement of
(Optical fiber) cables to prevent dust and water from
getting in.
h- Repairing duct :Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters. Used to repair broken ducts after the
placement of (Optical fiber) cables.
Typical cable jet For installation of long section of fiber optic.
Cables jacketed with PE material, their outside diameter
ranging between 10-22 mm (with all required accessories). PE
ducts (HDPE) with an external diameter 40 mm
ODF: Optical Distributed Frame to distribute and connect the
big tails with all connectors required to connect the ODF to the
Mux .
10
10
10
10
Country of Origin
40
Total Price
(USD or EURO)
1
Optical Fiber
Single mode non-zero dispersion shifted fiber according to
ITU-T G655 containing 24 optical fiber, it is to be directly
buried inside suitable non-metallic pipes, and can withstand
severe soil environment like water increase, temperature
fluctuations, type of armoring is (PE). Optical fiber cable to be
lay with the power cable.
Optical Fiber drum shall be not less than 2 km.
Unit Price
(USD or EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Schedule No. 1.2. B AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation) route length (18.250 km)
No.
No.
No.
No.
2
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
(Cabinet type). (96 optical interfaces)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -49
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Multiplexer :
To be used for transmitting speech , data signal and
protection signals of 2 Mbps transmission rate. The line
distance up to 100 km The Multiplexer should have the
capability to operate on pilot cable and optical fiber (single
mode non-zero dispersion shifted fiber according to ITU-T
G655). i.e. equipped with all necessary interfaces to be
connected to copper wire and optical fiber, at the same time ,
the Multiplexer should include the following interfaces :.
2
Pcs.
16
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
12
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
12
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
4
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
8
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
8
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
1
in each
MUX.
1
in each
MUX.
- 4 wire interface E&M
- 2 wire interface exchange side
- 2 wire interface subscriber side
- Ethernet / TCP / IP modules
7
- Data transmission for MUX.
- E1 ( 2 Mb/s).
- Hot line with telephone
SDH (equipment or card) with STM-1 S1+1 optical interface
and 21x2 Mb/s tributaries..
8
Protection Signaling Equipment (PSE) to be operate with
2 Pcs.
1. Digital Protection relays , G.703 (64 Kbit)
8 port
2. Analog Protection relays ,4 teleprotection commands
(PSE should be internal card )
The supplier should guarantee that the signal transmitted
on optical fiber will be received on the other side within
the allowed margin of attenuation .
- All required accessories for installation and connecting the
MUX to MDF should be provided.
4 port
Cabinet for Multiplexer should be provided for the Multiplexers
in the station as well as in opposite station to accommodate all
Multiplexer links. Cabinets could be used fully i.e. commanding
two Multiplexers. Cabinet specification: (Internal swing door,
Front door should not contain glass, plate thickness is 2
mm , 42 U height, Fan unit, Internal light, AC plug with fuse
and Cabinet dimension : 2 m height , 80 cm width and 60
cm depth .
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
2
in each
MUX.
Cabinet.
4 -50
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Instruments & Commissions equipment:

- Optical talk set

- fusion splicer
9

- OTDR
2
Pcs.
1
pcs.
1
pcs.

- Complete Optical Fiber preparation tool kit.
1
pcs.

- Portable computer I 7 (CPU 2GHz or higher ,RAM 2G.byte
or higher, serial port RS 232) including software packages
for MUX. Programming
2
pcs.
3
Copies
10
Installation, Commissioning, Operational and Maintenance
Manuals in English language for all the above items (Hard
and Soft copy)
Spare parts for Multiplexer: List of all recommend spare parts
are to be provided with break down prices.
11
-
Card 4 wire interface E&M
2
Pcs.
-
Card 2 wire interface exchange side
2
Pcs.
-
Card 2 wire interface subscribe side
2
Pcs.
-
Card Ethernet / TCP/IP modules
2
Pcs.
-
Card data transmission
2
Pcs.
-
Card E1 (2Mb/s)
2
Pcs.
-
SDH with STM-1
2
Pcs.
-
Power supply
2
Pcs.
-
CPU
2
Cards
Subtotal of Price Schedule 1.2 B (To Grand Summary)
Note : only major items are indicated in the above list. Any other associated works deem to be included in these
items
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -51
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule No. 1.2. .:- Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication - Major Project &
Equipment.
1.
2.
28
Pcs.
3.
50
km
10
No.
10
No.
4
10
No.
10
No.
5
2
Pcs.
Optical fiber cable joint with enclosures
Optical fiber accessories(including non-metallic protective
pipes)
Dura Line.
- Outer diameter = 40 (mm)
- Inner diameter = 34 (mm)
- Minimum pressure 15 bar
Durra line drum not less than 2 km
Accessories materials for optical fiber cable:
iCoupling Parts :PE couplers:
Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters, pressure tolerance up to 16 bar, used to
connect Silicone ducts.
jSimplex plug :Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters. Used to seal the duct after the placement of
(Optical fiber) cables to prevent dust and water from
getting in.
k- Blank plug :Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters. Used to seal the duct before the placement of
(Optical fiber) cables to prevent dust and water from
getting in.
l- Repairing duct :Different dimensions according to different duct
diameters. Used to repair broken ducts after the
placement of (Optical fiber) cables.
Typical cable jet For installation of long section of fiber optic.
Cables jacketed with PE material, their outside diameter
ranging between
10-22 mm(with all required accessories). PE ducts (HDPE)
with an external diameter 40 mm
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
Country of Origin
km
Total Price
(USD or EURO)
50
Unit Price
(USD or EURO)
Optical Fiber
Single mode non-zero dispersion shifted fiber according to
ITU-T G655 containing 24 optical fiber, it is to be directly
buried inside suitable non-metallic pipes, and can withstand
severe soil environment like water increase, temperature
fluctuations, type of armoring is (PE). Optical fiber cable to be
lay with the power cable.
Optical Fiber drum shall be not less than 2 km.
No.
Unit
Description
Quantity
Schedule No. 1.2. C (AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation) route length (16.250
km)
4 -52
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
6
ODF: Optical Distributed Frame to distribute and connect the
big
tails with all connectors required to connect the ODF to the
Mux .
(Cabinet type). (96 optical interfaces)
Multiplexer : To be used for transmitting speech , data
signal and protection signals of 2 Mbps transmission rate.
The line distance up to 100 km The Multiplexer should have
the capability to operate on pilot cable and optical fiber (single
mode non-zero dispersion shifted fiber according to ITU-T
G655). i.e. equipped with all necessary interfaces to be
connected to copper wire and optical fiber, at the same time ,
the Multiplexer should include the following interfaces :.
- 4 wire interface E&M
- 2 wire interface exchange side
- 2 wire interface subscriber side
- Ethernet / TCP / IP modules
7
- Data transmission for MUX.
- E1 ( 2 Mb/s).
- Hot line with telephone
2
Pcs.
2
Pcs.
16
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
12
12
4
8
8
1
SDH (equipment or card) with STM-1 S1+1 optical interface
and 21x2 Mb/s tributaries..
Protection Signaling Equipment (PSE) to be operate with
2 Pcs.
1. Digital Protection relays , G.703 (64 Kbit)
8 port
1
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
Interfaces
in each
MUX.
in each
MUX.
in each
MUX.
in each
MUX.
2. Analog Protection relays ,4 The supplier should guarantee 4 port
that the signal transmitted on optical fiber will be received
on the other side within the allowed margin of attenuation
teleprotection commands PSE (should be internal card )
- All required accessories for installation and connecting the
MUX to MDF should be provided.
8
Cabinet for Multiplexer should be provided for the Multiplexers
in the station as well as in opposite station to accommodate all
Multiplexer links. Cabinets could be used fully i.e. commanding
two Multiplexers. Cabinet specification: (Internal swing door,
Front door should not contain glass, plate thickness is 2
mm , 42 U height, Fan unit, Internal light, AC plug with fuse
and Cabinet dimension : 2 m height , 80 cm width and 60
cm depth .
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
2
Cabinet.
4 -53
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Instruments & Commissions equipment:

- Optical talk set

2
Pcs.
- fusion splicer
1
pcs.
- OTDR
1
pcs.

- Complete Optical Fiber preparation tool kit.
1
pcs.

- Portable computer I7 (CPU 2GHz or higher ,RAM 2G.byte or
higher, serial port RS 232) including software packages for
MUX. Programming
2
pcs.
3
Copies
9
10
11
Installation, Commissioning, Operational and Maintenance
Manuals in English language for all the above items (Hard
and Soft copy)
Spare parts for Multiplexer: List of all recommend spare parts
are to be provided with break down prices.
-
Card 4 wire interface E&M
2
Pcs.
-
Card 2 wire interface exchange side
2
Pcs.
-
Card 2 wire interface subscribe side
2
Pcs.
-
Card Ethernet / TCP/IP modules
2
Pcs.
-
Card data transmission
2
Pcs.
-
Card E1 (2Mb/s)
2
Pcs.
-
SDH with STM-1
2
Pcs.
-
Power supply
2
Pcs.
-
CPU
2
Cards.
Subtotal of Price Schedule 1.2 C (To Grand Summary)
Note : only major items are indicated in the above list. Any other associated works deem to be included in these
items
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -54
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.3.3
Schedule No 1.3:- Supply of Cable Protection Systems
AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation) route length (13km)
AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation) route length (18.250 km)
Country
of Origin
Unit
Price
(USD or
EURO)
Total
price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation) route length (16.250 km)
Supply of total Cable Protection Systems – for 2 circuits including
panels, interfacing with existing systems (It should include Differential
Protection Relay for two line ends with Software and connection cables:
quantity 4 nos.) And the specification of Protection Relay as bellow:
Protection function:
 Differential Protection for universal use with power lines and cables on
all voltage levels with phase-segregated measurement (87 L)
 Two line ends capability
 Suitable for transformers in protected zones (87 T)
 Restricted earth-fault protection (87N) if a transformer is within the
protection zone
 Well-suited for serial compensated lines
 Two independent differential stages:
One stage for sensitive measuring for high resistance faults and
fast fault clearance
 Breaker-failure protection (50 BF)
 Phase and earth overcurrent protection with directional element
(50,50N,51,51N,67,67N)
 Ohase-selective inter tripping (85)
 Overload protection (49)
 Over/under voltage protection (59/27)
 Over/under frequency protection (81O/U)
12
 Auto-reclosure single/three-pole (79)
relay
Control
function:
1
No.
 Command and inputs for ctrl. Of CB and disconnectors (isolators) (4 Relay
x 3)
Monitoring functions:
 self – supervision of the relay
 trip circuit supervision (74TC)
 8 oscillographic fault records
 CT-secondary current supervision
 Event logging /fault logging
 Switching statistics
Front
 User – friendly local operation
 PC front port for convenient relay setting
 Function keys and 8 LEDs f. local alarm
Communication interfaces:
 Serial protection data (R2R) interface
 Front interface for PC connection
 System interface

IEC 61850 Ethernet
 IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
 PROFIBUS-DP, DNP 3.0 and MODBUS
 Service / modem interface (rear)
 Time synchronization via IRIG-B , DCF77 or system interface
Features:
 Browser –based commissioning tool Direct connection to digital
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -55
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
communication networks
Sub Total of Price Schedule 1.3(To Grand Summary)
1
1
No.
1
No.
1
No.
3
No.
1
Lot
Country
of Origin
No.
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
1
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Schedule No 1.4:- Supply and Installation of GIS System
Quantity
4.3.4
GIS System Including
a) A0 Color Printer
b) A0 Color scanner
c) A3 Color Printer
d) A4 Color Laser Printer
e) Garmin 276 GPS (Latest version with 5” TFT display,
800 x 480 pixels, multi-touch, glass, dual-orientation,
WVGA color TFT with white backlight ) ,Shall include
Satellite image and map display in background
capability with sufficient built in memory: Coordinate
systems shall be built in or programed to include Iraq
local coordinate systems also.
f) Entering the cable route and end substation data and
fully configuring and establishing the GIS System on
all work stations and integrating GPS units with the
workstations for data transfer. Should include the
cost of any experts if required for the total Job.it is
deemed to be include in the Price.
(For all the above items the employer shall approve the specification at the time of the supply to
include the latest versions available)
Sub Total of Price Schedule 1.4
(To Grand Summary)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -56
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
30
km
20
No.
40
No.
4
No.
6
Sets
6
No.
4
No.
4
No.
Country
of Origin
1
XLPE power cables, Rated Voltage 132kV round Aluminum conductor (1×2000) mm
cross section, Copper Wire & Lead Metallic sheathed to verify (40 kA/1 sec), HDPE
covering according to IEC standard , with drum length (500 m)
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Price schedule No 2 :- MANDATORY SPARE MATERIALS
PC 35 /NT/ 2013 , Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work Execution,
Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining(substations):
• (AL Zawraa Substation–AL Hurryia Substation ) ,
• ( AL Yarmook substation – Al Rasheed Substation ) ,
• ( AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation)
The items given in this mandatory spare materials are brand new items and quantities are as specified.
2
2
3
4
5
6
7
Premoulded (prefabricated) earthing Straight Through Joint for XLPE power cables ,
Rated Voltage 132kV round Aluminum conductor
2
(1 x 2000 ) mm cross section suitable for the above cable with armoring according
to requirement necessary and all necessary elements to complete the joints.
Premoulded (prefabricated) Cross Bonding Joint with suitable cable for cross bonding
& earthing, for XLPE power cables , rated voltage 132kV round aluminum conductor
2
(1×2000) mm cross section suitable for the above cable with suitable for cable
specifications above armoring and all according to
requirement necessary
components to complete the joints according to requirement necessary .
Outdoor type Conventional Termination for XLPE power cables , Rated Voltage
2
132kV round aluminum conductor 1×2000 mm cross section suitable for the above
cable with all necessary elements to complete the joint. The creepage distance not
less than 4000 mm.
Brand new Special tools complete for jointing and terminating 132kV power cables
inclusive of all the necessary items.
Brand new Caravan Houses used at Joining of cables. (the houses are equipped
with suitable air-conditioning, outdoor generator, crane unit inside and all other
facilities with dust proof environment inside. To be used for joining cables, can be re
used and relocated easily at another location anywhere on the cable route)
2
Brand new Cable Pulling Machine suitable for the pulling of 2000mm AL/XLPE
Cable
2
Brand new Cable Drum holder and Payoff machine suitable for (1 x 2000 mm ) AL
8 /XLPE cable payoff with Automatic breaks and smooth jerk free controlled tension.
2
9
10
11

12
Brand new Suitable steel rollers for 1 x 2000 mm AL/XLPE for
a. Straight runs
b. Corners and the Adjustable rollers near cable drum
Brand new Grips for pulling at middle and at ends with any suitable shackles ropes
and all accessories as required
Optical Fiber Single mode non -zero dispersion shifted fiber according to ITU-T
G655 containing 24 optical fiber, it is to be directly buried inside suitable non-metallic
pipes, and can withstand severe soil environment like water increase, temperature
fluctuations. Type of armoring is (PE). Optical fiber cable to be lay with the power
cable. Optical Fiber drum shall be not less than 2 km, 2 Optical Fiber cables along the
route length (measurements will be based on route length)
Optical fiber accessories (including non-Metallic protective pipes) HDPE line (Outer
diameter - 40 (mm) , Inner diameter - 34 (mm), Minimum pressure - 15 bar , Durra
Line Drum not less than 2km
750 No.
250 No.
20
Pcs.
122
km
122
km
Sub Total of Price Schedule 2 (To Grand Summary)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -57
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.4
SCHEDULE NO 3 - ( OMITTED )
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -58
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.5 PRICE SCHEDULE NO. 4:- CIVIL WORKS, ELECTRICAL WORKS & INSTALLATION
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work Execution,
Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining(substations):
4.5.1
Schedule No. 4.1.A. :- Civil Works
Production of reinforced concrete (trough +
cover),( according to drawings 006), whatever
works required.
Length/meter
11800
2
Excavate, suction ground water, Supply
compacted sub base layer, (including any
improvement of soil if necessary, site specific
changes where necessary, Installation of
concrete 132 kV power cable trough(According
to drawing no.001), whatever works required .
Length/meter
11800
Total price
Quantity
1
ID
Unit Price
Activity Description
Unit
Schedule 4.1A AL Zawraa substation – AL Hurryia substation (Route length= 13 km)
After Laying Power Cable 132 kV
3
Supply &Backfill with selected sand .Installation
of concrete trough cover and Backfilling with
Compacted Clean soil (according to drawing
no.001), whatever works required.
Length/meter
11800
4
Implementation Horizontal directional drilling
(HDD) (according to drawing no.002A, 002B),
whatever works required
Length/meter
1000
5
Implementation open cut _method for road
crossing (according to drawing no.003),
whatever works required
Length/meter
200
6
Construction of Joint chamber for power cable
132kV (according to drawings no.004A, 004B),
whatever works required.
J.C. Room
54
7
Construction installation pit for link box
(according to drawing no.005) , whatever works
required .
J.C. Room
27
8
Construction installation of communication
jointing room according to drawing no.(
0011CRC) , whatever works required .
Nos.
27
9
Implementation and construction of foundation
and steel structure for terminations according
to drawing no ( 0010G ) & ( 0010F) [ foundation
+ steel structure = set ] , whatever works
required .
set
12
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -59
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule No 4.1.. :- Civil Works
Quantity
1
Production of reinforced concrete (trough + cover),(
according to drawing no.006), whatever works
required.
Length/meter
15500
Excavate, suction ground water, Supply
compacted sub base layer, (including any
improvement of soil if necessary, site specific
changes where necessary, Installation of concrete
132 kV power cable trough(According to drawing
no.001), whatever works required .
Length/meter
15500
2
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.1B AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation (Route length= 18.250 km
After Laying Power Cable 132 kV
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Supply &Backfill with selected sand .Installation of
concrete trough cover and Backfilling with
Compacted Clean soil (according to drawing
no.001), whatever works required .
Implementation Horizontal directional drilling
(HDD) (according to drawing no.002A, 002B),
whatever works required.
Implementation open cut _method for road
crossing (according to drawing no.003), whatever
works required
Construction of Joint chamber for power cable
132kV (according to drawings no.004A, 004B),
whatever works required.
Construction installation pit for link box and
cross bonding (according to drawing no.005) ,
whatever works required .
Construction installation of communication jointing
room according to drawing no. (0011CRC) ,
whatever works required .
Implementation and construction of foundation
and steel structure for terminations according to
drawing no ( 0010G ) & ( 0010F) [ foundation +
steel structure = set ] , whatever works required .
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
Length/meter
15500
Length/meter
2000
Length/meter
750
J.C. Room
74
J.C. Room
37
Nos.
37
set
12
4 -60
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule No 4.1 :- Civil Works
1
2
Length/meter
14500
Excavate, suction ground water, Supply compacted
sub base layer, (including any improvement of soil if
necessary, site specific changes where necessary,
Installation of concrete 132 kV power cable
trough(According to drawing no.001), whatever works
. required
Length/meter
14500
Total price
Production of reinforced concrete (trough + cover),(
according to drawing no.006), whatever works
required.
Unit Price
Activity Description
Quantity
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.1C Kazale 132 kV substation – AL Amean 400 kV substation) (Route length= 16.250 km)
After Laying Power Cable 132 kV
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Supply &Backfill with selected sand .Installation of
concrete trough cover and Backfilling with
Compacted Clean soil (according to drawing no.001),
whatever works required.
Length/meter
14500
Implementation Horizontal directional drilling (HDD)
(according to drawing no.002A,002B), whatever
works required
Length/meter
1000
Implementation open cut _method for road crossing
(according to drawing no.003), whatever works
required
Length/meter
750
Construction of Joint chamber for power cable 132kV
(according to drawings no.004A, 004B), whatever
works required.
J.C. Room
66
Construction installation pit for link box (according to
drawing no.005), whatever works required.
J.C. Room
33
Construction installation of communication jointing
room according to drawing no. (0011CRC) , whatever
works required .
Nos.
33
set
12
Implementation and construction of foundation and
steel structure for terminations according to drawing
no ( 0010G ) & ( 0010F) [ foundation + steel
structure = set ] , whatever works required .
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -61
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.5.2
Schedule No 4.2 - Electrical Works - Power Cable
1
Execution laying work for power cable (1×2000mm2) 132 kV
cables with the test required according to IEC standard,
whatever works required , (Double Circuit , single cable (13)
km route length) , ( Rot. No. 2 AL Zawraa substation – AL
Hurryia substation) including joining to substations and
commissioning & configuring automation systems in
substations
Execution of all straight joints ( earthing joints and cross
bonding joints ) and terminations … etc, whatever works
required )
Installation of earthing system as shown in drawing no. (001
CB), whatever works required
Testing and commissioning for all project according to IEC
standard
2
3
4
Quantity
(2×1×3×13)
≈ 80
km
174
Pcs
54
Pcs.
1
lot
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.2 A AL Zawraa substation –AL Hurryia substation (Route length= 13 km)
Schedule No 4.2 :- Electrical Works - Power Cable
1
2
3
4
Execution laying work for power cable (1×2000mm2) 132 kV
cables with the test required according to IEC standard,
whatever works required , (Double Circuit , single cable
(18.250) km route length
( Rot No.1 AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation)
including joining to substations and commissioning &
configuring automation systems in substations
Execution of all straight joints ( earthing joints and cross
bonding joints ) and terminations … etc , whatever works
required
Installation of earthing system as shown in drawing no. (001
CB), whatever works required (the Contractor shall ensure
the earthing method is safe with number of transpositions and
select surge arrestor and equipment accordingly and get
approved from the employer)
Testing and commissioning for all project according to IEC
standard
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
Quantity
(2×1×3×18.250)
≈112
km
234
Pcs.
74
Pcs.
1
lot
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.2 B AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation (Route length = 18.250 km)
4 -62
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule No 4.2 .:- Electrical Works - Power Cable
Execution laying work for power cable (1×2000mm2) 132 kV
cables with the test required according to IEC standard,
whatever works required, (Double Circuit , single cable
(16.250) km route length)
( Rot No. 3 Kazale 132 kV substation – AL Amean 400 kV
substation) including joining to substations and commissioning
& configuring automation systems in substations
Execution of all straight joints ( earthing joints and cross
bonding joints ) and terminations … etc , whatever works
required
Installation of earthing system as shown in drawing no. (001
CB), whatever works required
Testing and commissioning for all project according to IEC
standard
1
2
3
4
4.5.3
Quantity
(2×1×3×16.250)
≈100
km
210
Pcs.
66
Pcs.
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.2 C Kazale 132 kV substation – AL Amean 400 kV substation) (Route length = 16.250 km)
lot
Schedule No. 4.3.: Fiber Optic Cable & Equipment
Quantity
1-
Execution laying work for Dura line and optic fiber cables
inside it and execution of all joints of fiber optic cable
including joining to substations and commissioning
2-
Installation of ODF cabinet in communication room in each
station terminate the cables. Connect the cable to ODF with
test and commission of optical cable link
3-
- installation cabinet of Multiplexers in each station
- Installation , Commissioning and operation of
Multiplexers and connected to PABX (4 wire ,2W, 2M /Qsic) , Scada or RTU (port data) and differential protection
(protection signal) in each station
32 km Dura line + 32km
optical fiber cable
2 ODF
(one in AL Zawraa s/s
and another in AL Hurryia
s/s)
2 cabinet
2 Multiplexers
(1 Links)
(one in AL Zawraa s/s
and another in AL Hurryia
s/s)
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
I
D
Unit
Schedule 4.3 A AL Zawraa substation –AL Hurryia substation (Route length = 13 km)
km
pcs
pcs
Schedule No. 4.3.: Fiber Optic Cable & Equipment
1-
Execution laying work for Dura line and optic
fiber cables inside it and execution of all joints
of fiber optic cable
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
Quantity
50 km Dura line + 50km
optical fiber cable
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.3 B AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation (Route length = 18.250 km)
km
4 -63
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
2-
3-
Installation of ODF cabinet in communication
room in each station terminate the cables.
Connect the cable to ODF with test and
commission of optical cable link
-Installation cabinet of Multiplexers in each
station
2 ODF
(one in Yarmook s/s and
another in AL Rasheed s/s)
2 cabinet
2 Multiplexers
(1 Links)
(one in Yarmook sls and
another in AL Rasheed sls)
-Installation , Commissioning and operation of
Multiplexers and connected to PABX (4 wire
,2W, 2M /Q-sic) , Scada or RTU (port data)
and differential protection (protection signal) in
each station
pcs
pcs
Schedule No. 4.3.: Fiber Optic Cable & Equipment
12-
3-
Quantity
Execution laying work for Dura line and optic fiber
cables inside it and execution of all joints of fiber
optic cable
Installation of ODF cabinet in communication room in
each station terminate the cables. Connect the cable
to ODF with test and commission of optical cable link
40 km Dura line + 40km
optical fiber cable
km
2 ODF
(one in AL Kazale s/s and
another in AL Amean s/s)
pcs
- Installation cabinet of Multiplexers in each station
2 cabinet
2 Multiplexers
(1 Links)
( one in AL Kazale s/s and
another in AL Amean s/s)
pcs
-Installation , Commissioning and operation of
Multiplexers and connected to PABX (4 wire ,2W,
2M /Q-sic) , Scada or RTU (port data) and
differential protection (protection signal) in each
station
4.5.4
Total
price
Activity Description
Unit
Price
ID
Unit
Schedule 4.3 C Kazale 132 kV substation – AL Amean 400 kV substation (Route length = 16.250 km)
Schedule No. 4.4:- Installation of Cable Protection Systems
1
Installation of Cable Protection System for both
Power Cable circuits & connect with existing
system at the substations to be fully functional
including all related works
1
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
AL Zawraa substation –AL Hurryia substation (Route length = 13 km)
AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation (Route length = 18.250 km)
Kazale 132 kV substation – AL Amean 400 kV substation (Route length = 16.250 km)
lot
Sub Total of Price Schedule 4.4
(To Grand Summary)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -64
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.6
PRICE SCHEDULE NO. 5:- OTHER SERVICES
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects(substations) :
(AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation) ,
(AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation) ,
(AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation) .
Country
of
Training
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
No.
Unit
Schedule No. 5.1:- Training
Quantity
4.6.1
Training 132 kV Outdoor Sealing Ends & Straight Joint
12 persons
in two delegations in synchronized with the shipments,
14 working days
each delegation of six persons.
Training on Multiple Precast Moulding Machine
2 persons
2
Specification
7 working days
Training for engineers & technicians test and
commission with certification for :
2 persons
-Optical Fiber (OTDP, Splicer, Cable jet)
7 working
3
days
1
-MUX.
4
5
Electrical System
design and Engineering Works
Comprehensive Training on Cable design calculations
including internal structure of the cable, Rating
Calculation, Voltage drop and loss calculation both
manual methods & Software based, general training for
all similar power cables, with the cable used for this
project as an example. A comprehensive training at
cable manufacturer’s.
Civil System design and Engineering Works Civil
aspects of cable lying, different methods, including
effect on ratings and other issues, typical problems
encountered in the site, new methods in cable laying
such as horizontal drilling technology and methods used
in this project. A comprehensive training at cable
manufacturer’s
2 persons
7 working
days
2 Electrical
Engineers
(14) Working
days
2 Civil
Engineers
(14) Working
days
Sub Total of Price Schedule 5.1 (To Grand Summary)
-
Notes
The training should be in the manufacturing factory.
The bidder should provide training course details in the offer.
Schedule of training appointment should be sent at least 2 months before the training date.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -65
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
1
Tests on the 132kV power cable in two
6 Engineers
delegations in synchronized with the
7
working days
shipments. Each delegation of three
Engineers.
2
4 Engineers
132kV Outdoor or Indoor Sealing Ends &
7
working days
Straight Joint
Engineers :
3
-
MUX.
-
Optical Fiber
Sub Total of Price Schedule 5.2
(To Grand Summary)
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
Country
of
Training
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Schedule No. 5.2:- Witness of Factory Tests & Type Tests
Quantity
4.6.2
2 Engineers
5 working days
2 Engineers
5 working days
4 -66
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.7
PRICE SCHEDULE NO 6:- GRAND SUMMARY
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013 Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work Execution,
Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects(substations) :
( AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation) ,
( AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation) ,
( AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation).
Price Sch.
No.
1
Description
Sub-Total Price
(USD or EURO)
Total Price
(USD or EURO)
Major Project & Equipment
1.1
132kV Under Ground Cable System (A , B , C, D )
1.2
Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication & Scada
System (A , B , C )
1.3
Supply of Cable Protection Systems
1.4
Supply and Installation of the GIS System
Total of Schedule 1: Major Project and Equipment
2
Mandatory Spare Materials
3
Design Services(Not Applicable)
4
Civil Works Electrical Works & Installation
4.1
Civil Works (A , B , C )
4.2
Electrical Works - Power Cable (A , B . C )
4.3
Electrical Works – F.O. Cable & Equipment( A, B , C)
4.4
Installation of Cable Protection Systems
Total of Schedule 4: Civil Works Electrical Works & Installation
5
Other Services
5.1
Training
5.2
Witness of Factory Tests & Type Tests
Total of Schedule 5: Other Services
6
Grand Summary
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -67
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule No. 7 - Recommended Spare Parts
Country
of Origin
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013 Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work Execution,
Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects(substations) :
( AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation ),
(AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation) ,
( AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation).
Total
Name of Bidder
Signature of Bidder
Specify currency in accordance with Bid Data Sheet 19.1.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -68
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.8
SCHEDULE NO. 8 - TOOLS AND APPLIANCES (PROVISIONAL)
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013 Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects (substations):
( AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation ),
(AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation ),
(AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation).
1
2
3
4
5
Country
of Origin
Total Price
(USD or
EURO)
Unit Price
(USD or
EURO)
Description
Unit
No.
Quantity
Items enumerated below are to be priced unless they have been elsewhere included and the total carried to the
summary. The prices set against individual items in the schedule may be used during the currency of the Contract
as a basis for adjustment of the contract price for any variation in quantity order by the Engineer and will not be
included for bid evaluation. The bidder shall list the individual equipment.
Total
Minimum Time for Delivery of Above Tools
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -69
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.9
SCHEDULE NO. 9 - DAY WORKS (PROVISIONAL)
P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects(substations):
(AL Zawraa Substation - AL Hurryia substation) ,
( AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation ),
( AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation)
No works whatsoever may be executed as day works, nor will payment be made for any Dayworks
except in accordance with provisions of of the Conditions of Contract.
Labour
1. The contractor shall be entitled to the following payments in respect of labour employed on Day works:
a) The aggregate amount of wages for such labour calculated on the actual hours worked at
the wage rates set out in this Schedule up to the grade of charge hand or overseer working
with the men (time for foremen is to be included in the percentage under 2(b) below).
b) 10 Percent of aggregate amount of wages calculated according to sub paragraph 2(a)
above.
2. The percentage addition provided in sub paragraph 2(b) above shall cover Contractor’s profit, on cost,
superintendence, insurance and all allowances to labour, time keeping and all clerical and office work as
well as the use of tools, timber, light equipment and non-mechanical equipment and all incidental charges
whatever.
3. The “Normal working Day” as hereinafter referred to shall be taken to be of eight hours excluding meal
breaks and rest periods.
4. In calculating the sums due to the Contractor for the execution of Day works, the hours for which payment
shall be made for all personnel and the hire of all equipment shall be reckoned from the time of starting the
particular item of day work, either at the beginning of or during the course of a normal working day to the
end of the normal working day or the time of completion of the particular item of Day work, whichever may
be sooner. No payment shall be made for personnel or Project for hours outside the normal working day
unless the said personnel and Project are employed on Day works outside the Normal Working Day on the
written instruction of the Employer’s Representative. The same Day work rate shall apply for works done
both during and outside the Normal Working Day.
5. On completion of any authorised Day works, a written statement shall be issued by the Employer’s
Representative who shall sign it together with the Contractor and which shall state the number of workmen
and their grades involved in the Day work, the number of hours worked and a detailed description of the
Material used and the work carried out. A copy of this signed statement shall retained by the Employer’s
Representative and the Contractor and shall be the sole basis upon which payment for Day works will be
made.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -70
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Day Work Rate for Labour
Class of Labour
Local Labour
Unskilled Labourer
Skilled Labourer
Driver
Steel Erector
Linesman / Foreman
Charge hand/Overseer
Surveyor (on survey work only)
Engineer
Normal working Day of 8 Hours
Local Iraq Dinnar / Day
Average :
Foreign Currency (……/Day) Average
Expatriate Labour
Linesman / Foreman
Charge hand / Overseer
Steel Erector
Surveyor (on survey work only)
Junior Engineer
Senior Engineer
Average :
6. Any other class of labour envisaged by Contractors for the execution of any Day works, except that
covered by Paragraph 3 above, i.e. superintendence, etc. , shall be entered above together with the
appropriate labour rates, and such rates shall be the only rates considered in any Day works claim.
7. The labour rates to be entered above shall include all other benefits or contributions made by the employer
such as contributions to Social Insurance Schemes, Annual Leave, Termination of Employment and
Redundancy Law, Provident Fund, Health Schemes, etc. , which are imposed either by Law or by
agreement with Trade Unions.
Equipment and Transport
8. The rates for hire of equipment and transport shall apply only to equipment, which the Contractor has on
site, and are to apply for the actual running hours for which the equipment is employed on work.
9. The rates shall include service, operators and necessary attendants, fuel, lubricants and other consumable.
10. The contractor may insert additional items and quantities provided that such are extended and added into
the total of the Schedule.
Materials
11. The rates for materials shall apply to the net amount of materials actually provided, erected and forming
part of the works and shall include for delivery to the site of operations.
12. The contractor may insert additional items and quantities provided that such are extended and added into
the total of the schedule.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -71
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Local Transport & Erection
Item
Qty
Description
Foreign
Unit
Rate
Total
Local
Rate
Total
Labour
1.00
-
Provisional sum for labour as described in paragraph 2
(a) above
1.01
10
Local
Days
1.02
10
Expatriate
Days
2.00
-
2.01
25
Welding set for two welders
hr.
2.02
25
Acetylene cutting equipment
hr.
2.03
25
Air compressor (180 m3 / hr. at 7 atmospheres)
Equipment
complete with hoses and tools
hr.
2.04
20
Cable pulling equipment
2.05
25
Tractor with winch
hr.
2.06
25
Tractor without winch
hr.
2.07
25
5-tonne lorry
hr.
2.08
25
2-tonne lorry
hr.
2.09
10
5-seater saloon car (or similar)
hr.
2.10
20
a)Bulldozer (D6 or similar)
hr.
20
b)JCB
hr.
2.11
50
2 wheel trailer (for use with tractor or lorry).
hr.
2.12
10
Unimong
hr.
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
week
4 -72
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Local Transport & Erection
Item
Qty
Description
Foreign
Unit
Rate
2.13
50
Landrover, jeep or similar
hr.
2.14
50
Pick-up Truck
hr.
2.15
10
Mobile crane up to 6 tonne lift
hr.
Rate
Total
Material
3.00
3.01
400
Cement (50 kg bags)
3.02
50
Sand at site
m3
3.03
50
Crushed stone (3/4” metal)
m3
3.04
10
Reinforcing steel
tonnes
3.05
10
Structural ungalvanised mild steel sections
tonnes
3.06
30
Welding rods
kg
3.07
20
Sawn timber
m2
3.08
100
Imported material for backfill (supply at site)
Compacted
3.09
Total
Local
150
Rubble stones for foundation work (150-300mm dia.)
Nos.
m3
m3
Total
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
4 -73
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SUPERVISORY STAFF RATES
The following rates shall apply where, by agreement with the Employer’s Representative, supervisory staff are
employed on day works in a direct capacity, i.e. other in their normal supervisory capacity.
The rates also be used as a basis for assessing any legitimate claims for extra costs in accordance with the
provisions of the Conditions of Contract, where these have not been claimed as day works.
No payment shall be made without the prior written authority of the Employer’s Representative, and the provisions
of the conditions of Contract shall apply to any claim for payment.
The Contractor shall insert in the following Schedule descriptions and rates for any clause of supervisory staff
envisaged which are not already included.
Class of supervisory staff
Expatriate
Normal working Day of 8 Hours
Foreign Currency / Day
Senior Engineer
Junior Engineer
Surveyor
Foreman
Local
Surveyor
Foreman
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
Foreign Currency./Day
4 -74
TENDER NO. PC 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
4.10
SCHEDULE NO. 10- SCHEDULE OF MAJOR ITEMS OF CONSTRUCTIONAL PROJECT
P.C. 35 /NT/2013, Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories, Installation, Work
Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects(substations): (AL Zawraa
Substation - AL Hurryia substation) , (AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation) ,
(AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation)
As stated in the conditions of contract (Section 1: ) - Customs, the Employer shall pay Custom Duties not
only for materials and equipment which is to form part or Contractual Project but also all transport,
machinery, erection equipment and materials, testing equipment which are necessary to construct and
commission the Project including intermediate Temporary works.
To enable the Employer to assess value of custom duties for the cash-flow purpose and evaluation of the
final contract cost to the Employer, the Contractor is requested to fill the following Schedule.
The total value of all equipment, tools etc. as mentioned above, declared by the Contractor for custom
purpose if exceed the value stated hereinafter shall be at the Contractor’s own expense with reference to the
payable custom duties.
The Contractor shall enter any other equipment not listed in the foregoing Schedules which no tools is
necessary for construction or commissioning purpose. For those items which the Contractor intends to hire
locally no value shall be stated.
Description (Type,
Model, Make)
No. of
Each
Year of
Manufacture
Section 4 - Bidding Forms Price Bid
New
or
Used
Owned (O)
or
Leased (L)
CIF Value
Est. Power
Rating
Capacity
Tonnes or
m3
4 -75
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 5:
BIDDING FORMS TECHNICAL BID
This Section contains the forms which are to be completed by the Bidder and submitted as part of his Bid.
Table of Forms
5.1
LETTER OF TECHNICAL BID
Letter of Technical Bid
[Bidder’s Letterhead]
Date: ..................................................
ICB No.: P.C. 35 /NT/ 2013
To: Director General – Electric Transmission Projects
General Directorate of Electric Transmission Projects
Ministry of Electricity
Al Mustinsiria Sq.
Baghdad
Republic of Iraq
We, the undersigned, declare that:
(a)
We have examined and have no reservations to the Bidding Documents, including Addenda
issued in accordance with Instructions to Bidders (ITB) 8;
(b)
We offer to , manufacture, test, deliver, install, pre-commission and commission in conformity
with the Bidding Document the following Project and Services:
P.C. 35
/NT/ 2013 Supply, Shipment of 132kV Underground Cables & Accessories,
Installation, Work Execution, Completion & Guarantee of the Works for joining projects
(substations):

AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation

AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation

AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
(c)
Our Bid consisting of the Technical Bid and the Price Bid shall be valid for a period of 120 days
from the date fixed for the bid submission deadline in accordance with the Bidding Documents,
and it shall remain binding upon us and may be accepted at any time before the expiration of
that period
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-76
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
(d)
We, including any subcontractors or manufacturers for any part of the contract , have or will
have nationalities from eligible countries, in accordance with ITB-4.2;
(e)
We, including any subcontractors or suppliers for any part of the contract, do not have any
conflict of interest in accordance with ITB 4.3;
(f)
We are not participating, as a Bidder or as a subcontractor, in more than one bid in this bidding
process in accordance with ITB 4.3, other than alternative offers submitted in accordance with
ITB 13;
(g)
Our firm, its affiliates or subsidiaries, including any Subcontractors or Suppliers for any part of
the contract, has not been declared ineligible, under the Employer’s country laws or official
regulations or by an act of compliance with a decision of the United Nations Security Council;
(h)
*We are not a government owned entity / We are a government owned entity but meet the
requirements of ITB 4.5; *
Name .................................................................................................................................................
In the capacity of ...............................................................................................................................
Signed ...............................................................................................................................................
Duly authorized to sign the Bid for and on behalf of .........................................................................
Date ...................................................................................................................................................
...........................................................................................................................................................
*
Use one of the two options as appropriate
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-77
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.2
BID SECURITY
Bank Guarantee
.................................................... Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office ....................................................
Beneficiary: ................................................ Name and Address of Employer ...................................................................
Date: ..........................................................................................................................................................................................
Bid Security No.: ................................................................................................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . . name of the Bidder. . . . . (hereinafter called "the Bidder") has
submitted to you its bid dated . . . . . . . . . (hereinafter called "the Bid") for the execution of . . . . . . . .
name of contract . . . . . . . under Invitation for Bids No. . . . . . . . . . (“the IFB”).
Furthermore, we understand that, according to your conditions, bids must be supported by a bid
guarantee.
At the request of the Bidder, we . . . . . name of Bank. . . . . hereby irrevocably undertake to pay you
any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of . . . . . . . . . .amount in figures . . . . . . . . . (. . . . . .
.amount in words . . . . . . . ) upon receipt by us of your first demand in writing accompanied by a written
statement stating that the Bidder is in breach of its obligation(s) under the bid conditions, because the
Bidder:
(a) has withdrawn its Bid during the period of bid validity specified by the Bidder in the Form of Bid;
or
(b) does not accept the correction of errors in accordance with the Instructions to Bidders
(hereinafter “the ITB”); or
(c) having been notified of the acceptance of its Bid by the Employer during the period of bid
validity, (i) fails or refuses to execute the Contract Agreement, or (ii) fails or refuses to furnish
the Performance Security, in accordance with the ITB.
This guarantee will expire: (a) if the Bidder is the successful Bidder, upon our receipt of copies of the
Contract Agreement signed by the Bidder and the performance security issued to you upon the
instruction of the Bidder; and (b) if the Bidder is not the successful Bidder, upon the earlier of (i) our
receipt of a copy your notification to the Bidder of the name of the successful Bidder; or (ii) twentyeight days after the expiration of the Bidder’s bid.
Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received by us at the office on
or before that date.
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458.
. . . . . . . . . . . .Bank’s seal and authorized signature(s) . . . . . . . . . .
Note: All italicized text is for use in preparing this form and shall be deleted from the final document
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-78
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.3
TECHNICAL PROPOSAL
Site Organization
Method Statement
Mobilization Schedule
Construction Schedule
Personnel
Equipment
Proposed Subcontractors for Major Items of Project and Services
Time Schedule
Site Organization (To be included by the Bidder)
Method Statement (Approach and Methodology)
(To be included by the Bidder)
Mobilization Schedule (To be included by the Bidder)
Construction Schedule (To be included by the Bidder)
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-79
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Project Personnel & Resume
Bidders should provide the names of suitably qualified personnel to meet the requirements specified in
Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). The data on their experience should be supplied
using the Form below for each candidate.
The Bidder must demonstrate that it has the personnel for the key positions that meet the following
requirements:
No.
1
2
5.3.1
Position
Total Work Experience In Similar Work
[years]
Project Manager
Engineers
08
08
3
Site Engineers
05
4
Construction supervisors
05
Form PER – 1: Proposed Personnel
1.
Title of position*
Name
2.
Title of position*
Name
3.
Title of position*
Name
4.
Title of position*
Name
*As listed in Section 3: : (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria).
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-80
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Form PER – 2: Resume of Proposed Personnel
Position
Personnel
information
Name
Date of birth
Professional qualifications
Present
employment
Name of employer
Address of employer
Telephone
Contact (manager / personnel officer)
Fax
E-mail
Job title
Years with present employer
Summarize professional experience in reverse chronological order. Indicate particular technical and
managerial experience relevant to the project.
From
To
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
Company / Project / Position / Relevant technical and management experience
5-81
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Equipment
The Bidder shall provide adequate information to demonstrate clearly that it has the capability to meet
the requirements for the key equipment listed in Section 3: : (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria). A
separate Form shall be prepared for each item of equipment listed, or for alternative equipment
proposed by the Bidder.
Item of Equipment
Equipment
Information
Current
Status
Name of manufacturer
Model and power rating
Capacity
Year of manufacture
Current location
Details of current commitments
Source
Indicate source of the equipment
 Owned
 Rented
 Leased
 Specially manufactured
Omit the following information for equipment owned by the Bidder.
Owner
Name of owner
Address of owner
Agreements
Telephone
Contact name and title
Fax
Telex
Details of rental / lease / manufacture agreements specific to the project
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-82
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Proposed Subcontractors/Manufacturers for Major Items of Project and Services
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are proposed for carrying out the item of the
facilities indicated. Bidders are free to propose more than one for each item
Major Items of Project and Services
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
Proposed
Subcontractors/Manufacturers
Nationality
5-83
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Manufacturer's Authorization
[The Bidder shall require the Manufacturer to fill in this Form in accordance with the instructions indicated. This letter of
authorization should be signed by a person with the proper authority to sign documents that are binding on the
Manufacturer. The Bidder shall include it in its bid, if so indicated in the BDS.]
Date: [insert date (as day, month and year) of Bid Submission]
ICB No.: [insert number of bidding process]
To: [insert complete name of Employer]
WHEREAS
We [insert complete name of Manufacturer or Manufacturer’s authorized agent], who are official manufacturers or
agent authorized by the manufacturer of [insert type of goods manufactured], having factories at [insert full
address of Manufacturer’s factories], do hereby authorize [insert complete name of Bidder] to submit a bid the
purpose of which is to provide the following goods, manufactured by us [insert name and or brief description
of the goods], and to subsequently negotiate and sign the Contract.
We hereby extend our full guarantee and warranty in accordance with Clause 27 of the General
Conditions of Contract, with respect to the goods offered by the above firm.
Signed: [insert signature(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]
Name: [insert complete name(s) of authorized representative(s) of the Manufacturer]
Title: [insert title]
Duly authorized to sign this Authorization on behalf of: [insert complete name of Bidder]
Dated on ____________ day of __________________, _______ [insert date of signing]
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-84
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.4
TIME SCHEDULE
To be used by Bidder when alternative Time for Completion is invited in ITB 13.2.
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-85
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5
BIDDERS QUALIFICATION
To establish its qualifications to perform the contract in accordance with Section 3: (Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria) the Bidder shall provide the information requested in the corresponding
Information Sheets included hereunder. If the bidding was preceded by a prequalification process then
the forms included in this section and used earlier during the prequalification process need to be
completed only if the information submitted at the time of prequalification requires updating.
5.5.1
Form ELI - 1: Bidder’s Information Sheet
Bidder’s Information
Bidder’s legal name
In case of JV, legal name of
each partner
Bidder’s country of
constitution
Bidder’s year of constitution
Bidder’s legal address in
country of constitution
Bidder’s authorized
representative
(name, address, telephone
numbers, fax numbers, e-mail
address)
Attached are copies of the following original documents.

1.
In case of single entity, articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with
ITB 4.1and 4.2.

2.
Authorization to represent the firm or JV named in above, in accordance with ITB 22.2.

3.
In case of JV, letter of intent to form JV or JV agreement, in accordance with ITB 4.1.

4.
In case of a government-owned entity, any additional documents not covered under 1 above required to comply
with ITB 4.5.
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-86
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.2
Form ELI - 2: JV Information Sheet
Each member of a JV must fill in this form
JV Information
Bidder’s legal name
JV Partner’s legal name
JV Partner’s country of
constitution
JV Partner’s year of
constitution
JV Partner’s legal address
in country of constitution
JV Partner’s authorized
representative information
(name, address, telephone
numbers, fax numbers, email address)
Attached are copies of the following original documents.



1.
Articles of incorporation or constitution of the legal entity named above, in accordance with 4.1 4.1 and 4.2.
2.
Authorization to represent the firm named above, in accordance with ITB 22.2.
3.
In the case of government-owned entity, documents establishing legal and financial autonomy and compliance with
commercial law, in accordance with ITB 4.5.
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-87
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.3
Form LIT - Pending Litigation
Each Bidder or member of a JV must fill in this form
Pending Litigation

No pending litigation in accordance with Criteria 2.2 of Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria)

Pending litigation in accordance with Criteria 2.2 of Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification Criteria)
Year
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
Matter in Dispute
Value of
Pending
Claim in US$
Equivalent
Value of
Pending
Claim as a
Percentage
of Net Worth
5-88
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.4
Form FIN - 1: Financial Situation
Each Bidder or member of a JV must fill in this form
Financial Data for Previous 3 Years [US$ Equivalent]
Year 1:
Year 2:
Year 3:
Information from Balance Sheet
Total Assets
Total Liabilities
Net Worth
Current Assets
Current Liabilities
Information from Income Statement
Total Revenues
Profits Before Taxes
Profits After Taxes

Attached are copies of financial statements (balance sheets including all related notes, and income statements) for the last
three years, as indicated above, complying with the following conditions.

All such documents reflect the financial situation of the Bidder or partner to a JV, and not sister or parent companies.

Historic financial statements must be audited by a certified accountant.

Historic financial statements must be complete, including all notes to the financial statements.

Historic financial statements must correspond to accounting periods already completed and audited (no statements for
partial periods shall be requested or accepted).
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-89
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.5
Form FIN - 2: Average Annual Turnover
Each Bidder or member of a JV must fill in this form
Annual Turnover Data for the Last 3 Years
Year
Amount
Currency
Exchange
Rate
US$
Equivalent
Average Annual Turnover
The information supplied should be the Annual Turnover of the Bidder or each member of a JV in terms of
the amounts billed to clients for each year for contracts in progress or completed, converted to US Dollars
at the rate of exchange at the end of the period reported.
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-90
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.6
Form FIN – 3: Financial Resources
Specify proposed sources of financing, such as liquid assets, unencumbered real assets, lines of credit,
and other financial means, net of current commitments, available to meet the total construction cash flow
demands of the subject contract or contracts as indicated in Section 3: (Evaluation and Qualification
Criteria)
Financial Resources
No.
Source of financing
Amount (US$ equivalent)
1
2
3
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-91
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.7
Form FIN- 4: Current Contract Commitments
Bidders and each partner to a JV should provide information on their current commitments on all contracts
that have been awarded, or for which a letter of intent or acceptance has been received, or for contracts
approaching completion, but for which an unqualified, full completion certificate has yet to be issued.
Current Contract Commitments
No.
Name of Contract
Value of
Outstanding Work
Employer’s
Contact Address, Tel, Fax [Current US$
Equivalent]
Estimated
Completion
Date
Average Monthly
Invoicing Over Last
Six Months
[US$/month)]
1
2
3
4
5
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-92
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.8
Form EXP – 1: General Experience
Each Bidder or member of a JV must fill in this form
General Experience
Starting
Ending
Month
Month
Year
Year
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
Contract Identification and Name
Years
Name and Address of Employer
Role of Bidder
Brief Description of the Works Executed by the Bidder
5-93
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.9
Form EXP – 2(a): Specific Experience
Fill up one (1) form per contract.
Contract of Similar Size and Nature
Contract No . . . . . . of . . . . .
.
Contract Identification
Award Date
Completion Date
Role in Contract

Contractor

Management
Contractor

Subcontractor
Total Contract Amount
If partner in a JV or
subcontractor, specify
participation of total
contract amount
US$
Per cent of Total
Amount
Employer’s Name
Address
Telephone/Fax Number
E-mail
Description of the similarity in accordance with Criteria 2.4.2(a) of Section 3:
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-94
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
5.5.10 Form EXP - 2(b): Specific Experience in Key Activities
Fill up one (1) form per contract
Contract with Similar Key Activities
Contract No . . . . . . of . . . . .
.
Contract Identification
Award Date
Role in Contract
Completion Date

Contractor

Management
Contractor

Subcontractor
Total Contract Amount
If partner in a JV or
subcontractor, specify
participation of total
contract amount
US$
Per cent of Total
Amount
Employer’s Name
Address
Telephone Number
Fax Number
E-mail
Description of the key activities in accordance with Criteria 2.4.2(b) of Section 3:
Section 5 –Bidding Forms Technical
5-95
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 6:
ELIGIBLE COUNTRIES
XLPE power cables 132 kV shall be from USA , JAPAN , SOUTH KOREA , WEST EUROPE , SAUDI
ARABIA , TURKEY , EGEPT , IRAN , MALAYSIA
straight Joints, cross bonding Joints, Outdoor type conventional terminations for XLPE power cables shall
be from ABB (SWITZERLAND) , NEXANS (SWITZERLAND) , BRUGG (SWITZERLAND) , PRYSMIAN
(ITALY) , ELASTIMOLD (USA) PFISTERER(SWITZERLAND)
Section 6 – Eligible Countries
6 - 96
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 7:
7.1
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS SCOPE OF WORKS
TECHNICAL GENERAL CONDTIONS
7.1.1 Basic design Criteria
This is primarily a supply and installation contract. Hence the contractor should supply all the equipment
(including all the cables and accessories) which are designed according to the requirements of MoE
specifications and International standards, installed and commissioned according to the MoE specifications
and International Standards and good engineering practice.
Work includes connecting the substations and commissioning of
Section for purposes of
payment and taking over
AL Zawraa s/s - AL Hurryia
s/s
AL Yarmook s/s - AL
Rasheed s/s
AL Kazale s/s - AL Amean
400 kv substation
conductors
XLPE insulated
132kV Aluminum
Singe Core
2
2000mm Cable
Double Circuit
+DTS System (not
applicable)
Optic fiber
Type of
construction
Separate Optical
Each Circuit, Flat
Fiber Cable
formation
Two cables
Estimated route
Length in
kilometres
13 km
18.250 km
16.250 km
2
All works of the 2000mm Al XLPE Cable (Copper wire and Lead metallic sheath, 40kA earth fault/ short
circuit current for (40) kA/ 1 second) 132kV Double circuit shall be in accordance with the IEC/VDE
standards. The Tenderer may provide his own proven design for cable to satisfy all the requirements and to
keep the Voltage drop & losses at a lowest while ensuring minimum cost and longest service life of the cable.
The Flat cable formation inside concrete trough for general route and spacing as per drawing No 001 shall
be used accordingly. Soil thermal capability improvements may also be used. Direct burying of cables are
not permitted.. Also the contractor may use such methods as Horizontal Drilling machines and latest
technologies for road crossings and obstruction crossings as approved by MoE (refer Drawing No 002A & B)
(detailed technical details shall be provided with the bid). The durability and reliability of the installation
should be proven in detail. The amount of power to be transferred is 350 MVA for both circuits, continuous
operation. The cable design shall assess the cross section of the sheath for fault currant requirements. In
addition to the power cables there are two Optical Fiber cables, connections at substations and power cable
protection also included.
7.1.2 Electrical Works
This part details the main items of Project/facilities to be provided and works to be carried out under this
Contract, but the Bidder is required to ascertain for himself whether any additional Project or works are
necessary to leave the total facilities complete and in working order on completion of the Contract in
accordance with the employers requirements and Bidding Drawings.
Any such additional Project or works, including all extensions and modifications to existing equipment
necessary are deemed to be included in the prices quoted in the Schedules.
To complete each item of Project and equipment detailed in this part there shall be provided all necessary
cables, joints, sealing ends, cross-bonding, earthing, supporting steelwork, labels, all necessary
miscellaneous items whether specified in detail or not and prices are deemed to be included in the
schedules.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 97
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The 132kV XLPE cable system and the optical fiber cables shall provide a power & communication links
between following Grid Substations.



AL Zawraa Substation - AL Hurryia substation
AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
Project consist of the following cable sections for interconnections of the above Grid Substations
Cable Section
AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia
substation
&
AL Yarmook substation - AL
Rasheed substation
&
Cable Route length
No. of 132kV
Circuits to be
installed.
No. of Fiber Optic
Comm. Lines to be
installed
2
2
13km
18.250 km
16.250 km
AL Kazale 132 kV substation AL Amean 400 kV substation
The lengths have to be considered for:
2
 Two circuits ( 3x single core) of 2000mm Aluminum 132kV XLPE cable
 Two circuits of optical fiber cable (24 pair each) for telecommunication
It is in the scope of the contractor to configure the new additions (Power and Optic fiber cables and
protection) to match the existing systems in the Substations including the Substation Automation System.
The relevant prices are deemed to be included in the cable price, unless otherwise specified.
7.1.3 Civil Works
This part describes the requirements of the civil works for the 132kV underground cable system and optical
fiber cable to be laid in the same trench in the concrete trough.
The minimum scope of civil works required are as follows:
 Handling of technical aspects, detailed engineering, documentation
 Detailed cable route survey including measurement of cable length, thermal resistivity of the soil etc.
 Trenching and backfilling
 Traffic safety measures
 Earthworks, locator slots
 Shoring work
 Sag piping
 Relocation of pipelines and other civil structures
 Fitting work
 Reinstatement of roads including road crossings
 Railway line crossings
 Culvert crossings
 Bridge crossings
 Canal crossings
 Sealing work
 Lowering of ground and surface water
 Coordination before and during construction works with government authorities and entities responsible
for other planned and existing installations.
 Supply and laying of piping, troughs, etc.
 Construction of joint boxes, concrete trough and installation
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 98
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
 Temporary reinforcement of existing bridges to facilitate cable drum transport if required.
 The mapping and preparation of as-built drawings of the 132kV cable route with details of structures


combined with planned and existing installations.
Soil Investigations installation purposes (including bearing capacity, chemical composition, thermal
conductivity, electrical conductivity etc)
Horizontal Drilling and new technologies where applicable
The subject of this specification is complete engineering and construction services to a satisfactory technical
standard for all civil works of the project, even if not all items required for construction of the cable route are
expressly listed in this document.
However, reasons shall be given for any additional items used and such item shall be approved by Employer
in consultation with the MoE.
The works shall be executed in compliance with all currently valid technical regulations, recognized technical
codes, standards etc. including MOE Civil Standard
7.1.4
Geographical Information System
An accurate, descriptive state of the art Geographical Information System shall be provided including the
Software and Hardware required for the operation of such a system. As the cable installation progresses, all
the information regarding the cable route and end substations shall be included in the GIS system. A
comprehensive training shall be provided for the Iraqi Engineers to operate and Update such a system. The
system shall have the provisions in the software and hardware to expand to cover the entire Iraq
transmission and distribution system at a later time which is to be carried out by the trained Iraqi Engineers.
Hence the initial architecture of the software and hardware should be so setup to accommodate the
expected expansion without any problems. The tenderer shall provide detailed information on the proposed
system (software, hardware and training scope), with the tender for evaluation. The equipment shall be state
of the art up to date at the time of the delivery and provision should be kept to improve the capability and
functionality of the hardware and software as specified or approved by the employer at the time of delivery.
7.1.5
Electrical System and Engineering Works
Comprehensive Training on Cable calculations including internal structure of the cable, Rating Calculation,
Voltage drop and loss calculation both manual methods & Software based, general training for all similar
power cables, with the cable used for this project as an example. A comprehensive training at cable
manufacturer’s.
7.1.6
Civil System and Engineering Works
Civil aspects of cable laying, different methods, including effect on ratings and other issues, typical problems
encountered in the site, new methods in cable laying such as horizontal drilling technology and methods
used or proposed for this project. A comprehensive training at cable manufacturer’s.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 99
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
7.1.7
Site Environmental Conditions
Ambient Temperature
Maximum peak
55°C
Temperature of a Black object in Direct sunlight (in Summer)
daily average Maximum
80°C
Maximum Daily Variation
25°C
Maximum Daily Average
40°C
yearly average Lowest
35°C
Lowest minimum Temperature
-10°C
Maximum Ground temp. at 100mm depth
35°C
Humidity
Maximum Relative
92%
Minimum Relative
12%
Yearly Average
38 -44%
Maximum design Wind Speed (Equipment/structures at height 10m
above ground)
145km/hr
Altitude Level above sea level
< 1000m
Rain Fall
Max. per year
500mm
Min. per year
50mm
Max in one day
72mm
Yearly Average
150.8mm
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 100
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
7.1.8
HV & MV Equipment & Safety Clearances (Not Applicable)
This section covers the basic insulation levels (BIL) and short circuit requirements for the equipment to be
supplied for this project. In addition the minimum clearances for outdoor & indoor switchgear installations to
be assumed in the process are elaborated:
Parameters
Characteristics
400kV
132kV
11kV
Nominal Voltage Highest
400kV
132kV
11kV
System Voltage
420kV
145kV
12kV
Number of Phases
3
3
3
Frequency
50
50
50
Solidly Earthed
Solidly
Earthed
40kA
Neutral Point Earthing
3 Phase Short Circuit Capability
40kA
Solidly
Earthed
40kA
Duration of Short Circuit
1 sec
1 sec
1 sec
1425kVp
650kVp
95kVp
1425 ( +240)
kVp
1300kVp
750kVp
110kVp
550kVp
95kVp N/A
125kVp
80kVp
95kVp N/A
650kV
275kV
328 kV N/A
28kV
230kV
570kV
36kV
36kV
2kV
2kV
2kV
16mm/kV
16mm/kV
16mm/kV
31mm/kV
31mm/kV
31mm/kV
Lightning Impulse Withstand Voltage
for Substation Equipment
Across Isolating Distances (Only
Disconnecting Switches)
for Transformer Windings
for Neutral Point – Transformer for
tertiary bushing
Power Freq. Withstand Voltage/1 min
for Substation Equipment
for Transformer Windings
for Neutral Point – Transformer
Auxiliary Circuits
Min Creepage distance
(mm/kV) for highest rated
voltage
Indoor non-exposed
insulators
Outdoor exposed insulators
Maximum RIV Level as per IEC
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
V 500
8 - 101
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Design Clearances (Not Applicable)
Minimum Clearance in air for outdoor installations
400kV
132kV
11kV*
a) Phase-to-earth
3400mm
1300mm
160mm
b) Phase-to-phase
4200mm
1500mm
250mm
Minimum clearance between walkway and the
lowest live point
Minimum safety clearance between ground
and the lowest point not at earth potential of
any insulator
Minimum Clearance between live part to wire
mesh fences
Min Transport Clearance
8200mm
6100mm
N/A
2700mm
2400mm
2400 mm
4900mm
3000mm
3000mm
3500mm
2700mm
1900mm
Minimum Height of wire mesh fences &
Protective Barriers
Minimum Clearance to Buildings with
unscreened windows & conductors passing over
buildings
Working Clearance
1800mm
1800mm
1800mm
5400mm
3300mm
1600mm
6400mm
3900mm
2600mm
4000
3150
4000
Short Circuit Current (kA/1s)
40
40
40
Rated Dynamic Making Current (kA)
100
100
100
Factor of safety at max working Load for strain
bus & accessories
Lightning Protection
2.5
2.5
-
1 x 152.8
Dorking Steel
Wire
Aluminum
Conductor
Steel
Reinforced
Rated Current (A)
Damping W ire
1 x 680/85
*11 kV Clearances specified are for outdoor equipment installed without protective barriers.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 102
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
7.2
MAJOR PROJECT & EQUIPMENT INCLUDING SPARE PARTS (WHICH ARE NOT
GIVEN SEPARATELY)
For Quantities and details of items please refer the following
7.2.1
132kV Al/XLPE Underground Cable System:
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4.3.1 Schedule No 1.1 (A,B,C,D)
7.2.2
Fiber Optic Cable and Telecommunication - Major Project & Equipment
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4.3.2 Schedule No 1.2
(A,B,C)
7.2.3
Supply of Cable Protection Systems
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4.3.3 Schedule No 1.3
7.2.4
Supply of Geographical Information System
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4.3.4 Schedule No 1.4
7.3
MANDATORY SPARE MATERIALS
For Quantities and details of items please refer the table given in Price Schedule Section 4. 4
Schedule No 2
7.4
LIAISON SERVICES
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4. 5 Schedule No 3 (omitted)
7.5
CIVIL WORKS, ELECTRICAL WORKS, INSTALLATION AND OTHER SERVICES
For Quantities and details of items please refer the following
7.5.1
A. Civil Works :
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4. 6.1 Schedule No 4.1
Special comments for Civil Works:
(1) Preliminary works
Survey, soil investigations, trench work , route clearing, access road construction, review and update
survey & soil conditions, prepare survey cable section Drawings, survey river & canal crossings,
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 103
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
check trench work , check cable route, prepare final trench work with soil improvements for bearing
capacity and thermal conductivity if required, marking cable route, additional investigations &
coordination at river crossings, prepare final cable route. All these work activities are deemed to be
included in the price schedules, unless otherwise a separate price item is shown.
(2) Mobilization works
Site organization including mobilization sanitary facilities, workshop, construction equipment, fences,
cleaning, dewatering, temporary drainage, sewerage system, safety protective works & facilities. All
these work activities are deemed to be included in the cable price, unless otherwise a separate price
item is shown
(3) Bridge Crossings
Canal crossing in one single span of 25m length by self-supporting steel lattice girder, box-type
parallel chorts of bolted galvanized L-section supported by concrete columns set on stepped raft
foundation including cost of installation of HDPE pipes, allowance bracing for spare pipes and canal
bank protection with gabion structure. Including pipes used in Major Road Crossings, River
crossings, Horizontal Drilling and such special occasions. Alternative methods of crossing can also
be used, subjected to the approval.
7.5.2
Electrical Works :
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4. 6.2 Schedule No 4.2 for
7.5.3
Fiber Optic Cable & Equipment:
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4. 6.3 Schedule No 4.3
7.5.4
Installation of Cable Protection Systems:
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4. 6.4 Schedule No 4.4
7.6
OTHER SERVICES
7.6.1
Training:
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4.7.1 Schedule No 5.1
7.6.2
Witness of Factory Tests & Type Tests
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section 4.7.2 Schedule No 5.2
7.7
7.8
RECOMMENDED SPARE PARTS.
Please refer to the table given in Price Schedule Section
Schedule No 7
CARAVAN TYPE HOUSES FOR JOINTING PURPOSES
A typical drawing for the Caravan Type Joint house unit is provided in Section 17 for reference. The final
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 104
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
shall be approved by the employer. It should be completely dust proof.
Material and construction aspects
The Caravan Type Joint house units for Power cable straight joints shall be fully moveable and should be
able to be taken to any place along the cable route and be placed. For this purposes hooks shall be
provided on the top side with sufficient strength and no harm should happen to the unit while transporting or
lifting due to the stresses. The length of the unit shall be such that 3 joints in the 3 phase power cable
(occurring one after the other along the cable) can be completed with one placement of the unit at site.
There should be two doors on the longitudinal sides on either ends as shown in the drawing in Section 17.
The doors shall open to the inside of the Caravan. The roof shall be slanted to prevent water collecting on
top. The Material for construction shall be of light weight such as aluminium where possible and fire proof
and shall not emit toxic fumes in contact with flames. The units shall be equipped with suitable fire
extinguishers near each door, (preferably CO2 type). A medical First Aid Box suitable for emergencies with
basic items shall also be provided.
Rubber Beadings and Dust covers
The underneath of the unit should be such that a thick rubber beading which is suitable for the tough
environmental conditions and rough handling shall be placed at the bottom edge to seal off any dust that
may come from outside. On the edge faces a suitable opening shall be provided to accommodate the cable
Joint box concrete walls. The width of the caravan unit shall be such that the joint box width can be
accommodated with good fit.
Apart from beading, dust covers shall be provided on the underside to cover the surface to prevent dust or
moisture coming in to the unit
Lighting requirements
Inside the unit a good level of lighting shall be provided with durable efficient light fittings. Lights shall be so
arranged that they are not casting sharp shadows on a given area, but cancelling or reducing the shadow
effects from each other. Care should be taken in placing the lights with the moveable crane unit. Apart from
stationary lights, several spot lights should be placed which can be adjusted to direct the beams from
different directions at the joints that are taking place. Further lights shall be provide to the outside (all 4 sides)
of the unit and shall be fully controllable from inside. All the lights shall be protected by a suitable
mechanical protection mesh to prevent damage by equipment or items that are moved to and fro, both inside
and outside. A recessed type may be preferred where possible.
Crane Unit
The Caravan unit shall consist of a moveable adjustable swivel crane unit which can be moved along its
entire length and also transverse to that. The unit shall be used to lift the cables and accessories and place
them at correct positions and also for lifting cable bundles. Hence the capacity of the unit shall be adequate
(1 Tonne) and the caravan house structure shall be strong enough to support these loads, without failure or
deformation.
Racks
Two Racks shall be placed on both sides of the unit at a height of 1m and 1.5m. The width of a racks shall
be about 30 cm and shall be used to place tools and other equipment. The racks shall be of sufficient
strength to withstand small impacts and hold the weight of the items on them. The open edges shall be
made slightly higher with a small edge in such a manner that objects do not fall off by sliding due to any
vibrations during any jointing operation or otherwise.
Blower units with Hoses
The unit shall have 4 blower type units ( two on either side, suitably spaced) to extract particles or hot or
toxic fumes from any jointing operation inside and to exhaust to the outside. For this purposes 4 hose and
blower type units shall be provided for each caravan unit, with sufficient hose length to reach out to any
close by jointing location.
On the outside where the toxic fumes are emitted out, warning notices shall be provided and fumes or gases
shall be directed downwards. It should not be possible for dust particles or moisture to ingress in to the unit
through these openings
Air Conditioning Units
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 105
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Two air conditioning units of sufficient capacity (minimum 24000 BTU per unit) shall be mounted on the roof.
The units shall be hot and cold type. The projecting part outside the caravan shall be protected by a strong,
removable mesh type support to prevent any mechanical damage during operation or transit.
Air Cooled Generator
An air cooled generator shall be provided for each caravan unit. ( 4 nos for four caravan units), with the
connecting cables and accessories. The units shall be 3 Phase 220/400 Volts and 25kVA units should be
suitable for operation continuously on extreme hot days. The power requirement is for Air conditioning,
Blower units, Lighting and any instruments or special tools that are in operation. The generator units shall be
provided with all the tools and accessories.
The connecting main cable shall be rated for operation in direct sunlight on hottest days (80C temperature),
and should be protected against cuts or abrasions with a suitable armour. The cable should be long enough
to be placed on any side of the Caravan unit at a sufficient distance and still connected to the caravan with
the bending radius.
Plug Points and Protection
13 A socket outlets shall be installed all-round the unit with few 3 phase socket outlets equally spaced.
Socket outlets single phase and 3 phase, shall be placed on the outer surface also to accommodate any
external loads such as water pumps etc. A panel consisting of a main switch (isolator), residual current
protection devices and breakers shall be provided inside the unit at an easily accessible location. Switches
for lights shall be located at convenient locations. Any switch or socket outlet outside the unit including
connection to the generator shall have correct IP index for dust and rain water. Removable earthing rod
shall also be provided in the caravan unit with suitable arrangements to earth the power cable outer sheaths
during jointing operations. The wiring system shall be sound and fully enclosed. Correct cable sizes shall be
used.
Special Tools
Special tools for holding cables in place and supporting for jointing: such as stands and light weight ladders
to climb down the trench shall be provided. Places shall be provided where all the tools shall be neatly and
securely placed after use.
7.9
MULTIPLE PRECAST MOULDING MACHINE SPECIFICATION
Multiple Productions within the same mould The machinery is self-moving and puts down the item on the
floor after the mould overturn. (Please refer the drawing in Section 17). The filling drawer allows a rapid
feeding of the mould The vibration is made by inverter-controlled vibrators for the beast concrete compaction
Moulds are provided separately; they are easily interchangeable and shall allow changing the production
size also daily. Approx. Maximum size of the produced item: - 400 x 200 x H 110 cm
Approx. Storage hopper height:-240 cm production line as shown in fig (2)
Including two models ( two cast for each model ) First model as shown in drawing ( 001M )& ( 1,2,3)
Second model as shown in drawing (005)
Notice:
The origin of manufacturing must be from Japan or USA or from Western Europe
The machine shall consist of all the necessary accessories
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: Scope of Works
8 - 106
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 8:
8.1
132kV UNDER GROUND CABLE INSTALLATION
GENERAL DESCRIPTION
8.1.1
ELECTRICAL WORKS
The 132kV XLPE cable system and the optical fiber cables shall provide a power/communication links
between Grid Substations indicated in the Scope of Work, Section 7: .
The Contractor shall confirm that the design and dimensioning of the cable system ensures a satisfactory
and unlimited operation at the full temperature range and for the proposed cable laying arrangement along
the cable route. In order to meet this aim, the cable design and installation shall minimize the heat losses.
The specification of the 132kV cable is given in Section 9:
‘132kV Underground Cables Technical
Requirements and Specification’. The service lifetime of the cable installation shall be not less than 40 years
when considering the site and other relevant conditions.
The Contractor shall be requested to perform his own investigations and studies in order to minimize the total
costs of the cable system by considering the following parameters in accordance with the guidelines and
drawings given in this Bidding Document:









XLPE cable type / metal sheath
Symmetrical cross-bonding
Minimum number of straight joints/cable delivery length
Cable formation in the trench: Flat formation should be used.
Trench and concrete trough dimensions as per drawings (width and height of back-filled material
layer)
Quantity and quality of back-filled material in cable trench (volume, thermal resistivity, sand, special
concrete, etc)
Crossing methods (bridges, canals, railway, roads etc. )
Considering critical sections (laying in pipes, crossing with obstacles etc. )
Horizontal Drilling technologies where applicable
Throughout the cable route, except for road crossings, bridges, culverts places of high disturbance to the
public and such special locations, cables shall be laid in three Flat formation in concrete trough in trenches
as shown in the drawings in Section 17. The two optical fiber cables should also be housed. Direct Burial of
cables are not permitted.
The bidder shall follow the cable laying arrangement as mentioned in bidding document. However, he may
recommend other solutions subject to the Employer & Engineer’s approval. Horizontal Drilling technologies
shall also be used (as per Drawings attached) with proper re-enforcements and detailed work methods and
equipment details shall be provided in such cases, for assessment. The optimal spacing between the cables
of one circuit and between the circuits, considering existing circuits shall be determined by the bidder based
on the given trench and concrete trough or HDPE pipe parameters and overall design of the cable system.
The flat cable formation is selected in such a way as to achieve maximum current rating for the cables
without high cable sheath losses.
8.1.2
Calculation of transmission capacity
Bidders shall submit detailed calculations of the current carrying capacity of the offered power cable circuits,
according to the methods and equations as stated in IEC-60287 considering the specific conditions and
requirements of the project. The calculations shall take into account the specific parameter for cable laying
in cable trench (inside the concrete trough) or HDPE pipes, HDPE pipes thermal stable material and air.
Chart shall be submitted for current carrying capacity combination with laying depth, duct spacing and trench
width. The minimum depth from the ground to the top most position of the flat formation arrangement shall
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 107
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
be 1.3m
The bidder shall take into consideration all cable sections which deviates from standard trench conditions.
Cable laying in ducts, pipes, on bridges, under rivers or any other laying conditions such as deeper trenches,
close proximity to existing power cables and other installations, etc shall be considered. The bidder shall
take into account relevant de-rating factors in order to ensure a minimum Transmitted power capacity which
shall not be less than the following rating:
2
350 MVA per circuit for continuous operation for cross-section of 2000 mm Aluminum single core cables
under standard laying conditions for each of the two circuits. Under certain circumstances, both of the
circuits shall be capable of carrying 350 MVA continuously and simultaneously.
The following values shall be calculated for the proposed cable and forwarded with the Bid.


Maximum permissible transmitted power capacity and maximum permissible current
Maximum permissible overload for 1.0, 2.0 and 6.0 hours, if the cable is loaded with 50% of rated
continuous current.
8.1.3
Calculation of Electrical Losses
The following transmission losses for the offered cable type shall be calculated with the given cross bonding
scheme for the total route length.




Conductor losses per circuit at Imax
Dielectric losses per circuit at Imax
Losses for screen/metallic sheath per circuit at Imax
Total Losses per circuit at Imax
8.1.4
Magnetic Field Strength on Surface
The bidder shall include in the bid a recommendation on an optimized phase configuration of cable systems
(within given parameters of this Bid document). Special attention shall be given to minimizing the magnetic
field strength on the surface. The values for the given installation method should be provided.
8.1.5
Cross-Bonding of Cable Sheath
Cross-bonding of the cable sheaths shall be applied in order to minimize sheath losses and to provide a
return path for the earth fault currents. Over voltage protection shall be done by means of Surge Voltage
Limiters (SVL).
The Contractor shall apply the metal sheath cross-bonding system to provide a continuous path in the
metallic cable sheath between the substations. The requirements for joints, bonding leads, link boxes and
sheath voltage limiters (SVL) shall be determined by the Contractor within the parameters given in this
bidding document.
The link boxes along the cable route shall be suitable for direct burial. The enclosures of the boxes shall be
designed for submersion in water at the minimum of 1meter height. Other types of link boxes shall be
available for floor-mounting or wall mounting purpose. The selection of the type to be installed depends on
the location.
Sheath Voltage Limiters shall be of the Zinc Oxide type. The connection leads shall have surge impedance
matched to the surge impedance of the bonding and earthing connections. All the calculations for selecting
of surge arrestor sizes should be provided for approval and any computer out should be validated with
approximate manual calculations.
The contractor shall provide and install the link boxes and accessories required. The contractor shall provide
and install earthing connections between the link boxes and the earthing points. At the substations, earthing
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 108
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
points are to be provided by the Employer.
The contractor shall submit a detailed description of the complete cross-bonding system including diagrams
and drawings of the link boxes.
8.1.6
Cable Temperature Monitoring System (Not applicable)
The Contractor shall supply and install a cable temperature monitoring system using optical fiber cables.
The optical fiber cable shall be embedded to the hottest phase of each cable circuit( i.e. center phase for
temperature measurement in flat formation).
The optical fiber cable temperature monitoring system shall reach an accuracy of measurement of ± 1.50C
and a spatial resolution of ± 1.5m.
The distributed temperature monitoring system that has data logging facilities, remote control capabilities and
SCADA interface capabilities shall be installed at the Substations’, and Visual Display Facilities (VDU) shall
be located at AL Zawraa Substation–AL Hurryia Substation & AL Yarmook substation – Al Rasheed
Substation & AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
The unit shall provide a capacity of monitoring the circuit, identification of the cable conductor temperature
and location at the cable and to provide output to the SCADA system. Two such units shall be available for
the two circuits. The outline of the system is shown in drawings.
8.1.7
Requirements for Installation and Commissioning
The Contractor shall be responsible for the installation and commissioning of the complete cable system
including accessories. The installation and commissioning shall be in compliance with the relevant
standards and the specification.
The Contractor/subcontractor has to execute the following work:
1. Coordination of the relevant works with MOE and other contractors (if any)
2. Detailed cable route survey including measurement of cable length, thermal resistivity of the soil, etc.
3. Mobilization and demobilization of installation equipment
4. Transportation of cable drums to the site & storage of cables and accessories near the site
5. Provision and setting up of all tools and equipment which is required for cable pulling purposes
including, rollers, steel ropes, winches, drum stands, etc.
6. Cable laying using cable pulling equipment
7. Installation of complete cable system including cable joints, link boxes, cross bonding equipment,
surge voltage limiters, earthing connections, earth conductors, temperature monitoring system,
132kV over-voltage arresters, etc.
8. Installation of cables along road bridges, in pipes/ducts, at river crossings and at other any special
locations
9. Installation of the cable termination of any type
10. Relocation of objects and existing installations found in the ground, if necessary
11. Site clearing and site leveling along the cable route
12. Disposal of empty drums and garbage
13. Erection of temporary access roads, if necessary
14. Reinstatement of all roads and surfaces in accordance with specifications of the relevant
government/ local authorities
15. Pre-commissioning tests of the cable system
16. Commissioning of the cable system together with the Employer’s Personnel and the contractor
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 109
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
17. Commissioning of the cable temperature monitoring system (Not applicable)
18. Commissioning of the telecommunication optical fiber cable
8.2
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS OF 132kV XLPE CABLES
8.2.1 General
This Bidding Document covers single core Aluminum cables with extruded insulation of cross-linked
polyethylene (XLPE) for a continuous maximum rated voltage (CMR) of 145 kV and the respective
accessories.
The cables shall be manufactured by a well proven and state-of-the-art production process to ensure
circularity and concentricity of the extruded layers around the conductor.
The cables and accessories shall be designed for a service life of 40 years. Reports on long-term aging
tests to prove the performance and reliability of the offered cable type at the required operating voltages and
conditions have to be submitted together with the offer.
8.2.2
Specifications of 132kV Power Cables
The specification of the Ministry of Electricity, Iraq, on 132kV cables is given in Section 9:
Underground Cables Technical Requirements and Specification’.
8.2.3
‘132kV
Technical Requirements of Cable Accessories
8.2.3.1
joints
Basically, two types of Joints shall be supplied by the Contractor.

Premoulded (prefabricated) straight through joint for XLPE power cables, Rated Voltage 132kV
2
round Aluminum conductor 1*2000mm cross section suitable for the cable with armoring tube
welded to lead sheath to verify 40 kA earth fault short circuit current and all necessary elements to
complete the joints.

Premoulded (prefabricated) cross bonding joint for XLPE power cables, rated voltage 132kV round
2
Aluminum conductor 1×2000mm cross section suitable for the above cable with armoring tube
welded mixing ( Copper & Lead ) sheathed to verify 40 kA earth fault short circuit current and all
necessary elements to complete the joints .
The nominal operating voltage (phase to earth) shall be of 76 kV, lightning impulse shall be of 650 kV and
maximum dielectric stress shall be equal or better than the cable requirements.
The joint boxes shall be constructed of approved materials and shall be watertight, free from sharp points or
ridges, thoroughly clean internally and designed to retain the filling medium and / or cable compound at all
times without leakage. The metal sheathing of the cables shall be either plumbed or soldered to the joint
box.
Joints for cables, insulation of cores and method of jointing shall be designed to prevent migration of
compound and interchange of compound between cable and joint. Suitable connections shall be provided
for exhausting, filling or pressure filling the joints and for testing the sealing of the filling ports as may be
required.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 110
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The joints shall have an optimized dielectric design. The electric field stress distribution along the interlace
between the insulator and the cable shall take the dimensions of the joint and the cable and the dielectric
permittivity of the insulation into consideration. The material of the insulator shall have sufficient thermomechanical behavior to withstand all electric and mechanical stresses.
In certain section of the route, If the cables are to be laid in the HDPE pipes of the most part of the route (due
to the heavy traffic vehicles, vender shops, etc.) it may be considered to affect some thermal force to the
joints. Therefore, the joints shall be designed taking the thermal effect of the cables in the HDPE pipes into
account.
The materials used in the assembly of the joint shall be compatible with the material of the insulator and the
cable insulation. All jointing materials shall be stored in a storage house at the site.
The conductor shall be connected by means of a compression ferrule or other approved arrangement. The
tensile strength of the connector shall meet the requirements of the Aluminum conductor and shall have
been extensively tested during load cycles.
The joint shall be fully shielded and watertight and suitable for direct burial in damp soils if required.
The joint shall be equipped with provision for connection of a grounding lead and screen separation for
special bonding.
The joint shall be provided with a sleeve with anti-corrosive covering suitable for sealing to the cable sheath
at either end.
Joints shall be of pre-mould construction. The joints of site-applied insulation tape type shall not be
acceptable. The design shall comprise either pre-fabricated slip-on or composite type factory tested
synthetic rubber joint, with all stress management elements provided during the moulding process in the
factory. No penciling of the cable insulation shall be required.
For protection against penetrating moisture the joint must have a metallic radial water barrier. This metallic
barrier has to be electrically connected to the copper screen or to the metal sheath of the cable.
The joint shall be enclosed in a fiber-glass casing and the space between the joint and casing shall be
completely filled with either a bituminous or a cold pouring compound. The filling compound will be subject
to the Employer’s approval. The joint shall be designed to be accommodated within the restricted installation
conditions.
8.2.3.2
GIS(SF6 ) Terminations
The leading dimensions of the SF6 termination shall comply with IEC Standard 60859 (or the latest). The
bidder shall include in the detailed design drawings of the accessories.
The Contractor shall provide evidence or, carry out a program of type tests, to demonstrate that the complete
sealing end assembly is gas and oil-tight under all conditions of maximum operating and transient pressures
and pressures attained during testing of connected equipment.
At SF6 switchgear terminations the cable supporting steelwork may be required to be totally self-supportive
and designed to avoid imposing excessive thrust forces under any service conditions on the switchgear
circuit.
Cable supporting steelwork at SF6 switchgear may also be required to be clad in lightweight metallic material
suitably finished or painted to the Employer’s requirements.
At GIS, the sectionalizing insulation shall be protected against voltage flashover during switching operations
by short circuiting links or sheath voltage limiters spaced 180 degrees around the sealing end, each
connection shall not exceed 500 mm in length.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 111
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The stress cone design shall inhabit possible mechanical stress and deformation of the cable insulation
surface during operation and be also capable of accommodation minor radial and longitudinal cable
movement without detriment to the dielectric stresses in the insulation shield.
A grounding lug having a current carrying capacity of at least (40) kA/ 1 second shall also be provided.
The dimensions of the GIS sealing ends shall comply with the IEC Standard 60859. The bidder shall include
in the Bid, retailed design drawings of the accessories.
The forces acting in the cable installation shall not be transmitted to the switchgear. The switchgear fixes its
own forces.
If the accessories are fire-propagating, suitable fire prevention measures shall be taken and proved by the
Contractor.
In the region of the terminations all metallic parts that are accessible from outside shall be connected to the
substation earth. All parts, where voltages might occur that involve danger to persons, shall be protected
against accidental contact by the contractor using screens or other means. This shall be proved by the
earthing manual.
All GIS sealing ends shall be equipped with screening covers to minimize possible field rise in the SF6
compartment. This shall be proved by the Contractor.
8.2.3.3
Outdoor Conventional Terminations
The leading dimensions of the Outdoor Conventional termination shall comply with latest IEC Standards.
The bidder shall include in the detailed design drawings of the accessories.
2
Rated Voltage 132kV round aluminum conductor 1×2000 mm cross section suitable for the cable with all
necessary elements to complete the joint. The creepage distance shall not less than 4000 mm.
The Contractor shall provide evidence or, carry out a program of type tests, to demonstrate that the complete
sealing end is leak free under all conditions of maximum operating and transient pressures and pressures
attained during testing of connected equipment
8.2.3.4
Construction of accessories
For accessories with different design the construction elements have to be agreed between Employer and
manufacturer.
8.2.4
Technical Requirements of Temperature Measurement (Not applicable)
8.2.4.1
General
The following cable temperature monitoring systems shall be offered:


Temperature Measurement with a separate optical fiber cable with 2 or more fibers embedded to
132kV XLPE cable
Measuring unit including measuring, control, monitoring and recording software.
8.2.4.2
Optical fiber sensor
Intrinsic optical fiber temperature measurement (Raman Effect) shall be used for longitudinal-resolution
temperature measurement along the cable route.
Only the hottest phase of the circuits, normally the center phase cable (horizontal arrangement), shall be
monitored.
8.2.4.3
Temperature drop between conductor and metallic sheath
Conductor temperature shall be monitored for cable protection. Direct measurements require high technical
expenditure. Therefore, intrinsic optical fiber temperature measurement shall be applied for longitudinal
resolution temperature determination along the middle phase of the 132kV underground cable system. In
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 112
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
the bid, the maximum permissible sheath temperature as a function of load current shall be represented in a
diagram.
8.2.4.4
Measuring unit
The contractor’s range of services shall comprise a fully functional measuring facility able to monitor up to
two cable sections. The measuring unit (DTS) shall be installed in the Substation Baghdad Substation. It
shall consist at least of the following:
(note: that the data given in the data sheets are preferred only, alternative specification will be considered)
 Microprocessor based Opto-electronic unit including optical switch
 PC (industry standard) with measurement evaluation software
 Monitor for visual display of measured temperature values
 Automatic alarm signaling when the maximum permissible temperature has been reached
 Limit value setting for pre-alarm and main alarm indication
 Alarm indication available on potential-free contact
 Minimum 4-hour un-interruptible power supply (UPS)
 Equipment protected against electromagnetic interference
 Self-calibrating system
 Possibility of user defined zones for measurements, etc.
 Provision for output to SCADA system.
 Group Alarm Indication for DTS panel monitoring
The bidder shall include a detailed description of the selected measuring facility.
The bidder that offers the optical fiber sensor and the measuring unit able to fulfill the specified system
performance criteria and requirements will be given priority.
8.2.4.5
Performance requirements
The temperature measurement with optical fiber shall meet the life time of the cable of up to 40 years.
0
0
The system shall be designed for temperature measurement of the cable sheath over a range of 0 C to 80 C
0
with an accuracy of ± 0.5 C.
The spatial resolution shall be 1.5 m. The capability of the system shall be at least one measurement per
minute at the required accuracy. The system shall have a capacity to store three months of hourly
temperature measurement data. The system and its components have to pass the type and routine tests in
accordance with relevant standards.
8.2.5
Technical Requirements of Cross-Bonding and Earthing of Cable Sheath
8.2.5.1
General
The cable sheaths shall be cross-bonded taking into account the correlation between maximum supply
length and total route length. Over voltage protection shall be by means of surge voltage limiters.
The cable circuit shall be installed as insulated sheath systems with cross-bonding to reduce sheath losses.
The design shall be such as to ensure that there is a continuous metallic return path of adequate crosssection for the specified fault current.
The cable circuits shall be designed such that the number of elementary sections is exactly divisible by
three to form a sectionalized cross bonded system.
Cross-bonded systems shall be so arranged that sheath sectionalizing positions and cable joint positions are
coincident.
The cross-bonding shall provide an electrically continuous sheath running between the earthed terminations.
The sheaths shall be sectionalized and cross-connected as to substantially eliminate sheath circulating
currents.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 113
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The cable circuit shall be divided into one or more major sections each of which shall be sub-divided into
three basic sections (minor sections) considering the delivered single drum lengths of cable. The sheaths of
the cables in any one minor section shall be electrically isolated from the sheaths of the cables in the
adjacent sections (whether or not they are in the same major section) normally by straight joints with
sectionalizing insulation. The cables shall be regularly transposed at each joint bay position. If calculations
provided by the contactor to show that transposition is not required (voltage build up is within limits) it may be
accepted, too.
Special terminal bonding arrangements may be necessary where cable terminate in SF6-immersed sealing
ends at the GIS substations. The contractor shall recommend the appropriate measures.
At all major and minor sectionalizing positions sheath bonding shall be via link housings. At each major
sectionalizing position all the sheaths shall be bonded together and earthed. At each sectionalizing position,
the cable sheaths shall be so cross-connected that they are effectively non-transposed.
The lengths of the minor sections of any one major section shall be as nearly uniform as practicable.
Mismatch of minor section lengths is permissible, provided that this will not give rise to sheath circulating
currents great enough to preclude compliance with the general requirements concerning current carrying
capacity. If necessary, cable center spacing may be varied with the objective of adjusting induced sheath
voltages in such a manner to counteract the effect of length mismatch.
The cross-bonding links and surge voltage limiters shall be contained with the link box accommodated within
the restricted joint pit area.
8.2.5.2
Surge voltage limiters (SVL)
Surge voltage limiters (SVL) shall be dimensioned such as to ensure:


Energy absorption capacity:
 10 kW / s
Overload of the limiter shall not entail any explosion.

The response voltage of the surge voltage limiters (SVL) shall be such as to allow corrosion
protection measurement without the limiters being disconnected.

To minimize transient over-voltages on the cable sheath, SVLs of approved design shall be installed
at joints at either cross-bonded position.

SVLs shall be of zinc oxide type and shall consist of three non-linear resistors housed in the link box,
the star point being earthed normally to local earth points.

The SVLs shall be capable to withstand voltages and currents imposed upon them and of limiting
transient voltages to acceptable levels.

The units shall be able to withstand the voltages induced by fault currents for a period of 1 seconds
without damage. However, it is accepted that the units may be unable to withstand the duty imposed
upon them by an internal cable system fault.
8.2.5.3
Link box
The joints shall be in boxes and capable of directly buried in ground. The surge voltage limiters shall be
freely accessible for maintenance and checking. Therefore, each joint group – and also joint groups with
direct screen- / metal sheath- earthing-, shall be equipped with a cross-bonding link box accessible from the
surface.
These cross-bonding link boxes are part of the contractor’s range of services, shall be considered in the
earthing manual and meet the following requirements:
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 114
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ












Splash-proof from above and from the sides
Protected against water from below and from the sides
Water-tightness against penetrating water
Sufficient ventilation against internal formation of condensed water
Easy accessibility from the surface for maintenance purposes
Protected against unauthorized opening / sabotage
Housing of surge voltage limiters
Housing of connecting wires to PD sensors
Removable /connecting/measuring points for the earthing installation
Accessible measuring points for the measurement of surge voltage limiters
Arrangement of surge voltage limiters such as to allow easy visual checks
Defined earth point
8.2.5.4
Earthing
A conclusive earthing concept shall be submitted. All metallic parts, those existing on the building site and
those added by the contractor’s activities, shall be included into the earthing concept.
In the event of equipotential sections cannot be arranged an earth wire for equipotential bonding shall be
provided. Existing foundation and underground earth electrodes in the region of the terminations shall be
considered in the earthing concept and be connected to the earth wire. In the region of the terminations an
equipotential bonding strip shall be installed and connected to the local earth electrodes. The equipotential
bonding shall include all metallic parts introduced by the contractor into the substation buildings.
A statement and recommendations shall be submitted on later measurements, tests, checks to be carried out
on the total earthing installation during normal service.
An earthing manual shall be prepared indicating the design, testing, earthing electrode measurements.
Inductive interference shall be measured to prove that the earthing installation has sufficient dimensions and
cross-sections. It shall ensure that high touch potential or potential transfer will not occur during normal
service or in case of faults. The results shall be laid down in a certificate.
Valid standards and specifications given in this document, IEC,DIN,VDE, etc. It shall be proved that services
belonging to third parties will not be affected. Suitable remedial measures shall be taken by the contractor in
this respect and shall be included in the Bid.
2
An arrangement of three Copper earth rods (2.25m) length,(16 mm ) diameter with all accessories of
Equilateral triangle 80 cm length , in salty wet soil and interconnected linked to the earthing box by copper
wire , also earth continuous conductor for each single circuit should be provided along the route.
8.2.6
Installation of the 132kV Cable System
8.2.6.1
General
This section describes the supply and installation works related to the implementation of the 132kV cable
system and optical fiber cables to be carried out by the Contractor.
The related civil works are described in Section 10:
Minimum bending radius of the cable is considered 30d0 (d0=Outer diameter of cables), however the
Contractor will be responsible to check all areas where space restrictions for laying apply (i.e. Bridge entry
and exits, etc. ) to ensure the offered cable can be laid without exceeding the design parameters.
The above basic cable laying options are for information only. The bidder could propose other options and if
considered a better option they will be taken into consideration for approval.
The cable installation shall be carried out and supervised by competent and experienced personnel of the
Contractor. The instructions of the cable manufacturer shall be fully considered during cable installation.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 115
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The installation and handling of the cables shall be undertaken at all times by experienced staff and supplied
with all the necessary Project, equipment and tools. The arrangement of the cables and all laying methods
shall be approved by the Engineer and shall be planned to provide an orderly formation, free from
unnecessary bends and crossings, which will permit the removal of a cable of the circuit without undue
disturbance to adjacent cables.
Every precaution shall be taken to ensure that cables and accessories are not installed in a manner or under
conditions likely to cause electrolytic or other corrosive action or damage to, or be detrimental to the
performance of the cables during operation.
Where required by the Employer and/or Engineer, all combustible outer coverings of cables installed within
buildings shall be removed and if required the cables shall be protected against fire in an approved manner.
Cables passing through floors shall be installed in the manner specified and where required shall be sealed,
employing fire resisting material to minimize the risk of spreading fire.
8.2.6.2
Installing cables
1. Within GIS substation
The 132kV XLPE cables shall be laid and enter the cable basement of the 132kV GIS buildings. The
cables shall be applied with fire prevention paint. Manufacturer and type of the paint shall be
indicated. Certificates shall be presented and submitted for the Engineer’s approval. All
components and materials used for cable fixing shall belong to the fire protection class ‘low
flammability’ and be halogen-free.
The cables shall be fixed properly in the cable basement of 132kV GIS Buildings. The cable fixing
method shall be agreed between Employer and Contractor in advance.
Seals between the basement and the cable trench shall be provided to prevent the entry of water or
vermin into the building.
2. Trenches
The Contractor is to use drawings in the Tender document. The Contractor has to consider all
obstacles along the cable route such as crossing with existing underground installations, etc. The
Contractor has to consider and avoid in his any ‘hot spots’ in order to avoid de-rating of the cable
system. Most of the trenching work may need to be carried out during night time as cable route
traverses passing congested areas.
Throughout the cable route except for road crossings, bridges, culverts places of high disturbance to
the public and such special locations, cables shall be laid in flat formation inside a cable trench in
concrete trough.
3. Pipes
The Contractor is requested to follow drawing on cable installation in HDPE pipes in the Tender
document. The Contractor has to consider and avoid ‘hot spots’ in order to avoid de-rating of the
cable system.
4. Bridges
The Contractor has to submit with his bid, the proposed cable installation at road bridges (if any).
The Contractor has to coordinate with the relevant authorities before finalizing the cable installation.
The thermal linear expansion of the material shall be considered. Appropriate expansion bends or
sliding/roller bearing for cable fixing shall be used.
When fixing the cables, attention shall be paid to not injecting short-circuit forces into the bridge’s
structure. These forces shall be completely absorbed by the cable brackets.
5. Underground canal crossings
The Contractor has to submit a detail for proposed underground canal crossings (if any) with the
Bid. Cable pulling in separate HDPE pipes is proposed under the river bottom. The Contractor has
to propose and submit with the bid a suitable method for laying the pipes, The Contractor should
carefully consider the proposed location and limited working areas for installation. Horizontal Drilling
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 116
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
technologies may also be used.
8.2.6.3
Cable Jointing and assembling
The cable joints shall be carried out inside enclosures / cabins, free of dust & moisture. Contractor shall
organize such enclosures during jointing work.
The bid shall contain all details required on the laying, Jointing and assembling of the cables:





Details on retaining racks for cable run and fixing in the termination region
Description of assembling areas
Cable pulling tensions, results of previous tests
Weights and dimensions of cable grip units
Dust free and moisture free jointing enclosures/cabins.
8.2.6.4
Cross-bonding & earthing
The bid shall include a detailed description of the proposed cross-bonding and earthing system taking into
account the following aspects:




Technical
Selection of surge voltage limiters (protection level)
Explanation of dimensioning
Dimensional sketches.
8.2.6.5
Identification
Identification Tags shall be provided for cable circuits below the gland at each end and at approved positions
by means of bands engraved stamped with the cable number, feeder name, size of cable, number of cores,
phase color, etc. , or such lettering as the Employer and/or Engineer may require. The bands shall be
securely fastened in a permanent manner, and shall be made of material able to resist corrosion, damp and
mechanical damage.
Cable markers shall be provided and installed at regular positions to mark the location of cables. The design
of marker, inscription and method of installation shall be suitable as per standard.
8.2.6.6
Cable supports
The Contractor has to supply and install all necessary supports, racks, trays, cleats, saddles, clips, brackets
and other parts required to install and secure the cables, without risk or damage, in a neat and orderly
manner. This applies for fixing the cables in the substations, and other road bridges. The Contractor has to
submit information on the cable weights, details and dimensions of the cable. Prices for all such materials
and installations are deemed to be included in the price schedules and will not be paid separately.
An aesthetic method for cable entry and exit of bridges shall be coordinated and agreed with the Employer
and Engineer.
The Contractor has to provide and to install clamps for cable fixing. The spacing of all supports, racks,
cleats, saddles and clips shall be agreed by the Employer and Engineer.
The Contractor shall and install support brackets in order to manage expansion and contraction of the cable
caused by variations of cable and air temperatures.
8.2.6.7
Earthing
The Contractor shall connect, unless otherwise instructed, all cable sheaths, supporting steelwork and the
metal enclosures of sealing boxes, joints, etc. to the main earth bar by suitable branch connections which
may be of bare or insulated stranded conductor as required to suit the cable system.
8.2.6.8
Cable jointing and terminations
The Contractor shall be responsible for obtaining drawings of all GIS end boxes into which cables are
terminated from the Employer and shall ensure that the design is suitable for use with the cables supplied
under this Contract.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 117
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
No cable joint shall be installed without the agreement of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall submit drawings showing the types of joints, cable sealing ends, terminal boxes or
glands proposed to supply under this Contract, with the Bid. Contractor is responsible for making the end
terminations of all cable ends and connecting with the substations.
8.2.6.9
Tests during installation
An Insulation Resistance test shall be carried out at first, and then a Voltage Test (Sheath test) shall be
carried out on the protective outer covering of each 132kV cable length after cable lying. The voltage shall
be 10 kV DC and shall be applied for one minute for the test. In addition to this, any test specified in Section
9: Clause 9.5, ‘132kV Underground Cables Technical Requirements and Specification’ has to be carried out
by the Contractor.
After completion of installation all sheath insulation provisions including sealing end support insulation shall
be subjected to the same test.
8.2.6.10 Submission of certificates
Electrical Test Certificates shall be submitted detailing the test results of commissioning and any other
electrical tests carried out.
8.2.6.11 Route plan
During the progress of the Contract Works the Contractor shall record on a set of route plans and crosssection drawings of an approved form, such particulars as will allow an accurate reference to be made in the
case of any fault or projected modification. These records shall show, amongst other data, both indoors and
outdoors the exact position of every particular, cable box, and also particulars of the arrangement of cables.
All completed records shall be the property of the Employer. They shall be completed within one month of
the approval of the progress prints following upon the completion of each section of the Contract Works.
8.3
OTHER REQUIREMENTS
8.3.1
Requirements on Operation and Instruction Manuals and Drawings
The following documents have to be provided by the contractor during the implementation stage:
1)
Operation & Maintenance manuals:

Equipment description

Assembly and installation instruction

Instruction on commissioning tests & procedures

Instruction on operation and maintenance

Maintenance test procedures

List of spare parts required for 10 year operation.

Certificates of type tests

Cable calculation including cable parameter, current ratings, short circuit capability
of conductor and metal sheath

Performance and electrical data

Reports of special tests
Note : required 4 months after contract award
2)
Drawings:

Cross-section of 132kV cable

Cross-section of joints and terminals

Scheme of metal sheath cross-bonding system

Arrangement of metal sheath cross-bonding connections or selected scheme

Drawings of link boxes (two types for burying and wall mounting)
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 118
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ

Drawings of sheath voltage limiters and accessories

Drawing of cable supports and cable fixing material

Drawing of earthing scheme

Drawing of final cable route (as-installed) as specified

Schematic diagram and arrangement of temperature monitoring system
Note :required 6 weeks after contract award, except as indicated
3)
Documentation on jointing procedures including types and quantities of parts and materials,
required tools and special equipment, step-by-step instructions, assembly drawings, etc. :

132kV joints

132kV GIS sealing ends

132kV Conventional Outdoor ends

Metal sheath Cross Bonding
Note : required 3 months after contract award
8.3.2 Training and Familiarization of Project and Equipment
The Contractor shall provide adequate opportunities to electrical engineers from the Employer to familiarize
themselves during the various phases of manufacture fabrication of the various components, cable jointing
and end terminations of the Underground Cable and also on the various aspects/techniques associated with
the laying of the Underground Cable, nature of entry and exit at the installation, etc.
The training shall be offered at the factories/places of manufacture of the relevant Underground Cables
ordered. The details of training and duration are given under Scope of Work, Section 7: Clause Error!
Reference source not found..
During the training sessions, the trainees should be able to closely monitor, view, learn and familiarize of the
various aspects of cable manufacture, cable jointing, cable termination, etc.
The Contractor shall provide a comprehensive package/ program for the training of MOE Engineers. The full
cost of the training including food and lodging/accommodation, transport contingencies and airfares shall be
fully borne by the Contractor and included in the total price.
In addition, four Operation and Maintenance personnel of the Employer shall be trained at site during the
laying, jointing and commissioning of the 132kV Underground Cable. The training at site shall be provided
by the Contractor free of charge.
The Employer shall approve the proposal/package submitted by the Contractor for the training program.
Section 8– Employer’s Requirements: 132kV Underground Cable Installation
8 - 119
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 9:
132kV UNDERGRUOND CABLES
TECHNICAL SPECIFICATIONS FOR MANUFACTURING AND TESTING OF 132kV UNDERGROUND
CABLE
9.1
INTRODUCTION
9.2
TECHNICAL RULES
These specifications point out the contract characteristics for manufacturing, testing, packing,
shipping and delivery CIF Baghdad of underground cables with their accessories for operation in a
three phase 132kV – 50Hz system. They refer to following one – core cables: - -Extruded
polyethylene ( PE ) – Cross – linked polyethylene (XLPE ). Both circuits are to have a continuous
rating of 350 MVA.
The contractor may provide his own proven design subjected to IEC and relevant standards. The
following requirements shall be used as guidance. Full detailed description with all the calculations
related to designed , losses, voltage drops shall be provided with the bid and for approval.
9.2.1
IEC Recommendations
The selection of materials, design, calculation and testing of equipment shall be carried out
according to the last issue of the International Electromechanical Commission’s recommendations,
as far as they exist. The standards shall also include IEC 60228, IE 60840 and IEC 60949.
9.2.2
Standards
As a general rule, all materials, stuffs and products used, for the manufacture of equipment, shall be
in conformity with standards to which it is referred or, if there is no standard, shall have necessary
qualities for a blameless manufacture of equipment.
9.3
GENERAL WORKING CONDITIONS
The general conditions, in which cable and their accessories shall be able to work without any
failure, are as follows:-
9.3.1
System Electrical Conditions
Rated voltage of the three phases 50 Hz system
Continuous Highest system voltage: U+ 10 %
Specified voltage
Maximum impulse withstand voltage (1,2 / 50 )
Earth fault current and duration
Short term Power Frequency withstand voltage
U
=
132kV
Um
=
145kV
Eo
=
76kV
Ep
=
650kV
(40) kA/ 1 second
275kV
9.3.2
Electrical Conditions Considering Metallic Sheath Earthing
Cables laid in flat formation in a trench shall have their sheath earthed at both ends at junction points
as often as required by the manufacturer. Each sheath shall be able to transmit the maximum fault
current without damage.
9.3.3
Operating Temperature of Cables
Maximum allowable temperatures of conductor are according to the type of insulation:
Low density polyethylene (LDPE)
High density polyethylene (HDPE)
Cross linked polyethylene (XLPE)
Permanent load
70 ºC
75 ºC
90 ºC
short – circuit
150 ºC
160 ºC
250 ºC
However, as it is not possible to make sure that the thermal resistively of the surrounding soil is
constant, the conductor size will take in to consideration temperatures when operating with constant
current.
LDPE : 66 ºC
XLPE : 83ºC
HDPE : 70ºC
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 120
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.3.4
Climatic Conditions
Climatic conditions in Baghdad are severe. In summer, the ambient temperature of air reaches 55 ºC
in shadow and a black object in direct sunlight can have a temperature of 80 ºC. The maximum daily
average is 40 ºC and the maximum yearly average is 30 ºC.
The maximum Daily average is 40ºC and maximum yearly average is 30ºC. Daily variation of
temperature can reach 25 ºC and the lowest minimum is – 10 º Cables considered in this specification
shall be able to work without any problem with their rated load and in the worst climatic and
atmospheric conditions that can occur in Baghdad.
9.3.5
Soil Thermal Conditions
The three cables of one line shall be laid in flat formation in a trench at 1.3 meter depth in a soil
having a mean thermal resistivity of 200 ºC cm / W (Dry Value) and a temperature of 35 ºC at one
meter under the ground level. To improve the current rating, special backfill material with a thermal
resistivity of 120°C.cm /W (dry value) or better may be used.
9.4
CABLES FEATURES
This Bidding Document covers single core Aluminium cables with extruded insulation of cross-linked
polyethylene (XLPE) for a continuous maximum rated voltage (CMR) of 145kV and the respective
accessories.
The cables shall be manufactured by a well proven and state-of-the-art production process to ensure
circularity and concentricity of the extruded layers around the conductor.
The cables and accessories shall be designed for a service life of 40 years. Reports on long-term
aging tests to prove the performance and reliability of the offered cable type at the required operating
voltages and conditions have to be submitted together with the offer.
Raw materials shall be produced according to specifications. The applied material shall be pure and
clean and shall be transported in hermetically sealed containers under dust-proof conditions. All
supplies of material shall be analysed to ensure that it complies with the specified standards.
The manufacturing process shall be arranged in such a way as to eliminate irregularities like
protrusion, voids, contamination, etc. to ensure reliability and durability of the cable.
The manufacturing process shall avoid contamination by use of a fully enclosed material handling
system.
The cross-linking, curing and cooling process shall be carried out in one production phase and shall
be a dry curing process under high pressure to eliminate the formation of voids in the insulation and
contaminants in the dielectric.
All relevant process parameter shall be closely monitored during manufacture to ensure a high
degree of cross-linking of the whole insulation in order to reduce mechanical stress to a minimum.
The of the cable shall have;
Conductor:
Segmental stranded Aluminium conductor (with water sealing & extruded
conductor screen semi-conducting layer.
Insulation:
Cross linked polyethylene (XLPE)
Insulation Screen:
Extruded semi-conducting (thermosetting compound) layer
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 121
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Water-blocking :
Semi-conducting water – blocking tapes
Metal sheath:
Extruded Lead Alloy
Metallic Screen:
Copper wire over Lead alloy sheath
Over sheath:
Extruded PE Over sheath (Black) with outer graphite coating or conductive
layer obtained by simultaneous extrusion with over sheath.
The conductor screen, the XLPE insulation and the insulation screen shall be produced by triple
extrusion and dry curing.
9.4.1
Synthetic Insulation Cables
9.4.1.1
Conductor
The conductor shall have a circular cross section or segments made from stranded Aluminium wires
with semi-conductive segmental insulation (Milliken type conductor) stranded in concentric or
segmental layers, The conductor must comply, on any point, with IEC standards 228,28 and 111.
Longitudinal water barrier (such as water swellable tape) with the conductor stands and shall be
tested in accordance to latest IEC. Recommendation No. 60840. The surface of the conductor shall
be clean and free from any foreign particles which may contaminate the insulation or cause a high
punctual electrical field stress in the conductor screen.
The conductor shall be water-sealed by either additional swelling powder.
2
The nominal cross-sectional area of the conductor shall be 2000 mm . The bidder has to confirm the
selected conductor cross-section by calculations based on the selected cable arrangement, laying
conditions and cable trench parameter along the cable route, etc.
Conductor Size (mm2)
Conductor Construction
400, 630, 800
Round compacted
1000, 1200,1600,2000
Segmental
9.4.1.2
9.4.1.2.1
Insulating Covering
Material
The covering shall be cross – linked polyethylene (XLPE). The insulation of the completed cable
shall be free from any void larger than 0.025 mm any contaminant larger than 0. 01mm in largest
dimension or any translucent material that is larger than 0.5 mm in its radial vector projection. The
number of contaminants of sizes between (0.025-0.01) mm shall not exceed 15 per 15 cubic
centimetres of insulation. In Project repairs of the insulation are prohibited unless specifically agreed
to by the ETP Engineer
The insulation has to be applied by extrusion in a triple-layer extrusion head. Insulation layer shall be
firmly stuck to the inner and outer shielding layer.
The insulation shall be of SUPER CLEAN cross-linked polyethylene mixture (XLPE) and a single
layer extruded. A dry curing and peroxide cross-linking process shall be applied. The insulation
material shall comply with the requirements of Table 3 of IEC 60840.( Requirement for installation
shall be as per clause 10.6.2 of IEC 60840)
The nominal wall thickness of the insulation has to be designed in a way that to withstand the
highest working voltage and the following electrical field stress at the surface of the shielding layers
is not exceed: Inner shielding layer
8 kV/mm
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 122
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Maximum wall thickness must be
≤ 25 mm
The inner and outer shielding layers must not be included in the wall thickness of the insulation
9.4.1.2.2
Dimensions Features
Thickness of insulation
Nominal thickness of insulation must be 18 mm for XLPE. And minimum at any point must be not as
per IEC 60840. Inner and outer semi – conductor screen thickness are not included in these values.
2) Measurement of thickness of insulation
a)
Sampling
Each cable length selected for the test shall be represented by two pieces of cable, taken one from
Each end after having discarded, if necessary, any Portion which may have suffered damage. If the
average thickness measured or the lowest value Measured on one or the two pieces fails to meet
the requirements specified in Sub – clause 1) two other pieces shall be checked, If both of the further
pieces meet the specified requirements the cable is deemed to comply, but if either does not meet
the requirements the cable is deemed not to comply.
b)
Procedure
The test procedure shall be in accordance with IEC 60840
c)
Requirements
For each piece of core, the average values shall be not less than the specified nominal thickness
And the smallest value shall be as per clause 10.6.2 of IEC 60840)
9.4.1.2.3
Mechanical, Physical and Chemical Features
Mechanical, physical and chemical features of insulation considered in the present edification must
be at least equal to the values of table 1 or, if they are not given, to those of IEC 20 A (Central office)
51 and 20 A (Secretariat) 44 to be published as IEC 502. 2.
The inspection of these features will be done according to IEC 540 [formerly document IEC 20 A
(Central office) 45]
TABLE 1 – Test Procedure and Test Requirements for P. E Compounds and XLPE Compounds
Test
Method
C
Test and procedure
Mechanical characteristics
Without aging :-tensile strength minimum
Units
N/mm
2
Insulation PE
XLPE
125
15. 0
elongation at break minimum
%
-temperature (tolerance +2 c)
C
100
135
Days
10
10
-duration
450/350
(1)
-After aging in air oven :-
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
250
11 - 123
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
elongation at break minimum
450/350
(2)
-variation maximum
-Hot test: Degree of cross linking
%
-temperature (tolerance + 3 c)
+25
+25
(3)
200
C mm
15
-mechanical stress
N/cm
2
20
-maximum elongation under load
%
175
-maximum elongation after cooling
%
15
-Temperature (tolerance + 3 C) –
- Maximum permissible variation of
mass
Shrinkage test
-Temperature (tolerance + 2C)
-Duration
P
250
-time under load
Water absorption
Gravimetric method
-Duration of immersion
D
(1)
Days
C
2
mg/cm
14
85
1
14
85
(4)
1
C
Hours
100
1
130
1
%
4
4
-Maximum permissible shrinkage
(1) LDPE 450 % HDPE 350%.
(2) Variation difference between the median value of tensile strength find elongation at break
obtained after treatment and the median value obtained without treatment, expressed as a
percentage of the latter.
(3 ) 115 C + 2C for Pewith density > 0.94
(4) 5, instead of 1 for XLPE with a density > 1.02.
9.4.1.3
9.4.1.3.1
Screens
Inner and outer semi – conducting screens.
These screens are obligatory on all cable considered in this specification They shall be continuous,
have a constant average thickness, have no asperity and keep in perfect contact with the insulation
layer in normal operation conditions. They shall have no bad action on the conservation of cable
elements at their contact and, especially not contain any injurious stuff that could diffuse into the
insulation layer.
a)
Inner semi – conducting screen.
This non – metallic screen consists in an extruded layer of a semi – conducting mixture Its
thickness must not be less than 7% of the required average thickness of the insulation layer. The
ratio of extreme measured thickness must not be more than 2. The conductor screen shall
comprise an extruded layer of thermosetting semi-conducting compound and shall be continuous
and cover the whole surface area of the conductor. The screen shall be firmly bonded to the XLPE
insulation.
A non-hygroscope semi-conducting tape shall be applied to the conductor under the extruded
layer.
The outer surface of the conductor screen shall be circular and free of irregularities. The visible
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 124
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
irregularities on the outer surface shall be equal or less than 51 µm.
The minimum thickness of the extruded conductor shield shall be 0.76 mm.
The conductor screen must not stick to the conductor. The inner shielding layer and the tapes (if
available) must not suffer any change of functionality of the cable at the highest permissible short
circuit stress.
b)
Outer semi – conductor screen.
This non-metallic screen consists in an extruded layer of a semi – conductor mixture, the thickness
of which must not be less than 7% of the required average thickness of the insulation layer.
Selection of test – pieces and checking of thickness shall be carried out according to IEC 540.
The insulation screen shall consist of an extruded layer of thermosetting semi-conducting
compound and shall be continuous and cover the whole surface area of the insulation. It shall be
firmly bonded to the insulation.
The minimum thickness of the insulation shield shall be 1.02 mm.
The interface between the extruded insulation shield and the insulation shall be cylindrical, free
from protrusions and irregularities that extend more than 0.127 mm into the insulation and 0.127
mm into the extruded insulation shield, and shall be free of any voids larger than 0.05 mm.
A difference in diameter of the outer shielding layer (max/min) of <1.2 mm, is not compulsory;
however bidders confirming compliance with this figure will be given priority.
Water Barriers
The water barrier shall consist of a semi-conducting moisture swelling layer covering the whole
surface area of the insulation screen. The barrier shall restrict longitudinal and horizontal water
penetration under the metallic sheath.
Either swelling powder or swelling tape is acceptable.
The manufacturer should employ the latest technology in selecting materials and application
procedures. A report should be submitted to the employer for comment before manufacture.
All compounds used in protective beddings, servings and over metal sheaths shall be of such a
nature that in the finished cable they do not crack or run at any temperature likely to be attained in
transit to the Site or on the site, before or after laying or when the cables are in operation. The
compound shall adhere properly to the sheath so that after the coverings are removed, it shall be
evident that the metal surfaces were completely covered by closely adherent compound before the
removal of the coverings. Care shall be taken to ensure that the amount of compound applied is
retained evenly around the cable. The compounds used shall have no deleterious effect on the
sheath, armor or protective coverings.
9.4.1.3.2
Metallic Screen and Metallic Sheath
Screen shall be consist of two layers copper wire and the outer metallic sheath made from a
continues lead pipe, these two sheaths must be to verify 40 kA short circuit current in 1 second,
The nominal thickness of the lead sheath shall be so calculated as to make sure the transmission of
a one – phase short circuit current in no case it will be less than the values given in table 2 as a
function of the outer diameter of the cable before being covered with lead.
Features of the lead pipe shall comply with article 7 of NFC 32. 050 standards. The measurement of
the lead pipe thickness shall be carried out according to article 17 of NFC 32. 050. The average
thickness shall not be less than the nominal thickness; besides, the measured thickness at any point
shall not be less than 95 % of the nominal thickness by more than 0.1 mm, preferred lead sheath
thickness is between 2.5 and 3.0 mm, its minimum requirement shall comply with IEC 60840 Clause
(10.7.1).
A copper screen wire shall be required over the metallic sheath to ensure the required maximum
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 125
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
earth fault current rating of 40 kA for 1 sec.
The cross-section of the copper screen has to be verified with calculations by the Contractor. A
semi-conducting moisture swelling layer shall be applied over the copper screen to restrict
aluminium meeting the following requirements:
The lead alloy sheath shall be a combination of copper wire screen.
The cross-section of the copper wire screen shall be sufficiently dimensioned to conduct 100% of
maximum short circuit current of 40 kA for 1 second. The bidder shall submit the calculation for
determining the cross-section of the copper wire screen to withstand the specified fault current.
TABLE 2 – Minimum Thickness of the Lead Pipe
The bidder shall submit the calculation for determining the sheath thickness to withstand the specified
fault current.
The sheath shall be designed and manufactured as a homogeneous construction with uniform
thickness, close fitting, seamless and free from defects, porosity and inter-crystalline fracture. The
sheath corrugation shall be manufactured to minimize the ingress of moisture even if the serving is
2
damaged. The value shall be over 3mm and shall be designed for the (1 x 2000mm ) AL/ XLPE
cable and shall be proven by calculation.
9.4.1.4
Outer Protection Sheath
The outer protection sheath consists in an extruded mixture of black HDPE the mechanical and
physical features of which shall comply to features described in IEC 60840 .
- ST 1, ST 2 for PVC.
- ST 3, ST 7 for PE.
The nominal thickness of the outer protection sheath is given as a function of the outer diameter of the
cable before being covered with the protection sheath, in table 3. Or any convenient alternative.
The outer sheath shall be of sufficient hardness to discourage termite attacks. The cables shall be
protected against bites from rats and other small animals’ at all accessible locations such as
terminations at both ends and along road bridges. Each last section or drum of cables terminated at
the substation, laid on bridges shall have flame retardant coating
TABLE 3 – Nominal Thickness of the Outer Protection Sheath
Shall be between 4.5 mm and 5.0 mm, however 6.0 mm can be provided , and should be designed for
2
the given 1 x 2000 mm AL/ XLPE cable. According to IEC 60840 (Clause10.6.3)
The measurement of the outer protection sheath shall be carried out according to IEC 540 published
formally document IEC 20 A 5 (Central office 45).
9.4.2
Marking of Cables.
Cables shall have, on their whole length. Readable and durable indicating:
- Name of manufacturer.
- Year of manufacture.
- Area of conductor.
- Specified voltage of cable in kV.
- Type of cable.
- MOE
The marks shall be visible without being necessary to open the lead sheath, and they shall be made
as follows:-
9.4.2.1
Cables having polyvinyl chloride covering.
The marking is made by deep printing or relief printing on the polyvinyl chloride covering, on two
diametrically opposed generative In this case, the marking shall include distinctive signs for the phase
repairing.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 126
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.4.2.2
Letter sizing
In both cases here above, marking can be discontinuous the space between the end of one print and
the beginning of the following one shall not be longer than one meter. Height of letters and figures
shall not be less than 4 mm.
9.4.3
Accessories
Technical Requirements of Cable Accessories (Please refer 8.2.3)
a. All necessary accessories for cable installation shall be very carefully designed and
manufactured. Their constitutive elements shall be of the best quality.
b.
Insulators of terminal boxes shall be made of perfectly compact; homogeneous porcelain
without any air bubbles or porosity. They shall be covered with brown enamel perfectly
smooth, hard and continuous on the whole surface. This enamel shall not be injured by long
action of water, nitric acid or diluted alkalis and shall resist to changes of temperature As a
general rule, insulators and terminal boxes shall comply respectively to fascicles C 64 080 of
8 June 1959 and C 64 050 of 4 June 1953 and additives n 1 of 10 December 1957 and n2 of
February 1963 of U. T. E.
c. A complete set of tools & equipment for jointing the cables & accessories shall be supplied.
d. A special program for training the purchasers staff to install and joint the 132kV cable and
accessories must be included in the offer.
9.4.4
Shipment and Reels
9.4.4.1
Packing, sealing and shipping.
a. The cable shall be placed on the reels so that it will be protected from damage during shipment.
Each end of the cable shall be firmly and properly secured to the reel. Care shall be taken to
prevent looseness of reeled cable.
b. Cables shall be delivered on metallic drums. Pulling eyes shall be fitted to the cable end at the cable
manufacturer's works and shall be bonded to the conductor, metal sheath/metallic layer
c.
Immediately after finalizing the factory tests both ends of every cable length shall be sealed by
means of a metal cap fitted over the end and plumbed to the sheath. Cables shall be sealed by
enclosing the ends in approved caps, which shall be tight fitting and adequately secured to prevent
ingress of moisture. The end which is left projecting from the drum shall also be provided with a
pulling eye and shall be adequately protected against damage. There shall be no water and no
corrosion in the completed cable when the reel is shipped. If the conductor shows evidence of slight
corrosion and no pitting, then the manufacturer shall verify that the cable was dried prior to shipping.
d. Each length of cable listed on the purchaser’s order or detail list shall be shipped on a separate reel,
except where the purchaser specifies multiple or parallel cable assemblies.
e. The reels shall be lagged or covered with suitable material to provide physical protection for the
cables during roughly transit storage and handling operations. All cables and accessories shall be
carefully packed for transport and storage on site in such a manner that they are fully protected
against all climatic conditions, particular attention being paid to the possibility of deterioration during
transport to the site by sea or overland and to the conditions prevailing on the site
9. 4. 4. 2.
a.
b.
- Reels.
The minimum diameter of the drum of the shipping reel shall be not less than 1. 8 meter.
The inner or drum end of the cable, when allowed to project through the flange of the reel
shall be protected to avoid damage to the cable seal.
9. 4. 4. 3.
- Marking on reels each reel shall be marked as follows: -
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 127
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
a.
with a durable label securely attached to a flange of the reel and plainly stating the destination,
the purchase’s order number, shipping length of cable on reel, number, type and size of
conductors, cable configuration, type of insulation, voltage rating and shall show identification
the recorded shipping length of multiple cable assemblies shall be the measured length after
assembly. The direction for rolling shall be indicated by an arrow.
b.
with a durable number on a flange of the reel either branded on the reel or stamped metal
tags permanently attached to the reel.
c.
9.5
shipping reels shall be free of any information not pertaining to the order.
TESTS ON CABLES
The bidder is requested to submit type test reports for cables and accessories for XLPE insulated
cable systems. The type tests must be carried out for cables and accessories identical to the
equipment offered.
Bidders shall supply in their bid, a copy of type test of respective cables and accessories issued by
an independent, legal laboratory for all items and complete type test results
The type test report shall comprise the following items:
1) Cable manufacturing
•
Type of extrusion line
•
Method of curing and cooling
•
Details of cable degassing
2) Cable materials
•
Semi-conducting screen material at the conductor
•
Semi-conducting screen material at the cable insulation
•
Type and grade of material used for the cable insulation
3) Cable and accessories construction
•
Description and drawing of the offered cable type
•
Drawing of each tested accessory
The bid shall include all information requested above.
9.5.1
General
All test shall be carried out by the contractor at his own expense. The contractor shall supply
specimens, testing apparatus and labour required for carrying out the prescribed tests. For the
pressure test of high voltage cables at site, the contractor shall make available a suitable D. C. Cable
testing set. The test shall be carried out in the presence of the Inspector at the manufacturer’s works,
and of the Engineer at site.
The Bid price shall include the cost of all tests specified. The purchaser may, however, relieve the
contractor from carrying out certain type tests, provided the contractor produces Type Tests
Certificate from a recognized testing authority acceptable to the Purchaser. In such case, the contract
price will be reduced by amount equal to the costs of the type tests waived by the Purchaser. For this
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 128
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
purpose Bidder should quote separately the costs of the type tests specified.
All samples used for testing shall be at the contractor’s expense and shall not affect the length of
cable to be supplied under this contract. This also applies to joint boxes and other accessories.
Six copies of the records of all tests shall be furnished to the Engineer. The contract work will not be
accepted by the Engineer until they have passed the prescribed tests and approved in writing by the
Engineer.
The Contractor shall not be entitled to any payments whatsoever or any extension of time for
completion because of tests, or failure of any tests or the rejection of any part of material or Project as
a result of any tests or inspection.
9.5.2
Calibration
An approved authority shall if required by the Engineer, calibrate all instruments use for testing
purposes.
9.5.3
Test Conditions
9.5.3.1
Frequency and waveform of power – frequency test voltages.
The frequency of alternating test voltages shall be not less than 49 Hz (c/s) and not more than 61 Hz
(c/s). The waveform of such voltages shall be substantially sinusoidal.
9.5.3.2
Waveform of impulse test voltages.
The impulse wave shall have a front duration between 1 and 5 ms and a nominal time to half – value of
40 to 50 m s being further in accordance with I. E. C Publication 60, High – voltage test techniques.
9.5.3.3
Temperature.
Except where otherwise specified, tests shall be carried out with an ambient temperature between 15
and 25 ºC In case the temperature of the conductor is specified, its value shall be obtained by
producing a suitable electric current in the conductor.
9.5.4
Tests At Works
9.5.4.1
Routine tests :
All lengths of cables shall be tested before dispatch according to the following:
9.5.4.1.1
Conductor Resistance Tests :-
The copper resistance of the conductors shall be measured by direct current at room temperature and
corrected for temperature in accordance with I. E. C Publication 228 1 -1. The value thus obtained
shall not be greater than the guaranteed values as per I. E. C publications 228 and 1 -1
9.5.4.1.2
Capacitance Tests :
The electrostatic capacitance of each drum length of completed cable shall not be greater than the
guaranteed values stated in the schedules
9.5.4.1.3
High Voltage Tests :-
Before inspection, the Manufacturer will be allowed to test the testing installation by applying an
alternative voltage of 190 kV between conductor and metallic screen during about 30 minutes. The high
voltage test of each length of cable presented for inspection shall be carried out with an alternative
voltage of 190 kV applied between the conductor and the metallic screen and maintained for 30
minutes. If a failure occurs on a length, either during the preceding inspection or during inspection, both
uninjured parts of the considered length will be presented by the manufacturer and shall be accepted by
the ETP Engineer if they support, without any other failure, the test at 190 kV during a total duration of
30 minutes including the time they have been under voltage before the failure occurred. If the use of
that cable requires an additional joint this joint shall be made up at the manufacturer’s expense. If a
second failure occurs on one of both parts, both parts shall be rejected. If the number of failures on the
last 30 kilometres of tested cable is greater than 5, ETP Engineer and the manufacturer shall look
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 129
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
together after the causes of these failures and the ETP Engineer shall decide whether new testing
procedure can be accepted.
9.5.4.1.4
Dielectric Power Factor / Voltage Test:-
Each drum length of completed 132kV cable shall be tested for power factor at normal frequency and at
ambient temperature and at 0. 5 EO, EO, 1. 5 EO and 2Eo.
PE, XLPE Cables :
The power factor of the insulation shall not exceed the guaranteed values stated in the schedules or the
following values. PE : 0. 0008 XLPE : 0. 0030
9.5.4.2
9.5.4.2.1
Special Tests on Cables.
General
The tests specified in clause 9.5.4.2.2 to 9.5.4.2.4 inclusive shall be made on samples taken from
cables manufactured for the contract (provided that the total length in the contract exceeds 4 km of
cable) on the following basis:
Cable length
Number of samples
above
up to and including
4
20
1
20
40
2
40
60
3
For the electrical tests, the piece of cable shall be erected with suitable terminations The manufacturer
may, in the wishes, carry out more than one of the special tests specified in Clauses 9.5.4.2.2. to
9.5.4.2.4 inclusive on one and the same piece of cable, the order in which the tests are performed being
left to his discretion. However, if on a subsequent test the requirements are not fulfilled, this test shall
be repeated on a new piece of cable and the results of this latter test only shall be valid for the ultimate
assessment of the results.
By agreement between the purchaser and the manufacturer, any or all the tests prescribed in Clauses
9.5.4.2.2. 9.5.4.2.3. and 9.5.4.2.4. may be omitted provided that the test or tests has or have
previously been made on pieces of cable taken from samples having similar construction to the cable
included in the contract and the manufacturer produces a certificate to this effect. Similar construction
means that the cable included in the contract and the cable covered by the test certificate have identical
characteristics in respect of the rated voltage Eo, the impulse with stand voltage EP, the maximum
permissible conductor temperature in degrees Celsius for permanent operation under equivalent
specified ambient and installation conditions the type and material of the metallic sheath details of the
construction e. g. . types of joint and sealing end and the insulation thickness of the cable and the
maximum voltage gradient in the insulation at Eo.
9.5.4.2.2
Power – Factor / Temperature Test.
This test shall be made on a piece of cable at least 20 m long. The Power – factor of the insulation
shall be measured at voltages of 0. 5 Eo,Eo,1. 5 Eo and 2 Eo :
a) At ambient temperature,
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 130
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
b) After the cable has been slowly heated to a maximum temperature 5 ºC above the maximum
permissible operating temperature of the conductor,
c) Immediately after cooling to ambient temperature. The cable shall be maintained at each
temperature until a stable temperature distribution is achieved.
The test temperature shall be the temperature at the hottest point in The cable as determined from
thermocouples placed at intervals along the increase in resistance of the conductor, making due
allowance for the temperature difference between the thermocouples and the conductor. Throughout
the tests the power factor shall not exceed :The following values at Eo, for PE and XLPE cables :
-4
-4
PE :8. 10 & XLPE : 40. 10
Variations of the losses angle tangent in the insulation, when the temperature changes from ambient to
maximum operation temperature shall not be more than :
-4
-4
f) 10 for PE & 10. 10 for XLPE
9.5.4.2.3
Dielectric Security Test
A piece of cable 25m in length excluding the terminals shall be subjected at ambient temperature to
a power – frequency test voltage applied between conductor and screen The value of the test
voltage shall be 210 kV and it shall be applied for 24 hours without the occurrence of a breakdown of
the insulation.
9.5.4.2.4
Mechanical Test and Hot Impulse – Voltage Test
The test shall consist of a bending test, followed by an impulse voltage test of the behaviour of the
insulation and by a physical examination of the covering.
A – Bending test.
The bending test shall be made at a temperature between 10 ºC and 15 ºC, unless otherwise agreed
between the purchaser and the manufacturer, on a piece of cable of sufficient length to provide one
complete turnaround the test cylinder.
The diameter of the test cylinder shall be 30 D, where D is the overall diameter of the cable. The
piece of cable shall be bent round the test cylinder at least one complete turn. It shall then be
unwound and the process repeated in the opposite direction. This cycle of operations shall be carried
out three times if the sheath is offload-alloy.
B- Impulse – Voltage test.
The piece of cable shall be heated slowly to a maximum conductor temperature not less than the
maximum permissible operating temperature as declared and not greater than the maximum
permissible operating temperature plus 5 ºC The maximum conductor temperature is understood to
be the temperature at the hottest point in the cable and it shall be determined from the increase in
resistance of the conductor and from thermocouples placed at intervals along the cable making due
allowance for the temperature difference between the thermocouples and the Conductor. The cable
shall be maintained at this test temperature for at least 2 hours. The piece of cable shall then be
subjected at the above temperature to 10 positive and 10 negative voltage impulses applied between
conductor and screen, the peak value being as specified below. The waveform of the impulse test
voltages shall comply with sub – clause 9.5.3.2. A photographic record shall be made of the first and
last impulse waveform of each polarity at the specified impulse level. During this test no breakdown
of the insulation shall occur. The peak value of the impulse test voltage shall be Ep=650 kV after the
impulse test, the sample shall be subjected at ambient temperature for 15 minutes to a power –
frequency high – voltage test. The value of the test voltage shall be 190 kV for PE or XLPE cable.
No, breakdown of the insulation shall occur.
C – Examination
After the high – voltage test, a specimen about 1m in length, taken from the middle of the piece of
cable that has been tested, shall be dismantled and examined. The metal sheath and protective
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 131
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
coverings over the sheath shall not be seriously damaged.
9.5.4.2.5
No Moisture Propagation Test ( for PE and XLPE Cables Only )
A piece of cable about 10 meters long in the middle of which a default (a hole of 2cm diameter between
the outer sheath and the core) has been prepared is submitted to the following test: The sample is
introduced into a pipe 10 meters long, through suitable watertight joints
The pipe is filled up with water, the temperature of which must not be less than 20 C. The water
pressure is maintained at 3 bar all along the test After 100 hours, there must be no trace of humidity on
the core at a distance greater than 50 cm from the hole.
9.5.4.2.6
Eld Projection Test ( for PE and XLPE Cables Only )
Sample Void and Contaminant Determination and Conductor Shield and Insulation This shall be
prepared as follows: Fifty millimetres of the sample shall be cut helical or in some other convenient
manner to produce thin, cross sectional samples of the insulation and conductor shield. Wafers (or
the turns of the helix) shall be approximately 0. 075 mm thick (producing approximately 60 wafers )
The cutting blade shall be sharp and shall produce a sample with uniform thickness and with very
smooth cut surfaces. The sample shall be kept clean and shall be handled carefully to prevent
scratching the cut surfaces.
2)
The entire specimen shall be viewed transmitted light for general determination of freedom from voids,
contaminants. And translucent materials in the insulation and between the insulation and conductor
shield.
A- A contaminant is any solid or liquid material which is opaque or not homogeneous polyethylene
cross linked polyethylene insulation excluding discoloured. Translucent material of less than
0.5mm in its radial vector projection.
B- The entire area of 20 consecutive wafers (or equivalent turns of the helical sample) shall be
examined with a minimum of 20power magnification. Including any areas which appear suspect
during the above examination by transmitted light.
C- A tabulation of numbers and size shall be made with a minimum of 20 power magnification of : all void 0.025 mm in greatest dimension and larger. In cross linked polyethylene; and all
contaminants 0.025 mm in greatest dimension and larger, in polyethylene and cross linked
polyethylene; and discoloured. Translucent material of more than 0. 025 mm in its radial vector
projection. This tabulation shall be recorded and reported.
D-The largest void and the largest contaminant shall be marked by encircling and must be
subsequently measured on a micrometre microscope.
3
3)
E- The number of voids, contaminants and translucence per 15 cm of insulation shall be calculated
from the tabulation. (The volume of the 20 wafers. Or equivalent turns. May be determined by
3
any convenient method) If the 20 wafers constitute less than 15 cm and if the void or
contaminant count exceeds the allowable number, then a sufficient number of wafers from the
3
same sample shall be examined to total 15 cm of insulation.
The largest void, contaminant and translucent material marked on the sample shall be measured with a
micrometre microscope using animism of 60-power magnification. The largest
Dimension shall be measured only If voids contaminants or translucence exceed the dimensions shown in
Table 2 the sample shall be considered to have failed to meet the test requirements.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 132
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Table 2
Voids mm
Cross inked
polyethylene
25
4)
polyethylene
75
Contaminants, mm
Cross linked
polyethylene
100
Polyethylene
100
The contact area between the insulation and conductor shield or insulation shield on the 20 wafers or
equivalent turns shall also be examined, using a minimum of 20 power magnification. The sample shall
be considered to have failed to meet the test requirements if the contact surface between the conductor
shield or the insulation shield and the insulation has projections or irregularities which extend more than
100 mm from the cylindrical suffice of the conductor shield.
In case of failure of the original sample ( s ),one sample from each of cable of every shipping reel shall
be tested. In case of failure of one or both of the samples, the cable on the shipping reel from which the
sample (s) was taken shall be rejected.
5)
9.6
TESTS ON ACCESSORIES
9.6.1
General
The test specified in clauses 9.6.2 to 9.6.3 inclusive shall be made on the following basis
Number of accessories
Number of Samples
3 to 50
1
51 to 100
2
101 to 150
3
The tests shall be carried out for each particular design of joint or sealing end. Both tests shall be
carried out on the same sample. (According to clauses 9.6.4 and 9.6.5 , the cable length used for
testing shall be a sample of the cable with which the accessories will be associated in the field
installation. The test shall be considered valid both for the cable and the accessories, provided the
cable sample has previously been subjected to the bending test described in Sub-Clause 9.8.1 and
the length of cable between the ends of adjacent accessories is not less than 5 m. These tests on
the assembly consisting of cable and accessories shall be carried out under dry (ambient) conditions
and for oil filled cable, the oil pressure shall be adjusted to the minimum value declared.
9.6.2
Pressure tanks
9.6.2.1
Hydraulic test
A hydraulic pressure, equal to 1. 1 times the operating maximum static pressure of the tank shall be
applied to all tanks before the outer protection has been applied. No leaks shall be visible after the
pressure has been applied for 8 hours.
9.6.2.2
Pressure / Volume test
After the test described in Sub-Clause 9.6.2.1 has been completed. The pressure/volume
characteristic of the tank shall be checked For the purpose of this test, the pressure tank is defined
by a curve having as abscise the pressures in kg/ cm² gauge and as ordinates the volumes of oil
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 133
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
trappable from the tank. Such a curve is valid at a given temperature (for instance
20 ºC) and between two pressure limits (for instance between 0. 3 and 1. 8 kg/ cm ² gauge) the test
shall be carried out as follows:
The tank is filled so that the pressure is at the highest limit. Then, always operating at the given
temperature, measured volumes of oil are successively tapped, and the corresponding pressure
values noted until the lowest pressure limit is reached. The oil volumes so obtained shall not fall
below 90 per cent of the nominal values represented by the D D characteristic curve of the type of
tank being tested.
9.6.3
Alarm Pressure Gauges
The tripping pressures of the electrical contact gauge shall be checked and shall not vary more than
+ 5 per cent from the nominal settings.
9.6.4
Dielectric Security Test (All Kinds of Cable)
The test shall be made as specified in Clause 9.5.4.2.3 No. breakdown in any part of the test
assembly or flashover of the sealing ends shall occur.
9.6.5
Impulse Voltage Test ( All Kinds of Cable)
The test shall be made as specified in Sub – Clause 9.5.4.2.4. B the temperature at the hottest point
of the cable sample being controlled and not that of the accessory. No breakdown in any part of the
test assembly or flashover of the sealing ends shall occur. Arcing horns or rings may be removed for
the test.
9.7
TESTS AFTER INSTALLATION
9.7.1
General
On completion of the contract, the complete installation shall be subjected to electrical tests.
9.7.2
High – Volt Age Test (All Kinds of Cable)
After the system has been brought up to its designed oil pressure, the cable joints and sealing ends
forming a complete circuit, shall be tested with direct current and shall withstand a voltage equal to
310 kV applied between conductor and screen for a period of 15 minutes. Alternatively, the test may
be made with alternating current at a voltage of 135 kV applied for 15 minutes.
9.7.3
Conductor Resistance Test (for information only)
When required by the purchaser, the conductor resistance shall be measured and corrected to 20 C
9.7.4
High Voltage Test of The Protection Covering (all kinds of cable)
After laying the cable and partially back- filling the trench, and before making the junctions, the
protection covering shall be tested with direct current at a voltage of 20 kV between the metallic
screen and the earth for a period of 5 minutes. This test shall be repeated after the fitting up of
accessories. For this purpose, all earth connections of the metallic screen shall be made through
unplayable links fitted in a cabinet. If a failure occurs during these tests, the contractor takes care of
putting the installation in good order, until the tests can be carried out satisfactorily. Later on,
periodic tests of the dielectric strength of the covering will be carried out with direct current at a
voltage of 7kV.
9.8
TESTS CLASSIFICATION – QUALIFICATION – ACCEPTANCE
9.8.1
Tests Classification
The above-described tests are classified as:
- Type tests: tests carried out on prototypes and heads of series. They may be partially or totally
remade from time to time in order to check that the quality of fabrication is maintained.
- Series tests : tests systematically carried out on all lengths manufactured –Acceptance tests :
contract tests witnessed by a representative of the Customer to check the quality of the supplied
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 134
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
equipment
9.8.2
Qualification
9.8.2.1
Qualification Tests
Qualification is obtained when the complete series of verifications and tests of table 7 have been
carried out as type tests, series tests and samples tests the necessary samples being taken from the
same fabricated length of cable. Qualification tests can be carried out, totally or partially, according to
the circumstances, in a laboratory approved by both parties. If some the qualification tests are carried
out at the manufacturers, they shall obligatorily be made in presence of an ETP representative. ETP
can ask, at their own, expense, that these tests which look as type tests be periodically re- made, in
order to make sure that the corresponding prescriptions are still fulfilled.
9.8.2.2
Sanctions
If any one of the qualification tests is not successful, the type of equipment is not accepted for
qualification, or the qualification may be cancelled if it is a repetition of one of the type tests.
9.8.3
Checking During Manufacture
This includes the verification of the components, all checks the manufacturer thinks useful, so as for
each lot of fabrication, all verifications and tests given in table 7 as being systematic.
9.8.4
Acceptance
9.8.4.1
Acceptance Tests
The procedure of acceptance of a lot be shipped includes inspection of completed cables carrying out
of tests given in table 7 as series tests and samples tests. It can also include repetition of some type
tests in the conditions of clause 9.8.2of the present specification.
9.8.4.2
Sanctions
Any lot of material, the tests carried out for the acceptance of which are not satisfactory can be
rejected. However, when the results of tests on samples taken from material to be delivered, are not
satisfactory, it is proceeded to a new inspection of the material in following conditions: all tests are
repeated on a second series of samples the length of which is twice the length of the previous ones.
The second series of samples is taken from other fabricated lengths of cable. If the results obtained
on the second series of samples are satisfactory the lot of cable is accepted, except the lengths of
cable which did not give good results in the previous tests. If it is not so, the whole lot of cable is
rejected. The manufacturer has free disposal of rejected lengths, but he engages himself not to deliver
them to any department of the ETP.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 135
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SPECIFICATION FOR FIBER OPTIC CABLE AND TELECOMMUNICATION
9.9
GENERAL
This Specification provides for the survey and verification of existing systems and equipment
parameters, manufacture, testing in factory, supply, delivery, off-loading on site, erection, testing on
site, training of Employer’s staff (in the use and maintenance of), commissioning, setting to work and
the remedying of all defects during the Defect Notification Period of the equipment detailed herein.
It shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to determine the parameters of the existing systems and
equipment owned by the Employer and to ensure that new equipment supplied by the Contractor is
fully compatible with such existing systems and equipment. It shall be the responsibility of the
Contractor, assisted by the Employer, to demonstrate by means of tests at site that the Employer
existing equipment and any supplied by the Contractor perform satisfactorily together, subject to the
provision that any fault or failure of existing equipment shall be the responsibility of the Employer. It
shall be the responsibility of the Contractor to furnish equipment, which shall meet in all respects the
performance specified under the prevailing site conditions.
This Specification shall be read in conjunction with standard specifications for substations and or
power stations available from Employer. Except where specified herein to the contrary or where the
context indicates otherwise, the requirements of such specifications shall apply to this Scope of Work
as if specified herein.
The Contractor shall agree with the Employer any specific operating parameters that need
to align with the Employer’s existing equipment and networks. All the costs related to the coordination
with existing systems and updating of Substation automation systems to incorporate the new addition,
is deemed to be inclusive in the cable prices unless otherwise specified separately.
9.10
PDH/SDH (STM-1) OPTICAL FIBRE EQUIPMENT
9.10.1 General Requirements
The digital multiplex equipment shall be universal, software-controlled, and provide various interface
cards to connect tributary interfaces signals such as voice, teleprotection and data to aggregate
interfaces. On aggregate level 2Mbit/s electrical and 8Mbit/s optical interfaces complying with ITU-T
recommendations G. 703 / G. 704 and 2Mbit/s HDSL interfaces shall be available. In addition, optical
STM-1 aggregate interfaces on 155Mbit/s shall be available. All modules shall form an integrated part
of a 19” shelf. The multiplexer shall provide means to drop and insert individual 64 kbit/s signals and
allocate them to determined time slots in the 2Mbit/s streams. Path protection on 64 kbit/s and 2Mbit/s
shall be supported.
It shall be suitable for operation in a substation with harsh environment as is found in Iraq and with
high electromagnetic interference, be highly reliable and provide secure communication for real time
signals such as voice, SCADA, teleprotection and status/control signals. The equipment offered shall
already be working successfully in telecommunication networks operated by power utilities. It shall
comply with the latest ITU-T standards and be able to be interconnected with telecommunication
equipment. Any equipment in the network shall be manageable from a control centre and there shall
be means to supervise external/existing equipment as well. As a minimum, modules for the following
user signals shall be available as plug-in units for the digital multiplexer:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Analogue subscriber interface: subscriber and exchange side
4-wire E&M voice interface
G. 703, 64kbit/s data Interface
X. 24/V. 11 (RS-422), N x 64kbit/s data interface
V. 24/V. 28 (RS-232), data interface
V. 35, N x 64kbit/s data interface
Data interface V. 36 (RS-449), N x 64kbit/s data interface (V. 10)
Alarm collection interface
Teleprotection command interface.
Optical protection relay interface
Binary signal (status and control) interface
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 136
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
•
•
•
2Mbit/s electrical interface for unframed signals acc. To ITU-T G. 703 and framed signals acc.
to G. 703 and G. 704.
LAN interface 10BaseT Ethernet
ISDN U interface
Additionally, the equipment shall provide the following aggregate interfaces:
•
STM-1 (155 Mbit/s) optical 1+1 interface for medium and long distances, with automatic laser
shut down.
•
STM-1 (155 Mbit/s) optical add-drop interface for medium and long distances, with automatic
laser shut down
•
STM-1 (155 Mbit/s) electrical interface
•
34/45 electrical interface
•
8 Mbit/s optical interface
•
Mbit/s HDSL interface
The equipment shall be equipped with a ringing generator for analogue subscriber interfaces.
9.10.2 General Conditions
The same equipment shall be used as a terminal, for through connections (transit, repeater) and as
add-drop multiplexer (ADM) with integrated optical line modules. First order multiplexing (2048 Mbit/s),
second order multiplexing (8448 Mbit/s) and STM-1 multiplexer shall be integrated.
Conference for voice channels and point-multipoint function for data signals shall be possible. The
equipment shall be of fully modular design , based on a single 19” shelf.
9.10.2.1 Channel Capacity: Digital Cross Connection
functions. The cross connect capacity should be in the form n x2Mbit/s and should be stated by the
bidder and non-blocking.
For high-density applications the cross connect capacity shall be
upgradeable up to 128x 2Mbit/s.
It shall cross-connect 64kBit/s as well as 2Mbit/s (G. 703 unframed and G. 704 framed) and VC12 The
bidder should state cross connect capacity for high density application..
9.10.2.2 Redundant Centralized Functions
The equipment shall be equipped with redundant circuits for all centralized functions.
9.10.2.3 Power Supply
The multiplex equipment shall operate at 48VDC +/- 15%.
Redundant power-supply shall be supported.
In addition it shall also be possible to use a redundant power source (Dual power feeder).
9.10.2.4 ITU Compliance
The Equipment shall comply to the latest ITU-T recommendations for the Plesiochronous
and synchronous hierarchies, such as:
G. 702-704, G. 706, G. 711-714, G. 732, G. 735-737, G. 742, G. 826, G. 823, Q. 552
9.10.2.5 Electromagnetic Compatibility and Safety Regulations
The equipment shall comply with the EN50022, EN 61000 series of documents, IEC 801-2, IEC 801-6
and shall be conformant with CE..
9.10.2.6 Ambient Conditions
Storage and transport: -40. +70°C; 98% (no condensation) Operation: -5... +50 °C, humidity of max.
95% (no condensation)
9.10.2.7 Mechanical Construction
The equipment shall be of robust design . All tributary and aggregate units shall be integrated in the
same shelf. All connectors shall be accessible from the front.
9.10.2.8 Network Configuration/Management System
The equipment shall be software programmable, either by a local craft access terminal – preferably
notebook – or a centralized Network Management System (NMS). Traffic through the multiplexer shall
under no circumstances depend on the Network Management System; i. e. the multiplexer has to
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 137
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
operate without being connected to any management system. The Network Management System
shall be used to supervise the PDH and SDH.
9.10.2.9 1+1 Path Protection
The equipment shall provide means to protect 64 kBit/s channels. The protection shall be end to end
from one interface (telephone or data) to the other. It shall switch automatically from the main channel
to the standby channel. It shall be configurable whether the system switches back to the main channel
(reversible switching) or not (non-reversible). If a path has switched to its standby route because the
main route is disturbed this shall be indicated with an alarm. The switching shall be done within the
multiplexer without using the Network Management System.
9.10.2.10 1+1 Section protection
The equipment shall provide means to protect 8 Mbit/s and 155 Mbit/s connections. It shall be
possible to use two independent links: one as the main and the other as the standby. The system shall
automatically switch to the standby connection and generate an alarm if the main connection is
disturbed. The switching shall be done within the multiplexer without using the Network Management
System.
9.10.2.11 Network Topology
It shall be possible to build point to point, linear, ring, T, and meshed networks.
9.10.2.12 Synchronization
The equipment shall be synchronisable with an external clock, with connected 2048 Mbit/s signals and/
or with internal oscillator. The synchronization shall be configurable and it shall be possible to
distribute the synchronization to other equipment as well. The system shall have means to switch to
select the synchronization source as well as means to prevent the system from switching
synchronization loops. The equipment shall be capable select the synchronization source by means of
the SSM (Synchronization Status Messaging) feature according to ITU-T G. 704 or priority based.
9.10.2.13 Alarms
Each module shall supervise its functions and shall have an alarm-indication LED on its front. All
alarms shall be collected by the NMS. Each node shall be capable to collect up to 50 external alarms..
9.10.2.14 Test Loops
The equipment shall provide means to loop signals on 64kBit/s level as well as on 2Mbit/s level. It
shall indicate an alarm if a loop is activated. It shall have the possibility to determine the time after
which an activated loop is switched back.
9.10.2.15 Maintenance Facilities
Every Network Element shall have a built-in Signal Generator and Analyzer to 138 lumini
communication paths. It must be possible to cross connect the Generator and Analyzer to
transmission channels and terminate the signal in other Network Elements. The configuration must be
possible locally with the craft access terminal and remotely with the NMS or the craft access terminal.
It must be possible to loop-back signals locally and remotely using the craft access terminal or the
NMS.
9.10.3 Requirements for Transport Level
9.10.3.1 SDH Aggregate Units
The interface shall be designed for use on single mode non-zero dispersion shifted fiber (NZ-DSF)
according to ITU-T G655 (at 1310nm, 1550nm and 1625nm). The Bidder should state the type of
optical connectors.
The following main functions shall be supported:
Termination of the OS-, RS-, MS- and VC-4 layer
Extraction and insertion of the SOH communications information
Through connections of VC-12 and VC-3
The following maintenance functions shall be supported :
Status indications
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 138
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Loops
Restart after ALS
TTI monitoring
BIP Error Insertion
The following SDH interfaces shall be available :
STM-1 (155Mbit/s) optical 1-port interface
STM-1 (155Mbit/s) optical 2-port interface
This interface shall provide Multiples Section Protection (MSP) :
1+1 Section Protection
STM-1 (155Mbit/s) electrical 1-port interface
9.10.3.2 HDSL Trunk Units
2Mbit/s HDSL interface The HDSL interface shall provide means to interconnect the multiplexer over
two pairs of copper wire up to a distance to be stated by the bidder and the type of modulations should
be mentioned. It shall communicate either with another interface of the same type or with a remote
desktop terminal.
9.10.4 2 Mbit/s HDSL Desktop Terminal
This Terminal shall provide a HDSL interface to transmit 2Mbit/s over two pairs of copper over a
distance up to 12 km. It shall be housed in a metallic indoor case. The following interfaces shall be
available:
• G. 703, 2Mbit/s, 75 ohm
• G. 703, 2Mbit/s, 120 ohm
• X. 21/V11, N x 64kBit/s (N = 1.. 32)
• V. 35, N x 64kBit/s (N = 1.. 32)
• V. 36 / RS449, N x 64kBit/s (N = 1.. 32)
• LAN connection:
10BaseT Ethernet connection for e. g. router supporting
LAN protocols: IP, IPX; Routing Protocols: RIP; W AN protocols: HDLC, PPP, Frame Relay (including
RFC 1490). It shall inter-operate with Cisco, W ellfleet, 3Com etc. and be manageable locally,
remotely, and with Telnet and SNMP. Two such Desktop Terminals shall be connectable to provide a
2Mbit/s link over two pairs of copper.
9.10.4.1 HDSL Repeater
An HDSL repeater solution for distances longer than 12km shall be offered including a remote
powering solution.
9.10.4.2 HDSL Line Protection
The HDSL equipment shall (where necessary) be protected against influences of induced voltages up
to 10 kV.
9.10.5 Arm Units
9.10.5.1 Wire Interface (VF interface)
This interface shall provide multi voice channels with a bandwidth of 300 Hz... 3. 4 kHz and 2 signalling
channels (M => E, M‟ => E‟) per voice channel. Each interface shall be configurable to operate with or
without CAS.
The bist which will be used with CAS should be stated according to ITU
recommendation. The level shall be software adjustable Modules where each interface can be
individually configured with 1+1 path protection shall be available.
9.10.5.2 Analogue Subscriber Interface
The number of interface should be stated by the bidder. High-density subscribers can be provided
with number of subscriber to be stated by the bidder. The ringing generator shall be integrated in the
subscriber module interface. The ringer frequency shall be adjustable for 20Hz, 25Hz, and 50Hz.
The following main functions shall are supported:
Downstream signalling
Ringing
Metering
Polarity reversal
Reduced battery
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 139
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
No battery Upstream signalling
On/off-hook
Pulse and DTMF dialling
Flash impulse
Earth key General:
Constant current line feeding
Line test
Permanent line checks
CLIP (On-hook VF transmission)
Metering after on-hook
9.10.5.3 Exchange Interface
This interface shall provide many interfaces to connect remotely connected analogue subscribers to an
exchange. The number of interfaces should be specified by the bidder It shall provide the following
functions:
pulse dialling
tone dialling (DTMF)
earth key function
metering function(12 kHz or 16 kHz).
Flash impulse
polarity reversal indication of busy lines The following parameters shall be configurable by
software:
input voice level -5 to +4 dB
output voice level -7. 5 to -1 dB r metering pulse enable/disable signalling bit definition loop back of
voice to the telephone
9.10.5.4 Party Line Telephone System (Engineering Order Wire)
An engineering order wire (EOW ) facility shall be provided at each multiplexer. The EOW shall be
configured as a party line and use in band DTMF signalling to call another EOW – Terminal.
The Terminal shall have an integrated DTMF decoder allowing to program a subscriber call number
(….. digits), and ….. group call numbers (….. digits each). The EOW functionality can also be
realized by using Voice over IP (VoIP) routed over the management channel.
9.10.5.5 V. 24/V. 28 RS232 Interface
It shall support the following bit rates:
0 to 0. 3 kbit/s transp. (V. 110)
g) 6 to 38. 4kbit/s synchronous / asynchronous (V. 110).
Modules where each interface can be individually configured with 1+1 path protection shall be
provided.
9.10.5.6 V. 11/X. 24 Interface
This interface shall comply to the ITU-T X. 24 recommendation for signal definition and to
V. 11 for electrical characteristics.
It shall support the following bit rates:
48, 56, N x 64 kbit/s (N = 1 to 30) synchronous
h) 6 to 38. 4kbit/s synchronous / asynchronous (X. 30)
Modules where each interface can be individually configured with 1+1 path protection shall be
provided.
9.10.5.7 V. 35 Interface
This interface shall comply with the ITU-T V. 35 and V. 110 recommendations.
It shall support the following bit rates:
48, 56, N x 64kbit/s (N = 1 to 30) synchronous
i) 6 to 38. 4kbit/s synchronous / asynchronous
Modules where each interface can be individually configured with 1+1 path protection shall be
provided.
9.10.5.8 V. 36 / RS 449 Interface
This interface shall comply with the ITU-T V. 36 and V. 110 recommendations.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 140
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
It shall support the following bit rates:
48, 56, N x 64kbit/s (N = 1 to 30) synchronous
j) 6 to 38. 4kbit/s synchronous / asynchronous
Modules where each interface can be individually configured with 1+1 path protection shall be
provided.
9.10.5.9 64 kbit/s Co-directional Interface
This interface shall comply with the ITU-T G. 703 part 1. 2. 1 for co-directional data transfer. A module
shall have at least 8 interfaces.
Modules where each interface can be individually configured with 1+1 path protection shall be
provided.
9.10.5.10 LAN Interface
There shall be a 10BaseT interface available with Router Bridge and FRAD Function
available. The following specification shall be covered:
Ethernet connection: 10BaseT
LAN protocols: IP, IPX
Routing Protocols: static IP route, OSPF2 V2
WAN protocols: PPP, Frame Relay (including RFC 1490)
The interface shall be manageable locally, remotely, with the management system of the platform.
The LAN interface shall support linear-, ring- and star-configurations.
The WAN side shall support link capacities n*64kBit/s and 2Mbit/s.
9.10.5.11 Alarm Interface
This interface shall provide means to collect various alarms, which will be displayed, on the Network
Management System. It shall be used to manage non-PDH equipment with the
PDH Network Management System. It shall have at least 24 binary inputs and at least 4 outputs,
which can be switched by the Network Management System.
It shall be possible to connect an input to an output so that if an alarm occurs, the output contact will be
switched. It shall be possible to label an alarm. The label-text shall be read from the interface module
so that it can be indicated on the Network Management System as well as on the local craft terminal.
9.10.5.12 Tele protection Interface
This interface shall provide a means to transmit four bi-directional command channels. The signals
shall be adjustable from 24 to 250Vdc by means of software. All inputs and outputs shall be isolated
and with EMC immunity for harsh environment. Security, Dependability and Transmission speed shall
be selectable and programmable. It shall be able to drop and insert commands, transfer commands as
a transit station and to have AND- and OR-connections between commands. The interface shall
support T-nodes.
The teleprotection interface shall provide an integrated non-volatile event-recorder which shall be
synchronisable either internally or by GPS or a command counter which counts trip commands.
The teleprotection interface shall provide means for signal delay measurement.
1+1 protection must be available; the switching shall be done within less than 10ms. (possible time to
be stated by the bidder)
The interface shall do automatic loop test as frequently as possible. Under no circumstances shall the
interface cause trip-commands in case of power supply failure or when put in or out of service.
It shall be possible to synchronise all teleprotection interfaces with one GPS in one station.
The GPS time shall be distributed over the teleprotection channel.
9.10.5.13 Optical Protection Relays Interface
This interface shall have an optical port to connect protection relays for teleprotection to the
multiplexer. It shall operate according IEC 60870-5-1, format class FT 1. 2 on 1300nm using MCMI
line coding.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 141
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.10.5.14 Binary Contact Interface
This interface shall provide means to transmit binary signals.
The inputs and outputs shall be isolated.
The inputs shall be suitable for 24Vdc to 60Vdc.
Outputs shall be solid state relays.
The interface shall provide a 24Vdc short circuit proofed auxiliary power supply. It shall be able to drop
and insert commands, transfer commands as a transit station and to have AND- and OR-connections
between commands, .
The Teleprotection interface shall provide an integrated event recorder, which shall be synchronisable
either internally or by GPS.
9.10.5.15 2 Mbit/s G. 703 / G. 704 Interface
This interface shall comply with the ITU-T G. 703 and G. 704 recommendations.
The interface module shall have at least four interfaces to be activated individually. It shall be possible
to have 128 interface modules per multiplexer. In order to connect different equipment, the interfaces
shall be available with the impedance of 120 ohms and 75 ohms.
The interface shall support CRC-4 multi-frame according to ITU-T G. 704 (enabled and
disabled by software).
The CAS signalling according to ITU-T G. 704 table 9 shall be activated optionally.
The interface shall be able to extract the 2.048 MHz clock, which can be used to synchronize the
multiplex equipment.
The interface module shall support 2Mbit/s loop-back of the incoming signal as well as the
loop-back of the internal signals.
9.10.5.16 ISDN U Interface
There shall be ISDN U interfaces available for subscriber and exchange side. The interface shall be
based on 2B1Q code and provide 8 ISDN U lines.
9.10.6 Optical Amplifier
In case of long distance communication, which cannot be covered by standard a optical interface, an
optical amplifier shall be applied.
9.10.7 Summary of Standards
The Equipment shall comply with the latest ITU-T recommendations for the Plesiochronous and
synchronous hierarchies.
The equipment shall be KEMA type tested.
In particular the mentioned recommendations shall be covered:
9.10.7.1 PDH Interfaces
The PDH interfaces shall conform to the following recommendations:
ITU
-
ITU-T G. 702: General aspects of digital transmission systems – Terminal equipment – Digital
hierarchy bit rates
-
ITU-T G. 703: Digital transmission systems – Terminal equipment – General Physical/electrical
characteristics of hierarchical digital interfaces
-
ITU-T G. 704: Digital transmission systems – Terminal equipment – General Synchronous frame
structures used at 1544, 6312, 2048, 8448 and 44 736 kbit/s hierarchical levels
-
ITU-T G. 706: General aspects of digital transmission systems – Terminal equipment – Frame
alignment and cyclic redundancy check (CRC) procedures relating to basic frame structures
defined in recommendation G. 704
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 142
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
-
ITU-T G. 711: Pulse code modulation (PCM) of voice frequencies
-
ITU-T G. 712: Transmission performance characteristics of pulse code modulation channels
-
ITU-T G. 732: General aspects of digital transmission systems – Terminal equipment –
Characteristics of primary PCM multiplex equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s
-
ITU-T G. 735: Characteristics of primary multiplex equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s and offering
synchronous digital access at 384 kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
-
ITU-T G. 736: General aspects of digital transmission – Characteristics of a synchronous digital
multiplex equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s.
-
ITU-T G. 737: Characteristics of external access equipment operating at 2048 kbit/s and offering
synchronous digital access at 384 kbit/s and/or 64 kbit/s
-
ITU-T G. 823: The control of jitter and wander within digital networks, which are based on the 2048
kbit/s hierarchy
-
ITU-T G. 826: Error performance parameters and objectives for international, constant bit rate
digital paths at or above the primary rate.
9.10.7.2 Architecture of Optical SDH interfaces
The architecture of optical SDH interfaces shall conform to the following recommendations:
ETS/EN
-
ETS 300 147: Synchronous digital hierarchy multiplexing structure
-
ETS 300 7: Transmission and Multiplexing €; Generic requirements of transport functionality of
equipment
-
ETS 300 7-1-1 / EN 300 7-1-1 V1. 1. 2: Generic Processes and Performance
-
ETS 300 7-2-1 / EN 300 7-2-1 V1. 1. 2: SDH and PDH Physical Section Layer Functions
-
ETS 300
Functions
-
ETS 300 7-4-1 / EN 300 7-4-1 V1. 1. 2 : SDH Path Layer Functions
7-3-1 / EN 300
7-3-1 V1. 1. 2 : STM-N Regenerator & Multiplex Section Layer
ITU
- ITU-T G. 707: Network node interface for the synchronous digital hierarchy
-
ITU-T G. 783: Characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH): equipment functional blocks
-
ITU-T G. 803: Architecture of transport networks based on the synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH)
-
ITU-T G. 805: Generic functional architecture of transport networks
-
ITU-T G. 826: Error performance parameters and objectives for international, constant bit rate
digital paths at or above the primary rate
-
ITU-T G. 8 : Types and characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) network protection
architectures
-
ITU-T G. 957: Optical interfaces for equipment and systems relating to the synchronous digital
hierarchy
-
ITU-T M. 2101. 1: Performance limits for bringing into service and maintenance of international
SDH paths and multiplex section
-
ITU-T T. 50: International Reference Alphabet (IRA) – Information technology 7 bit coded character
set for information interchange
9.10.7.3 Synchronization and Timing of Optical SDH Interfaces
The synchronization and timing of optical SDH interfaces shall conform to the following
recommendations:
ETS/EN
- ETS 300 7-6-1 / EN 300 7-6-1 V1. 1. 2: Synchronisation Layer Functions
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 143
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
-
ETS 300 462-1 / EN 300 462-1-1 V1. 1. 1: Transmission and Multiplexing €; Generic requirements
for synchronization networks; Part 1: Definitions and terminology for synchronization
networks
- EN 300 462-4-1 V1. 1. 1: Transmission and Multiplexing €; Generic requirements for
synchronization networks; Part 4-1: Timing characteristics of slave clocks suitable for
synchronization supply to Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) and Plesiochronuous Digital
Hierarchy (PDH) equipment
- ETS 300 462-5 / EN 300 462-5-1 V1. 1. 2: Transmission and Multiplexing €; Generic requirements
for synchronization networks; Part 5: Timing characteristics of slave clocks suitable for operation in
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy (SDH) equipment
ITU
- -ITU-T G. 813: Timing characteristics of synchronous digital hierarchy (SDH) equipment slave
clocks (SEC)
9.10.8 Synchronization Equipment
A master clock for the synchronization of the SDH equipment shall be provided. This shall be a Type
XL-DC or similar. The supplier should be True Time or similar.
9.10.9 Test Equipment
The following test equipment shall be provided:
9.10.9.1 Optical Power Meter
Optical Power Meter for 1300 nm and 1550 nm, handheld: OLP-6 or similar Suppliers: Acterna or
similar
9.10.9.2 Digital Communication Analyzer
Digital Communication Analyzer: for signal analysis on 64kbit/s and 2Mbit/s level Suppliers: Acterna or
similar
9.10.9.3 Optical Time Domain Reflectometer OTDR
Optical Time Domain Reflectometer Suppliers : Anritsu, Fujicura or similar
9.10.9.4 Test Equipment for Telprotection Module
Test equipment for Telprotection Module: Test set or similar Suppliers: Teleprotection module producer or
similar
9.10.10
ADM
Abbreviations
Add-drop multiplexed
ALS
Automatic Laser Shutdown
BIP
Bit Interleaved Parity
CAS
Channel Associated Signalling
CAP
Carrier-less Amplitude and Phase
CRC
Cyclic Redundancy Check
DTMF
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency
EN
European Norm
EOW
Engineering Order W ire
ETS
European Telecommunications Standards
GPS
Global
HDSL
High Density Subscriber Line
IEC
International Electrical Commission
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 144
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
ITU
International Telecommunication Union.
IP
Internet Protocol
ISDN
Integrated Services Digital Network
MCMI
Multi Coded Mark Inversion
MS
Multiplex Section
NE
Network Element
NMS
Network Management System
LAN
Local Area Network
OS
Optical Section
OSPF
Open Shortest Path First
PDH
Plesiochronuous Digital Hierarchy
PPP
Point-to-Point Protocol
RS
Regenerator Section
SDH
Synchronous Digital Hierarchy
SNMP
Simple Network Management Protocol
SOH
Section Overhead
STM
Synchronous Transport Module
TCP
Transmission Control Protocol
TTI
Trail Trace Identifier
VC
Virtual Container
VF
Voice Frequency.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 145
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.11
UNDERGROUND OPTICAL FIBER CABLE SPCIFICATIONS
9.11.1 Specifications
This Specification defines the requirements for the design, manufacture, supply of fiber optic
underground fiber optic cables. (installation if required ).
9.11.1.1 Scope of work
The Contractor shall include design, manufacture, supply, including all the necessary fittings and
optical joint enclosures, optical terminal boxes, splicing, and installation materials to complete the
system. Details as below:
A.
1.
The optical fibres shall be of single mode type and shall conform to IEC 60793-2-50-B4, IEC 60794
and ITU-T recommendation G. 655 with transmission of information at all ITU-T recommended
rates for PDH and SDH systems.
2.
The fibre shall have triple operative windows, at 1310 nm, 1550 nm and 1625 nm wavelength.
3.
Minimum of 24 fibre cores.
4.
Optical fiber cable with loose tube construction.
Under all conditions, prior to and after installation, the maximum optical attenuation shall be:
At 1450 nm ≤ 0. 24 dB/km
1550 nm ≤ 0. 20 dB/km
1625 nm ≤ 0. 22 dB/km
Each individual fibre shall be colour coded for identification purposes, with details of the colour coding
scheme adopted being provided in the Bid.
The fibre cables shall be able to withstand temperature cycling in the range -20°C to +80°C without
changing the optical values during laying, installation, stocking and transportation.
B.
C.
Optical fibre approach cable with associated hardware suitable for direct burial.
Distribution patch panel for rack mounting, including patch cord for connecting OFAC to the optical line
terminal equipment (OLTE).
The contractor shall provide Full details of the fibre optic cables, including:
1.
Cable construction and materials, including the Mechanical Failure Load (MFL), Rated Tensile
Strength (RTS) and Specified Maximum Working Tension (SMWT).
2. Installation methods and materials.
3. Jointing methods, materials and mounting arrangements.
4. Physical protection against the ingress and transmission of moisture.
5. Identification marking and fibre coding.
D. (if required) The Contractor shall ensure supervision by staff from the manufacturer, during
Installation of fibre optical cable and guidance at site to the contractor’s and Employer’s Engineer, and
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 146
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
for the testing, commissioning and successfully putting into Operation of the fibre optical cable system in
totality.
E. Distribution patch panels used for termination of the OFAC and connection to the OLTE
shall be Located in the existing telecom room.
F. Terminal equipment in each substation chosen as a node in an SDH network based on STM-1 or
higher.
G. Necessary erection material for the equipment in the substation tools and Maintenance equipment for
test and commission.
H. Training for the customer staff should be realized in numbers as shown in table and to comply with the
different specification required i. e. Training for Installation, splicing, using OTDRs and chromatic
dispersion measurements, training for maintenance equipment. Training should be made in the
manufacturing country.
Witnessing of all the optical fibre cable and equipment Testing by customer staff should be made before
shipment.
9.11.1.2 Underground Fibre Optic Cable
Underground fibre optic cable shall be installed to provide a fibre optic link between the substations
as fibre optic cable link.
The cable is to be duct type with 24 fibres according to ITU-T G 655,
The cable is to have fibre reinforced plastic strength member, loose tubes filled with thixotropic jelly,
PE fillers, glass or aramid yarn, peripheral strength member, petroleum jelly, polyester tape core
wrapping, polyethylene overall sheathed. The cable
life is to no less than 25 years. The
mechanical specification is to be according to:
design
- Tensile performance under load is to be according to ITU-L. 14.
- Operating temperature : -20 to 80 º C.
- Crush Resistance >2 kN/10 cm.
- Pulling resistance >2 kN.
- Impact resistance at MPT: 12 Newton meter.
- Minimum bending radius during installation: 15 times cable diameter.
- Minimum bending radius at zero tension: 10 tomes cable diameter
- Longitudinal water blocking (L-test): 1 m water deep for 3 m cable length for 24 hours.
- Packing length : 4 – 5 km.
The fibres of these cables are to be terminated in the communication room to rack mounted patch
panels of size 144 for 132kV S/Ss and 288 for 400 kV substations, the extra size is for future
expansion.
Armouring shall be used for all direct buried cables or for cables requiring rodent protection. This
shall comprise at least one layer of galvanized steel tape 0. 2 mm thick or steel laminated sheath
applied directly to the cable core. All armouring shall be protected from corrosion and damage by a
polyethylene sheath.
9.11.1.3 Optical Fibbers:
-
Total number of fibers : 24
The fibre type is to be according ITU-T G 655, non-return to zero-dispersion shifted fibre NZ-DSF and
according to IEC 60793-2-50. B4 The project is to conform to the following items in G. 655 :
•
•
•
Attenuation with detailed total attenuation due to fiber attenuation, splice loss and connector loss.
Chromatic dispersion equation at different wavelength with reference to 1550 nm dispersion.
Differential Group Delay (DGD) with reference to IEC. T R 61282-3.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 147
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.11.1.3.1 Attenuation: At
1450 nm ≤ 0. 24 dB/km
1550 nm ≤ 0. 20 dB/km
1625 nm ≤ 0. 22 dB/km
9.11.1.3.2 Chromatic Dispersion
At 1530-1565 nm : 2. 0 – 4. 0 ps/nm. km.
To be according to A of G. 655 recommendation.
9.11.1.3.3 Polarization Mode Dispersion:
To be according to IEC 60794-3 and shall have a maximum value of ≤ 0. 05 ps/√km
9.11.1.3.4 Induced Attenuation:
For temperature between -60 ºC to + 80 ºC ≤ 0. 05 dB/Km at 1550 and 1625 nm.
9.11.1.3.5 Coating Diameter: 250 ± 15 µm.
9.11.1.3.6 Fibre carrying tube
The fibres are to be inserted in loose buffer tubes filled with nonconductive homogenous gel which is to be
stable even at 180 ºC at short circuit current or lighting.
9.11.1.3.7 Measurements:
Measurements of the fibre characteristics are to be according to IEC 60793-2-B4 which
is applicable to NZ-DSF and to IEC-60793-1 with all characteristics are to be according
to the parameters indicated in this standard and as follows:
1-20- Measurement fibre geometry.
1-21- Measurement of coating geometry.
1-22- Length measurement.
1-30- Fibre proof test.
1-31- Tensile strength test.
1-32- Coating strip ability.
1-33- Stress corrosion susceptibility.
1-34- Fibre curl.
1-40- Fibre attenuation.
1- Fibre bandwidth.
1-42/2007- Chromatic dispersion.
1-43/2001- Numerical aperture.
1-44/2001- Cut-off wavelength.
1-45/2002- Mode field diameter.
1-46/2001-Monitoring of changes in optical transmittance.
1-47/2009- Micro-bending loss.
1-48/2007- Polarization mode dispersion.
1-49/2003- Differential mode delay.
1-50/2001- Damp heat (steady state).
1-51/2001- Dry heat.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 148
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
1-52/2001- Change of temperature.
1-53/2001- Water immersion.
1-54/2003- Gamma irradiation.
9.11.1.4 Compliance with Standards
Underground Fibre Optic Cable manufacturing according to IEC60793/60794 & ITU-TG655, Other
standard may also be acceptable provided that they recommend equal or higher standard
Manufacturers shall give in their bids the copies of the standards and recommendations according to
which they will manufacture & install their goods.
The optical fibre cable shall be manufactured, tested and commissioned in accordance with a quality
assurance and quality control system in conformity with ISO certificates.
9.11.1.5 Technical Characteristics and Diagrams
The bidders shall give the following information in their bids, in addition to the information shown on
the enclosed “ List of Guaranteed technical characteristics “ in metric system units.
a) Ultimate tensile strength and the method of determination.
b) Description, dimensions, drawings and weights of drums.
9.11.1.6 The ducts:
The ducts are to be Pliable Conduit tubes with outer diameter of 40 mm and of 3. 5 mm wall
thickness tested in accordance with EN 61386-1:2008 and EN 61386-24:2010:
- Inner diameter : 33 mm.
- The coefficient of friction of the inner surface is to be less than 0. 1
- Maximum installation tension > 3. 7kN
- Compression. The product shall show no more that 15% deflection when subjected to a load no
greater than 1700 Newton’s in accordance with EN 61386-1:2008
- Impact. The product shall withstand (no cracks or fractures) when subjected to a 15 Joule impac
– 5 degrees centigrade in accordance with EN 61386-1:2008.
- Tensile Strength. The product shall withstand a tensile load of 4. 5kN for which the elongation
shall be no greater than 5% in accordance with EN 61386-1:2008 –W hen using air pressure to
blow in the cable during installation, the duct shall withstand a blow pressure no greater than
1500Kpa (15Bar
- Length on a drum: 1750 m.
- Accessories to be delivered with these HDPE ducts are:
- Joints with no cable inserted
- Sealing plugs with cable inserted
- Sealing plugs with no cable inserted
- Maintenance joints with cable inserted.
9.11.1.7 Compressor Machines:
These machines are to self-powered by a diesel generator and to include the followings: - Heavy duty
air compressor tractor for cable placement within a range of 30 cubic meter per minute of air
compression.
-
Cable tractor self-loading by use of hydraulic lift system with a capacity of 1. 5 MT to carry the
cable drums.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 149
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
-
Coupler assembly vise for alignment of the conduit ends.
-
Conduit conformance kit for testing the integrity of conduit sections, verify conduit air pressure
which includes threaded adaptors, pressure gauges and hose clamps. We advise the
contractor to have a look at Air-Trak Company products or any other similar company products.
9.11.1.8 Patch Panels
All substations are to be equipped with optical fibre patch panels, rack mounted, dust proof type. The
type of connectors could be type LC. The connectors shall meet the following performance
requirements which shall be repeatable up to 500 times.
- Insertion Loss no greater than 0. 2dB
- Return loss greater than 50dB
For of 132kV substations, the size of the patch panels are to be of 144 fibre size and for 400kV
substations are to be of 288 fibre size to take into account future expansions.
9.11.1.9 Test and splicing machine Equipment:
The test equipment to be supplied with OPGW and accessories are:
9.11.1.9.1 Splicing Machine:
The splicing machines require are to be suitable for NZ-DSF fibres with automatic
Alignment. The average loss of a splice at 1550 nm shall be less or equal to 0. 04 dB.
It shall be supplied with following accessories:
Built in heat shrink oven, high precision fibre cleaver, 250 µm fibre holder, jacket remover,
Hard transit case, built in battery charger, built in AC adaptor, power cords, spare
Electrodes, cleaning tools, fibre protection sleeves.
9.11.1.9.2 OTDR:
It shall work on three wavelengths, 1310, 1550, 1625 nm with optical power output of 43, 45, 43 dBm
respectively, with dynamic range of 250 km and 1 m resolution. It shall have the following facilities:
splice loss report, passive optical network (PON) mode with ability to classify 1X32 splitter. Pulse
width can be chosen from 20, 50, 100, 200, 500, 1000, 2000, 5000, 10000 ns. Dead zone according
to back-scattering of 8/6/6 m and according to Fresnel zone of 4/3/3 m of above wavelengths
respectively.
9.11.1.9.3 Light or Laser Source:
Handheld laser source for quick measurement. To work at 1550 nm, with optical power of 1 dBm with
built in battery, that can be connected to optical fibre NZ-DSF connector type LC or any one of the four
types mentioned above.
9.11.1.9.4 Optical Power Meter:
To work at 1550 nm wavelength, can store the information in a built in memory of 4 MB, can be
accessed through RJ-45 by a computer, with built in battery. Anritsu CMA50 or equivalent would meet
our requirements.
9.11.1.9.5 Chromatic Dispersion
The type method to be used is to be one of the following three:
• Fibre Brag Grating (FBG).
• Virtual Image Phased Array (VIPA).
• Gires-Tournois Etalon (GTE).
It is left to the contractor to choose one of the three methods above based on technical reasons which
must be given.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 150
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.11.1.9.6 Tool Kit:
Fujikit-03 of Fujikura or equivalent.
9.11.1.10 TESTS
The standard to be used in tests and inspection shall be the same as the ones used in manufacturing
process by the manufacturer who must inform ETP about which standards he would use before the
order become effective.
k) Test Classification
Required tests include type tests, Sample test and Routine tests, as defined in subsequent
paragraphs.
B.
Test Methods
The supplier shall conform to international standards and methods for the tests which are not
described in this specification
C.
Factory Acceptance Tests
This test is to be done by Moe engineers who have been trained in the OPGW manufacturing Project
given all facilities to conduct these tests.
These test are :
2. Type Test for Optical Fibre
Attenuation test according to IEC 60793-C1 and IEC 60793-C2 (Temperature, wavelength
and bending).
3. Tensile Test
A sample of 80 m length of OPGW is to be subjected to 72% of its ultimate tensile
strength (UTS) for attenuation measurement. Result: Maximum extra attenuation ≤ 0. 02
dB/km at 1550 nm.
4. Crush Test
A sample of 80 m long to be subjected to load of 5 kN for 24 hours, then its attenuation
is to be measured at 1550 nm. Result: No change.
5. Bending Test
A repeated bending loss is to be carried with a minimum radius specified in G-655 which
should have no effect.
6. Lighting Test
A sample of 10 m sample which is to be subjected to DC lightning of 70-90 mm
produced by 200-400 Ampere current with a duration of 250-500ms causing a charge
transfer of 100 Coulombs or more.
By measurement and monitoring of above effects, the result is to be based on the
followings:
Maximum temperatures of the optical fibres are to be less than 180º C.
Maximum extra attenuation after this effect is less than 0. 04 dB.
Extra attenuation during the lightning is to be less than 0. 2 dB.
Damage to the steel and 151aluminium wires is to be less than 15%.
7. Temperature cycling Test
A sample of 80 m of the cable is to be inserted in water with measurement of the
attenuation at 65, 40, 20, 0 and 10º C. Result: No change.
8. Water penetration test
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 151
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
shall be carried out according to the IEC 794-1/E5.
9. Repeated bending test
shall be carried out according to the IEC 794-E6. No damage to fibers or optical unit
shall occur.
10. . High temp. stability of filling compound according to the EIA455-S1/A
Routine Test for optical fibre
- Mode filed diameter test (ace. To IEC 793-1-C9A).
- Bandwidth test (ace. To IEC 793-1C4 and C5).
- Chromatic dispersion test (ace. To IEC 793-1-C5).
- Cut-off wavelength test (ace. To IEC 793-C7A).
- Refracted near field distribution & geometric tests (ace. To CCITT G 653).
- Core and cladding refraction index (indicate method of determination).
- Numerical aperture (NA) (indicate method of determination).
9.11.1.11 Packing & Shipment
Reels shall have a structure suitable for overseas transportation and handling. Also the reels shall be
of heavy – duty construction suitable for use with tension stringing equipment. The woods used to
cover the wires shall be made of a good quality wood. W ire ends shall be secured to the reels so that
slippage does not occur at any time. Each reel shall be suitably labelled or marked to indicate the
following information: The name or symbol of the Manufacturer,
The name of the buyer,
Order number.
Year of manufacture.
Net weight of the reel in kegs.
Gross weight of the reel in kegs.
Direction to unreel.
Destination
Other necessary information if any.
The Underground Fibre Optic Cable Manufacturer shall take the necessary means so that the number
of splices should be kept at minimum. The length of optical fibre cable should be ( 4 – 5 ) km in each
reel. The cable ends are to be sealed with shrinkable plastic tubes.
9.11.2 SPECIFICATION OF FIBER OPTIC CABLES
9.11.2.1 Scope of Bid:
This Bid includes for the manufacture, testing, packing, shipping, delivery C&F Baghdad of pilot cable.
9.11.2.2 General:
The pilot cable of 3 quads 4 x 0.9 mm Dia. Plus 6 twisted pairs of 0. 9 mm Dia., Jelly filled, directly
buried type are required to be laid along high tension cables of 132kV having short circuit level of
40kA/sec.
The main functions of these pilot cables are to carry protection signalling for H. T cables, telephone
communications, telemetering and telesignaling. Its construction must give good protection against
magnetic influence from the nearby power cable and low disturbance level. The cable shall in general
comply to latest relevant I. E. C recommendation. The materials used shall be suitable for the
following climatic and soil condition.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 152
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
f) Ambient temperature :
Highest maximum (in the shade) 50 c for about 6 hours a day
Lowest minimum –10C
Maximum yearly average + 30C Maximum daily average + 40C
B. Sun temperature:
Black objects under direct sunshine attain a temperature 80C.
C. Air humidity:
Maximum
Yearly average
92 % at 40C Minimum 12 %
44 %
D. Altitudes:
From sea level up to (1000 m)
9.11.2.3 Standard:
The cables shall be in accordance with latest issue of the relevant I.E.C recommend any where these
specifications are incomplete or not yet published, then the national standards of Bidder’s country shall
be considered subject to ETP approval and a copy of the same should be sent with offer.
9.11.2.3.1 Deviation:
The Bidder shall particularly mention in this Bid all deviations of this offer from the specification described
in these Bid document.
9.11.2.4 Cable construction Constructors for pairs and quads
-
Constructor: Plain annealed, homogenous solid copper wire of diameter not less than 0. 9 mm
Insulation: Extruded polyethylene round the conductor.
The pairs and quads shall be identified by different colouring according to IEC Recommendation.
Thickness of installation: not less than 0. 8 mm
Rated voltage: 600V minimum.
9.11.2.4.1 The cable shall be constructed in the following: 1. Three standard quads shall make the cable core.
2. A layer of polyethylene ( PE) tape shall be applied with an overlap over the standard four quads.
3. The wrapped three quads shall be over all screened with a double layer of copper tape having a
nominal thickness 0. 1 mm each. The copper tape shall be applied helically with an overlap then
with wrapped with paper tape or more suitable materiel. Two drain wires of 0. 6 mm diameters
are placed above the copper tapes.
4. Extruded polyethylene (PE) sheath shall be applied over the copper.
5. (6) twisted pairs shall be standard over the polyethylene PE sheath
6. Two layers of copper screen tape with two drain wires same as in (C) above shall be applied
over the (6) pairs then wrapped with paper or more suitable material.
7. The (6) pairs shall be covered with an extruded polyethylene (PE) sheath.
8. The cable then shall be screened with copper wires having a total nominal cross section of not
less than 50 mm². The wires shall be distributed around the circumferences of the cable. These
wires should be in contact with the lead sheath.
9. Lead sheath :The cable shall be sheathed with lead alloy. The sheath shall form a continuous
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 153
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
cylindrical tube to be free from pinholes, joint, mended places and other defects. The nominal
thickness shall be 2.1 mm and the minimum thickness shall not be less than 1.8 mm. The
sheath shall made with lead alloy having not less than percent (weight) antimony.
10. Anti- Corrosion Compound and PVC Sheath :
The lead sheath cable coated with an anti-corrosive compound and covered with black water
proof PVC sheath having 2.0 mm nominal thickness.
11. Steel Tape Armouring: Two layers of galvanized steel tape of 0. 5 mm each thickness shall be
applied over P.V.C each tape layer shall be applied in open helix with the second tape covering
the gap left by the first, the gap shall not be more than 25% of tape width.
9.11.2.4.2 PVC outer sheath.
The armoured cable shall be covered with black water proof P.V.C of nominal thickness 2. 0mm as
an outer sheath. The P.V.C shall be mixed anti termite and anti-rat compounds the outer sheath of
the cable shall be stamped every 1 meter with the following written in Arabic language ( ETP pilot
cable, year of manufacture, Name of manufacturer ).
9.11.2.5 Cable Characteristics:
-
g) Conductor resister :
Loop resistance : not more than 56 ohms/loop km at 20C.
Resistance unbalance of conductors in a pair max 1% of the loop resistance of the pair
measured.
Resistance unbalance of two pairs in quad max 2% of the loop resistance of two pairs.
B. Capacitance Requirements:
- Effect nominal value for
Quads :
36 nf/km
Pair:
38 nf/km
The average effective capacitance of all the pairs in factory + length shall be not differ from
nominal value by more than – 4 %.
- Capacitance unbalance:
Capacitance unbalance measured for a length of 230m shall be in accordance with following
table the test shall be made with an alternating current of 800 Hz.
Capacitance unbalance
Between pairs in the same quad
Between adjacent pairs
Between any pairs and earth
Average PF/230
150
150
600
Max PF/230m
40
40
150
C. Nominal Impedance:
For audio pairs at 1000 Hz, 470 Ohms
D. Nominal Attenuation :
coils ) (W without loading
10 º C
@ 0. 45 dB/km
300 Hz
10 º C
@0. 80 dB/km
2000 Hz
10 º C
@1. 46 dB/km
4000 Hz
E. Cross Talk
The minimum value for far and near end cross talk ratio between any two circuits shall be 70
Db (at 800Hz) for maximum length of 1500 m.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 154
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
h) Installation Resistance Requirement :
Minimum 10 000 ohms Mega ohms/km at 20C measured with DC voltage of 500 Volts for one minute
between one conductor and all other conductors connected together and to the earth sheath.
i) Dielectric Strength:
The cable shall with stand a high voltage test of 8kV for 2 minutes applied between all conductors
connected together with earth sheath.
9.11.2.6 Packing:
-
Both ends of the cable shall be sealed with suitable water proof material.
The cable shall be coiled on strong wooden drum with standard length of 1000 meter.
The barrel diameter of the drum shall be not less than 20 times of cable diameter.
The following items should be marked on the drum :
1
Type of cable
2
Length of cable.
3
Net and gross weight in kg.
4
Manufacturer Name.
5
Direction of rolling.
6
Others.
9.11.2.7 Sample:
A sample of the cable is required with the others.
Tests:
- Routine Test:
Routine test shall be carried out according to latest IEC specification.
- Type Test:
Type test shall be carried out according to the same specification stated above in items 1 to 6
and witnessed by ETP Engineer.
9.11.2.8 Notes:
The Bids are requested to provide :
1. Calculation method of induced voltage in a fibre optic cable when earth fault occurred in 132kV
system, earth fault current is max. 900 Ampere.
2. Calculation method of screening factor with curve showing the relation between the induced voltage
(50 Hz) and the reduction factor.
3. The table shall be rated for 0.6kV (minimum) 50 Hz, earth fault current is limited to 900 A, 10-seconds
by 132kV grounding.
9.12
CABLES
The Contractor shall provide a list of all of the cables supplied for the control and telecommunications
equipment together with the following details:
Quantity of each type of cable
The type and construction of each cable eg size and number of cores/pairs, insulation, screening,
sheathing
Manufacturer
Type of termination e. g. specific plugs, sockets and connectors
Price per meter for additional quantities of cable –
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 155
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
9.13
MAINTENANCE
9.13.1 Tools and Instruments
The provision of lists of recommended tools and instruments by the Bidder and of the equipment itself by
the Contractor shall be in accordance with the relevant power station or substation supply contract. This
shall include measuring instruments, special apparatus and special tools essential for the installation,
operation, testing and checking the status of the system before and during operation.
9.13.2 Documentation
Documents for the installation, operation and maintenance of all equipment shall be provided in
accordance with the relevant power station or substation supply contract.
9.13.3 Spare Parts
The provision of lists of recommended spare parts by the Bidder and of the spares themselves by the
Contractor shall be in accordance with the relevant power station or substation supply contract, together
with the specific requirements within this document for Multiplexers.
9.14
SUPERVISION, TRAINING AND TEST WITNESSING
The provision of supervision and training by the Contractor, and the opportunity for test witnessing by the
Employer, shall be in accordance with the relevant power station or substation supply contract, together
with the specific requirements within this document for Multiplexers.
The Client’s Supervision Staff shall give its approval on all communication and multiplexer equipment
installation work before the equipment is put into operation, and they shall supervise the operation of the
equipment prior to handover.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 156
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Table 7 – Classification of Tests
Item
Description
no.
Type of
Type
Series
Samples
cable
tests
tests
tests
1
Verification of the composition
All
X
2
Core characteristics
All
X
3
Geometrical characteristics
All
X
-of insulation wall.
X
-of semi conduction screens.
X
-of metallic sheath.
X
4
Mechanical characteristics. Of protection
covering.
5
Physical and chemical properties of insulation
PE. XLPE
X(l)
X
wall.
-index of fluidity.
PE XLPE
X
X
- rate of reticulation
All XLPE
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
-of protection covering. .
-hot pressure test
6
Electrical tests on completed cable
-verification of dielectric strength
-measuring of tg$ function of voltage
All
-bending test on mandrel
-measuring of tg$ function of temp
-impulse voltage withstand test
7
Electrical tests on cable and accessories
-impulse voltage withstand test
-power frequency voltage withstand test
All
X
X
8-
Humidity no propagation test
PE. XLPE
9-
Void and contaminant test
PE. XLPE
X
X
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
X
11 - 157
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Schedule A - General Particulars And Guarantees of 132 kV Power Cable
Item
no.
Particulars and grantees
Units
1-
Section area of conductor
2-
Metal
3-
External diameter of conductor
4-
Ohms/km
5-
Maximum
resistance
of
conductor
of completed cable at 20C( D.C. Resistance)
Star reactance of 3 phase circuit a 150 H
6-
Capacitance between conductor and screen
F/km
7-
Maximum charging current per 1000 m of
completed cable at normal voltage frequency
Amps
8-
Inner semi conducting sheath
a)
construction
b)
material
c)
thickness
mm
9-
Minimum thickness of insulation for XLPE
between inner and outer semi - conductor
mm
10-
Outer simi conductor sheath
a)
construction
b)
material
c)
thickness
11-
Longitudinal water tight barrier between semi
– conductor & copper wires
- material
- nominal thickness
12-
Metallic screen
- material
- nominal thickness
- number of wires
- total cross sectional area
LDPE
HDPE
XLPE
Sq.mm
mm
Ohms/km
mm
mm
mm
pcs
mm2
- arrangement
13-
Equalizing tape
- material
- nominal thickness
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 158
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Item
no.
Particulars and grantees
Units
14-
Longitudinal water tight barrier between
Equalizing tape & lead sheath
material
nominal thickness
mm
15-
Nominal thickness of lead sheath
mm
16-
Diameter over lead sheath
a) Maximum
b) Minimum
mm
mm
17-
18-
Composition of lead sheath (by weight)
a) lead
b) tin
c) cadmium
d) antimony
External covering (HDPE)
a) construction
b) material
c) thickness
LDPE
HDPE
XLPE
%
%
%
%
mm
19-
Overall cable diameter
mm
20-
Weight per meter of completed cable
kg
21-
Minimum radius of bend around which cable
can be bent during installation
m
22-
Nominal internal diameter of duct or pipe through
which cable can be pulled
23-
a) Nominal drum length
b) Drum dimensions (w × d )
c) Nominal drum weight (gross)
24-
Maximum continuous current carrying capacity
a)when laid direct in concrete trough with 1m to
top of protective cover ground temp. 35 C. g-120
for one 3 phase circuit per trench .
b) when drawn into pipes or ducts of
length
more than 15 mts for one 3- phase circuit
c) when cleated to sealing end structure
( ambient max . 50 C )
mm
m
m
kg
Amps
Amps
Amps
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 159
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
25-
Maximum continuous current carrying
capacity
a) when laid trefoil formation on concrete floor
inside shed ( max. ambient temperature) of 50C.
26-
Assumed max. conductor temp. for
a) cable laid direct in concrete trough
b) cable draw into pipes or ducts
c) cable laid on racks in air
Amps
0C
0C
0C
27-
Maximum dielectric loss of completed cable
when laid in concrete trough per 1000 mts at
normal voltage and frequency and at max
conductor temp (see item above )
28 -
Maximum power factor of charging kVA
of completed cable when laid direct in the
ground at normal voltage and frequency
and conductor temperature of :
a) 15C
b) 30C
c) 40 C
d) 50 C
e) 60 C
f) 70 C
g) 80 C
h)Max .temp.
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
%
Maximum power factor of charging kVA of
completed cable at normal frequency and
conductor temperature of 25 C & at:
a) 50 % normal voltage
b) 100 % normal voltage
c) 150 % normal voltage
d) 200 % normal voltage
%
%
%
%
29-
kW
30 -
Sheath loss of complete cable per 1000 m of 3
phase circuit at normal voltage & frequency &
at max current rating when:
a) laid direct in ground with current per phase
as in item 22 (a )
b) draw in to pipes or with current per
phase as in item 22 (a )
kw
31 -
Impulse puncture voltage a)positive 1/50 wave
b)negative 1/50 wave
kv
32-
Maximum conductor temperature after passage
of a current of 40, 000 Amps. For 1 sec
subsequent to continues full load current
ºC
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 160
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
33-
Maximum pressure for which cable is designed
kg/sq.cm
34-
Maximum dielectric stress:
a) at conductor
b) at screen or sheath
Total loss of completed cable per 1000 m of 3
phase circuit at normal voltage, frequency max.
current rating.
kV/cm
kV/cm
35-
KW
Note: We have no objection to study any proposal submitted from the bidder for metallic screen to
verify 40 kA / 1 sec. short circuits current
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 161
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: SEC10: standard specification for fiber optic cable and telecommunication
11 - 162
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 10:
10.1
CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
SCOPE OF CIVIL ENGINEERING WORKS
10.1.1
General
This part of the technical specification describes the requirements of the civil works for the 132kV
underground cable system and fibre optical cable to be laid in the same trench.
The scope of civil services required, as a minimum, is the following:
























Handling of technical aspects, detailed engineering, documentation
Ground exploration
Soil replacement/improvement
Surveying
Traffic safety measures
Earthworks, locator slots
Shoring work
Sag piping
Relocation of pipelines and other civil structures
Fitting work
Road works including road crossings
Railway line crossings
Culvert crossings
Bridge crossings
Canal crossings
Sealing work
Lowering of ground and surface water
Coordination before and during construction works with government authorities and entities
responsible for the routes of other planned and existing installations. The route mapping and as build
drawings of cable lines with structures combined with planned and existing installations.
Supply and lying of piping, troughs, etc.
Construction of joint boxes
Construction of concrete trough
Temporary reinforcement of existing bridges to facilitate cable drum transport if required.
Filling of the cable trough with selected sand
Compaction, concreting & reinstatement work after cable installation
The objective of this specification is to define the required engineering and construction services to current
technical standards for all civil works of the project. As the contract is set out as turn-key package, all items
for a satisfactory operation of the transmission system deemed to be included in the contract price, even if
not all items required for constructing of the cable route are expressly listed in this document.
Extra item out of the specified scope shall be notified prior execution and shall be subject to approval.
The works shall be executed in compliance with all currently valid technical regulations, recognized technical
codes, standards etc.
Details of soil conditions will be attached as an annexure for additional information only (not applicable).
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 163
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
10.1.2
Deadlines
At road overpasses and underpasses as well as other places requiring the occupation of land areas,
personnel deployment shall be so scheduled and coordinated with entities responsible for public and other
matters, property owners etc. , that the areas of land occupied shall be reduced to the necessary minimum,
and that these works will be completed in shortest time possible. The work shall be organized to allow the
stipulated deadlines to be met.
The works have to be organized in such a way as to minimize the construction time between opening of the
ground surface and final restoration of the ground surface.
Generally, the Contractor is required to work mainly during night time on trenching and pipe laying where
there is a disturbance to the traffic flow. Longer trench length requires prior approval from the Employer. In
urban areas, a reduced trench working length shall be applicable using different cable laying techniques (i.e.
Horizontal Drilling method/digging with rolled up cable laying method) where required to minimize effect on
local traffic and comply with local authority restrictions. The Contractor must demonstrate in detail the
execution method in his bid for Employer’s review.
The maximum fenced in width for trench excavation works in the urban area shall be 4m. The Contractor
must accommodate situations of high traffic density or difficult site conditions where a reduction may be
needed.
In open areas, this dimension may be increased upon approval of the Employer.
The same above conditions shall apply for fenced in working areas for joint pit construction where basic
dimensions in the urban area shall be restricted to 3 m wide and 10 m long.
10.1.3
Description of installations
For the 132kV network extension in Iraq
The project consists of the following cable routes:
 AL Zawraa substation - AL Hurryia substation
 AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation
 AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
The civil part comprises all necessary construction works for the implementation of the new cable
connections including the cable trenches, river crossings and all other works and security measures
necessary for the laying of cables.
10.1.4
General description of the cable route
Drawing of the whole 132kV cable routes for all 3 routes are shown in Drawings Section 16: .
Description of route is just reference information. Bidders should undertake detailed investigations to furnish
information in their bids.
Specifically, bidders are liable for determining the length of final cable route of laying cables for each section,
check exactly and execute points crossing existing underground works. In addition, Bidders should
investigate and co-ordinate with competent authorities through the support of the Employer to ensure the
transport of cable drums, specialized equipment, and installation works in compliance with Iraq regulations.
10.1.5
Cable routing
The routes are determined under the following conditions and constraints:



Ensuring a high security of supply
Occupancy of a minimum underground space taking into account existing and planned installations of
other central services suppliers while maintaining the required cable spacing and safety distances
Existing and planned traffic systems.
A basic requirement for planning the works is, under consideration of costs, to identify a route minimizing
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 164
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
dependencies on other works and existing installations, or else to define these as feasible, and to avoid
problems in obtaining the agreement of all licensing authorities and property owners. The complete planned
cable route shall be shown in the site plans.
The Employer is responsible to obtain all approvals and permits for the right-of-way and for the execution of
the construction works from local authorities. The Contractor has to prepare and submit on his own costs all
documents, maps, drawings, etc. required for submission to the relevant authorities for approval.
10.1.6
Information for the Contractor
Before commencing the works, the working documents shall be submitted to the Employer or his
representative for approval. This does not relieve the Contractor of his obligation for executing his work with
all due care nor of his general responsibility for his contractual services.
Well before to the start of construction, the Contractor shall apply for and obtain all agreements needed for
works in underground structures from central services providers, property owners and bearers of
construction loads. The resulting requirements, conditions, stipulations etc. shall be observed and
implemented.
The working document should include clear details of reinforcement requirements of existing access bridges
for heavy cable drum traffic as required.
The same applies for special utilizations, such as complete or partial road closures, occupation of public
traffic areas etc. Noise emission restriction in residential areas during night hours shall be observed adopting
sound suppressed engines and construction procedures.
Drawings and information material on existing structures and installations in the area of the planned route
can be viewed only in part. As far as necessary, the Contractor will conduct surveys of the existing situation
by digging exploratory trenches. These services are included in the Contractor’s scope of services, like
surveying of all structures encountered.
The cable routes shall be selected depending on the location of underground structures, the possibility for
using existing structures and cable sections belonging to the Employer, and occupancy of public traffic
areas, and optimized accordingly.
If connections are made to existing structures and the like, their stability shall not be impaired, and structural
analysis shall be made to demonstrate safety of the structure being additionally loaded by the cables.
Penetrations of structures in contact with soil shall be properly sealed.
Among the items for which the Contractor is responsible are the provisions of:





Areas for excavated material, landfills, excavated waste and any other materials for disposal
Central services supplies, waste disposal and energy carriers during the construction period, for
example electricity, telephone, lighting, etc. , including drainage, for example of wastewater and
dewatering, as required for proper execution of construction
Topsoil and other replacement materials
Schedule and construction measures should be provided to the Employer
Treatment of underground installations crossing 132kV cables; refer underground works information
supplied by the Employer, bidder are liable for searching, adjusting exactly existing underground
works up to the period of construction and agree with the management authorities of underground
works for implementation.
Under Employer’s Responsibility:


Based on information supplied by bidders, the Employer is liable for asking different kinds of permits
(digging roads, taking up construction area...) with the concerned authorities
Support bidders when there are any obstacles during negotiating about underground works with
132kV cable lines.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 165
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ

Property owners and residents affected by the construction work shall be informed in writing prior to
the start of construction, for example by posting notices.
10.1.7
Start-up and shutdown of existing installations
All interventions in existing installations shall be clarified with the Employer/Authorities in any time as to allow
proper interruption programming.
Taking out existing cable system or live cable interruptions shall be coordinated with the Employer. Reasons
shall be given for shutdowns, and these shall be subject to approval by the Engineer/Employer.
It is therefore forbidden for the Contractor’s installation personnel to start up or shut down existing
installations under their own responsibility.
10.1.8
Scope of supplies, sequence of installation by the Contractor
Scope of supplies Included in the civil work are the following:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Setting up the construction site with transport of all equipment to and from the site
Surveying of cable route in the terrain in accordance with the planning specifications before starting
excavation
Obtaining prior authorization for excavation works from all responsible authorities
Assessing the condition of the road surface before excavating it together with the responsible
authorities, and making a joint record
Assessing the general condition of land, and making a record jointly with the property owner
Measures to ensure the safety of traffic and the construction site
Excavating the road surface and demolition work as necessary
Earthworks and compaction works, transport from and to the site of subsoil and topsoil, including
temporary storage, controlled disposal of contaminated soil with disposed certificate.
Digging out of cable trench, including shoring of its walls, with re digging as necessary, and refilling
Wall penetrations and concreting in of these and of installation parts
Constructing, maintaining and removal of temporary vehicle bridges and pedestrian walkways
If required, supplying or constructing foundations, plinths, supports, channels and pipe bridges
Transportation of building materials
Execution of sag piping
Relocation of cables and pipelines of other utility services, including procurement of necessary
permits
Groundwater lowering, drainage of pipe trenches, buoyancy prevention measures
Preparing and submitting stress analyses, shuttering and reinforcement plans, among others for
demolition and rebuilding of foundations, supports, pipe bridges, sewers and manholes
Restoration of roads and tracks according to relevant specifications
Re-cultivation
Surveying and documentation of cable route, including all third party sections encountered.
Apart from the scope listed above, the following additional scope of supplies will apply; responsibility of the
construction contractors and Cable Company is stated in the installation sequence.
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Preparing all detail and working documents, such as site plans, sections, detail plans etc. under the
Contractor’s responsibility to the extent required for on schedule execution of installation
components to an acceptable quality
Preparing a time schedule to meet the completion deadline, and submission of this to the Employer
and his representative before starting construction
Preparing site plans and sections of the cable route containing all associated information on the
cable network, with all information on third-party structures needed for detail planning, as well as all
contract sections (including those from third parties), which also have to be installed in the trench
Agreement on the route with the authorities, parties responsible for internals, property owners and
the Engineer/Employer
Relocation of all third-party structures as well as internals along the route, to the extent necessary
Complete supply and mounting of necessary component identification
Excavating exploratory trenches, surveying of all internals as well as complete documentation of
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 166
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
•
•
their location and elevation
Documentation of the cable network in the form of as-built plans, as well as all third-party structures
and internals along the route regarding location and elevation
By continuous coordination with:
• the Employer ‘s site management and his representative
• representatives of the authorities
• parties responsible for acceptance and all others concerned
the Contractor shall so co-ordinate and render his services that construction and cable laying will proceed
smoothly and speedily with minimum hindrance to traffic.
Possible hindrances caused by other contractors shall be reported to the site management in appropriate
time. When setting the limits and completing construction sections, as well as when interrupting work, due
consideration shall be taken of the needs of others involved in the project.
10.1.9
Documentation
The Contractor shall supply the following drawings and documents. The costs of these shall be included in
the bid price, and will not be reimbursed as separate items.
Following Documents to be submitted to the Employer/Engineer by the Contractor
Document
Coordinated construction handling
schedule, with all key data on all involved
in construction to ensure meeting the
agreed completion/handover date
Site mobilization plan
Detail planning and construction
documents, including checked stress
analyses
List of drawings, stating their completion
dates
Revised site plans, sections, details
Route plans (as-built plans); scale
1:250/500
Surveyed as-built plans, with location and
elevation coordinates; scale 1:250 or
1:500, for ease of comprehension
Weeks after contract award
Preliminary
2 weeks before
starting construction
Final
Updates as required,
or else every month
At least 2 weeks before occupying site
At least 2 weeks before starting the works
concerned
2 weeks before
starting construction
-
Updates as required
up to acceptance
At acceptances
At acceptances
At acceptances
The site plans shall be prepared to a scale of 1:250 or 1:500, depending on ease of comprehension, and
shall match the cable documentation and shall be provided in both printed and soft form (AutoCAD
Drawings).
The site plans shall show all above-ground objects, such as buildings, masts, trees, footpaths, fences, floor
beds, road gully covers, manholes, covers for underground supply lines (water, gas etc. ) and installations
along the route to a minimum distance of 10m either side of the cable route centerline, as well as all
underground routes of other existing installations in a strip up to 5m wide from both trench walls; the same
applies to property boundaries, road names, premises numbers and names of property or house owners.
Longitudinal sections shall show existing and planned structures, bottom of cable trench, ground surface,
ground cover etc. They must be prepared on the basis of accurate surveying, to include both the existing
level of the ground surface as well as the position of the cables in the trench, and in particular pipeline and
cable intersections of other utility services with the cable route.
Also required are:
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 167
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ



Details of cable ducts and bridges when crossing streams, rivers, channels and roads etc. to scales
of 1:20 to 1:50, depending on the required accuracy
Proof of adequate strength and stability in the form of checkable stress analyses for all structures
subjected to loading, including detail drawings required for this purpose
All drawings prepared and additionally, for documentation purposes, submitted on CD ; this applies
also to the locator slots.
a).Documentation during construction
The depth and horizontal location of cable conduits shall be specified with reference to fixed points in the
terrain such as houses etc., and documented in a detailed cable route plan to a scale of either 1:250 or
1:500, for on ease of comprehension, to enable each point of the cable route to be subsequently found. A
separate plan shall be prepared for each premises of connection.
For areas of public traffic, evidence of ground compaction shall be provided. For other areas, such proofs of
ground compaction shall be provided in accordance with relevant technical standards.
Any deviations shall be communicated without delay to the Employer or his representative to provide a basis
for taking a decision.
Apart from surveys of each mains-born service line, like pipelines, cables, drains etc. , recording of the asbuilt condition shall include surveying and representation of all structures etc. in their location and elevation.
On the basis of the revised working documents and the laying technology that finds application, the location
of the cable route shall be stated and represented in the as-built documents.
The finalized documentation shall be handed over in six copies to the Employer by the latest at the time of
submission of the final bill.
10.2
DETAILS OF CONSTRUCTION WORKS
10.2.1
Construction site mobilization
Storage and working areas, including temporary storage of topsoil, as well as access tracks shall be
furnished in agreement with the authorities and property owners, and subsequently maintained, with all costs
borne by the Contractor. The Employer will not provide dumping areas for excess excavated material that
cannot be replaced.
The required connections to water, wastewater, electricity and telephone lines etc. shall be procured by the
Contractor. This includes submitting applications under his own responsibility to the relevant service utilities.
Costs for site mobilization, including disposal costs, shall be factored into the offer price.
Upon completion of construction works, the construction Project and equipment shall be removed, the site
tidied up and cleaned, and roads, paths, ditches, green areas etc. restored to their previous condition.
10.2.2
Site supervision
The Contractor is represented on site by a responsible site manager, who shall be named in writing to the
Employer before the work starts. He shall be appropriately qualified, and sufficiently informed, also of all
relevant details, of the required construction services.
10.2.3
Unforeseen interruptions to construction work
Interruptions that are not foreseeable and arise unavoidably during the course of the work shall not give rise
to costs for the Employer. Possible exceptions are removal of munitions as well as recovery of valuable
archaeological artefacts.
10.2.4
Cooperation with other contractors
Cooperation with the various sub-contractors, such as the piping sub-contractor, electrical sub-contractor etc.
shall be organized by the Contractor under his own initiative within the framework of the instructions issued
by the Employer and /or Engineer.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 168
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
10.2.5
Surveying work
a).Surveying work before starting construction
The Contractor shall commission an accredited surveyor with surveying and staking out of the cable route in
accordance with the approved plans together with the specification of elevation reference points.
b).Surveying work during construction
In line with the stipulations of the construction specification and site plans, under his own responsibility, the
Contractor shall permanently mark out alignments and elevations, or retain benchmarks, unless instructed
otherwise by the Employer and/or Engineer.
Also included in the Contractor’s tasks are acceptance, securing and monitoring of the level reference points
staked out jointly, including supplying and studying of material, equipment and instruments, as well as
provision of the workforce and re-surveying any lost benchmarks.
All surveying needed in connection with execution of the contractual works shall be undertaken under the
responsibility of the Contractor, and shall be factored in when calculating the prices.
10.2.6
Removal of non-foreseeable obstructions
a).Archaeological art-crafts
If during excavation art-crafts of archaeological value come to light, the responsible department of historical
monuments shall be called.
10.2.7
Site security & Safety
Security of the actual construction site shall be maintained around the clock, also at weekends and during
public holidays and shall be included in the contract price.
a).Traffic direction and safety
Routing of road traffic at the site, including for access to property and ensuring deliveries as well as
pedestrian traffic are the responsibility of the Contractor.
All measures which could hinder traffic, partial or complete closures, diversions etc. shall be agreed with the
responsible authorities following consultations with affected residents and businesses etc. The Contractor
bears responsibility for submitting applications, notification and obtaining approval. On behalf and/or through
the employer. Any officially imposed conditions in this connection will form part of the contract.
b).Measures before starting construction
No work can start until corresponding notifications have been received from the relevant authorities and
affected residents, businesses etc. Copies of the approved traffic signposting and closure plan shall be
handed to the Employer and/or Engineer before starting construction. Traffic signposts and barriers shall be
set up around the site, illuminated as far as necessary, and removed after completing the work. The sign
boards, barriers, safety cones barricade tapes, night lamps...etc. should be complied with international
standards. Also pedestrian traffic in the site’s vicinity shall be fully maintained.
Where the trench crosses premise accesses, foot bridges over it shall be provided. The bridges over the
trench for footpaths, traffic lanes, driveways onto property and the like needed for routing traffic shall be
dimensioned to cope with the loads stipulated in the relevant standards. Protective railings shall be provided
to prevent accidents.
c).Surveying of Buried services
The contractor do the survey of underground energized and de-energized wires, cables and pipes before
commence the work using the underground pipe/wire detector.
d).Transportation services, construction site traffic
The Contractor shall direct vehicles in the site area when materials are delivered and for other transportation
services.
Roads that are soiled by the Contractor’s site traffic shall be continuously cleaned, so that traffic will not be
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 169
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
endangered. Contractor must introduce a cleaning bay at each construction site.
The transportation vehicles shall be cleaned so as not to soil the roads and neither should the cleaning water
be discharged to the public sewer.
e).Safety measures taken to protect construction work ensuring construction
site safety
The Contractor bears sole responsibility for construction site safety, and this aspect must be factored into the
offer price. Apart from traffic safety this also includes in particular:
 Workforce health and accident prevention
 Site fencing
 Signposting of site
 Traffic direction
 Site illumination
 Securing storage material
 Site dewatering.
The Contractor get approval for Safety procedure from Employer/Engineer before commence
the construction work.
When executing the contract, the Contractor shall comply with all relevant accident prevention regulations as
well as the generally recognized rules for workplace health and safety. Any officially imposed conditions in
this connection will form part of the contract.
The Contractor shall put in hand all measures necessary to protect site Project and equipment, the
installations and the completed work before, during and after execution of the works until they have been
accepted. The costs of these must be factored into the offer price, and they will not be reimbursed as a
separate item. Any installations that are destroyed, damaged or fail to meet the requirements shall be
replaced or repaired. This includes protection against storm water and its immediate removal, without being
specially instructed to do so, so that structures and cables will not become soaked through.
If construction machinery is used, the Contractor will be held liable for any damage that is thereby caused.
Only construction machinery fitted with silencers shall be employed.
f).Protection of asphalt paving and trees
Only rubber-tired construction machinery may be used in paved roads with asphalt. Outrigger ram supports
must be lined with suitable material, so that the road surface will not be damaged. Any costs of repairs to
paving damage shall be borne by the Contractor. Along roads lined with trees, small trenching equipment
shall be used so as not to damage foliage during construction work.
g).Temporary construction measures
Temporary construction measures, for example site access roads, shall be sufficient to their purpose, while
allowing relatively straightforward removal under consideration of complete restoration of the original
condition. The necessity for any such measures will be ascertained by the Contractor from a walk down
inspection of the cable route.
h).Damage to hard surfaced areas
Damage to all types of hard surfaced areas, for example roads and yards, shall be repaired by the
Contractor, at his cost, after completion of the works.
i).Permits for construction works before starting works
Before starting his work, the Contractor shall obtain permits for construction works, and shall inform himself
under his own responsibility of the precise location of cables, sewers, pipelines and all other buried services
supply installations and structures, and shall take all measures necessary, in compliance with the regulations
of the various supply utilities, to prevent damage and other adverse impacts on cables and pipelines.
Temporary relocation of sewers, water pipelines, telecommunications cables, power cables etc. and ensuring
that these remain operational during construction measures shall be factored into the offer price.
If any of those responsible state utility agencies required deposits for issuing permits and/or for stand by duty
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 170
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
for any damages that may occurs during trenching, cable laying such deposits shall be made by Contractor.
j).Prevention of settlement
All works shall be so executed that there will be no settlement of adjacent areas. In particular near buildings,
masts or other structures in the ground, adequate precautions shall be taken to prevent damage, without any
separate remuneration for this. Any damage repaired or compensated by Contractor at his cost.
k).Renewal of road markings
All road markings that have been damaged during trenching work shall be restored to their original condition
immediately after covering the cable trench and before allowing traffic to return to each of the road sections.
10.2.8
Breaking open the surface
10.2.8.1 Recording of evidence
Prior to the start of the construction measures, the “state prior to the start of construction” shall be recorded
as evidence. The following shall take part therein: the Employer and/or Engineer, the Contractor,
representatives of the town administration, land owners, local site management and overall project
management. The Contractor shall produce a status record with report, as-built plans and status photos.
It shall be noted in the report that the restoration works shall be executed in such a manner that the original
state is restored.
10.2.8.2 Reusable material
Reusable material, such as curb stones, paving or slabs, shall be laid aside in accordance with special
instructions and shall be stacked separately from the filling material and from other materials for later reuse
after get the approval from Engineer.
10.2.9
Earthworks
10.2.9.1 Construction of cable trenches and joint pits
a).Site investigation
Details available with ETP will be provided as they were determined during the site investigation works.
Nevertheless, the Contractor shall be responsible for gaining information from the various utility companies
or Directorates with regard to underground internals as well as supply and disposal pipes. The Contractor
shall be responsible for any damage caused to existing internals during the construction works and shall
carry out the entire repair works at his expense.
b).Existing third-party works
The existing third-party works shall be documented in height and position; the requirements of the Owner
shall be observed with regard to the documentation of the existing situation. The civil works required in the
laying of the cables and conduits must in some cases be carried out to schedule in the presence of road
traffic and under confined construction site conditions. In the majority of cases, this will make it necessary to
shore the trenches, because it will normally not be possible to make sloped trenches. The depth of the cable
route in those areas without the influence of crossing routes of third-party works shall be executed according
to trench cross section in standard type in compliance with the minimum laying depths.
c).Machine excavation – Manual excavation
Prior to the start of the works it shall be clarified whether road traffic, existing supply pipes, trees, towers or
similar permit the use of construction machinery such as excavators. In the immediate area of supply
pipes/lines for gas, water, telephone, electricity etc. , the final excavation of the pit up to the laying open of
such pipes/lines shall be performed by manual excavation only. In the performance of the earthworks the
Contractor shall thus decide in consultation with the Engineer/Employer, in consideration of the local
conditions, whether such earthworks are to be carried out by machine or by hand. Proper asphalt cutter is to
be used to cut the asphalt surface of the roads without much damage.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 171
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Follow-up claims for payment on account of the impossibility of using machines will not be recognized; the
Contractor shall, before costing his bid, familiarize himself with the local circumstances and the possibility of
using machines.
d).Soil and groundwater conditions
Prior to the start of the excavation works the Contractor shall collect adequate information with regard to the
soil and groundwater conditions.
e).Land filling or reuse of excavated material
The excavated material shall be graded by type and quality so that, where applicable, the reusable quantities
of earth can be properly and separately stored in temporary storage locations insofar as reuse is permissible
and appears economically worthwhile.
The excavated earth suitable for reuse shall – assuming prior examination by the Contractor and Engineer
for reusability including free from substances aggressive towards cables and conduits – be stored in such a
manner that sufficient space is kept free on one side for the works and for the transport of materials. The
free space on one side next to the excavated trench shall be at least 1 m wide. Non-reusable excavated
material shall be land filled in accordance with the legal regulations. The resulting costs shall be borne by
the Contractor.
f).Storage of excavated material
The storage of excavated material and construction material on roadways, parking areas and construction
sites shall require the consent of the town administration and of the land owners. Furthermore, the flow of
traffic shall not be impeded; the approval of the traffic police shall be obtained. Roadways and pedestrian
areas in the region of the construction site shall be kept in a clean and safe condition for traffic. Dirt caused
by the trailing of building rubble shall be removed. The piling of earth on the road surface shall be separated
off by planks or at least by footboards so that the excavated material is not trailed. The drainage of water in
gutters and trenches shall be safeguarded against interruption by bridging and insertion of pipes.
g).Protection of other supply pipes/lines
If, during the excavation of the trench, gas and water pipes, electricity and telephone cables, cable duct
blocks, sewers etc. are laid open, the responsible agencies shall be notified and their instructions shall be
followed. Care shall be taken during excavation with regard to the pipes/lines existing in the area of the
cable route. The pipes/lines shall be carefully protected in accordance with the instructions. Temporary
measures shall be taken with regard to those pipes/lines which are interrupted in the course of the
construction works. In the case of the restoration of pipe sections which are damaged or interrupted in the
course of the construction works or in the case of the rerouting of pipes, the pipe connections shall be watertight.
Prior to filling back in, the Contractor shall arrange for laid-open pipes/lines to be inspected by the respective
operators, e.g. the water/sewage company. Proof of the written comments of the operators shall be
submitted to the Engineer.
h).Trench construction and dimensions
The trench dimensions shall guarantee maximum possible current loading, good installation conditions and
low costs for the earthworks. In any case, the dimensions of the work space and, in the case of an open
building pit, the slope angle shall be laid down in writing between the local site management of the Employer
and the Contractor prior to the start of the works.
If the building pit has been excavated too deep, the mistake shall be compensated by suitable material at the
expense of the Contractor. Proof of compacting shall be presented by the Contractor.
The dimensions of the trenches are typical and for information only. The schematic diagram of the cable
trench is annexed. Variations due to local conditions shall be agreed with the Engineer. The typical trench
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 172
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
profile can be described as follows:
1 cable system
 Cable laying depth
 Filling with normal soil
 Road layer
minimum. at -1.3 m
minimum. between -0.7m and -0.4 m
minimum from -0.4 m
The supply, laying and assembling as well as the selected filling material of





Thermally stable soil
HDPE pipes
Concrete slabs
Warning ribbons
Etc.
are part of the Contractor’s range of services
All trenches shall be as straight as possible to ease cable pulling and cable laying. The final cable route
alignment shall be selected in such a way that the number of street crossings and crossings with existing
installations are reduced to a minimum. Cables shall be laid in concrete trough as shown in Section 17
drawing 001 wherever possible along the route except for special locations such as road crossings, bridges
and cannels. Cables shall be laid in HDPE pipes for reasons of mechanical protection. As per Section 17
drawing 003.. When Horizontal drilling is used, should be as per Section 17 drawing 002A. At sections
part construction of cable trench and in-accessibility at river and channel crossings, street crossings and
eventually at bridges. Two spare pipes shall be provided for each circuit to shorten repair time in case of a
cable failure.
Minimum Thickness for carbon steel pipe is 8mm
HDPE for Power Cables minimum Thickness of 8mm
and not containing stones and other particles with hard surfaces which could damage the cable sheath
i).Withstand capacity and stability of installed works
General Route : Cables in Concrete trough inside the trench
The bottom of the trench as shown in Section 17 drawing 001 shall be leveled and smooth.
In a first step, some 200 mm of Sub Base shall be filled in the trench and carefully leveled and well
compacted to 85% (care must be taken to make further soil improvements necessary if the soil properties
are weak and costs are deemed to be included in normal prices and no additional amounts will be paid).
In a second step the concrete trough is placed with proper interlocking with other concrete trough units.
Next the thermally stable sand with required conductivity should be filled to the required level and all the
cables should be placed with proper spacing and the concrete trough should be filled to the top level with the
selected thermally stable sand and Concrete covers lowered carefully and gently not to damage the cables
or the concrete trough below.
Then the back filling and compaction 90% shall follow with good soil, free of debris. Warning tape and
Warning Grillage should be placed at required levels and backfilling and compaction continued to the top
level.
Finally the markers may be installed and the top surface should be restored the original state.
The size and interval of the markers shall be agreed upon with the engineer. The visible part of the marker
block may of colored cement as required by the engineer as well as some letters indicating warning or
identification will be needed.
Special areas and Road crossings
Horizontal drilling Technologies can be used as per Section 17 drawing 002A. 002B (Detailed description
should be provided).
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 173
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Normal/Main Road Crossings
As per Section 17 drawing 003, when pipes are laid, they shall be embedded in concrete. The boulder l
Layers shall be of minimum size of 200mm and shall be placed if necessary according to the soil condition.
Above that a layer of 90% compacted soil layer of minimum 200mm shall be placed. On top of that a lean
concrete mix of 1:3:6 shall be applied in a thickness of minimum 100mm. Then a Re-enforced concrete (25
Mpa) layer of minimum 150mm shall be placed, upon which the HDPE pipes for Power cables, Optical Fiber
Cables and Insulated Earth wire.
The HDPE pipe thickness shall be 8mm for power cables. 30 Mpa concrete shall be used to cover all he
pipes. The thickness of the concrete layer shall be 600mm as per the drawing..
3 soil layers 90% compacted shall be paced to achieve the depth to the cables from the surface, a value of
1.3m. Grillage and Warning tapes shall be placed as per the drawing. A 30 Mpa re enforced concrete layer
of 200mm minimum thickness shall be placed and over which the road surface finish to match the
surrounding shall be carried out with completely leveled surface with the existing road surface finish
.
If the depth of the trench has to be varied, the slope shall be gradually made.
Main Road Crossings
Normal Road crossing method or Horizontal drilling Technologies can also be used. (Detailed description
should be provided
j).Joint pits
As per drawings 004A & 004B, the size of joint pits shall be adequate to accommodate the three power
cable joints including cross-bonding equipment, etc. Depending on the available space and constrains at the
three power cable joints, the arrangement of the individual joints might be in parallel or staggered formation.
The final location and arrangement of the joint pit shall be approved by the Engineer/Employer.
The joints pits designed for the accessibility and safety and thermal ratings and shall be approved by the
engineer or the employer.
A concrete base (Grade 25 reinforced concrete) shall be constructed in situ on the bottom of the joint pit.
The joint pits shall be kept clean and free of water before and during the cable jointing is being executed. A
suitable drainage system shall be provided. The joint pits shall be protected until the back-filling starts.
Their location and arrangement in the street area shall be agreed with the Employer/Engineer on site. Local
restrictions, safety regulations and other instructions shall be taken into consideration and be observed. To
co-ordinate this with the local authorities is the duty of the contractor.
The joint pit shall meet the following requirements:





The jointing enclosure (box) shall be of the type pre-mounted or pre-fabricated.
The joint group (3 joints) shall be arranged in one pit.
Connections for earthing and cross-bonding measures as well as for PD measurement shall be
accessible via the cross-bonding links-box
The joint pit shall be filled with thermally stable soil after completion of the work
The joints shall be protected by concrete or PE slabs to offer protection equal or greater than the
cable trench.
The bidder shall give the following details within the Bid:




Space needed for joint pit
Dimensions of joint pit (height, width, depth)
Ambient space needed for joint pit assembly
Measures to provide assembly conditions (cabin etc.)
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 174
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ




j)
Racks for fixing the joints
Due regard to cable bending radius
Schematic diagram of the joint groups with cable route
Detailed description of the assembling process.
Route markers, concrete trough
The cable route shall be equipped with identification markers of a durable material to clearly indicate the
cable route and the sites of the joints. Cable route markers shall be of concrete and provided along the route.
Refer the marker block drawings in Section 17 Drawing 1.2.3 (note the interlocking in the concrete trough
and covers)
l).Pipes
All pipes shall meet the required mechanical strength for the installation of the cables the final arrangement
is subject to the approval of the Engineer/Employer. Minimum thickness for power cables shall be 8mm.
The pipes shall be of HDPE material according to relevant standards. The inner surface of the pipes shall be
smooth; all pipes shall contain a pulling wire.
The HDPE pipes should be manufactured from material grade PE80 ( certified by any International agency
like Bodycote as per ISO 9080 ) in accordance and confirming to ISO:4427 or its latest revision or
amendments with test certificate from any third party inspection agency of International repute like
BVQI,SGS.
The HDPE pipes should be manufactured by the pipe manufacturing facility certified by ISO 9000:2000 and
having his own quality control laboratory.
The HDPE pipes should be manufactured from 100% virgin material and supplier has to submit the
certificate from testing agency like Bodycote.
In case of Bid and manufacturer of pipe are different then a copy of supply commitment from manufacturer of
pipe is required to be submitted by the Bidder.
The pipes shall be laid on supports along the bridges also. Following the cable pulling, the pipes shall be
filled with bentonite mixture to ensure adequate heat distribution. The pipe seals and pipe joints shall be
designed to prevent any infiltration of water, moisture, insects, etc.
As far as there are route sections that are designed with piping (HDPE), the following boundary conditions
shall be applicable:
The pipes shall be embedded in a concrete mix of 30 Mpa
.
 If cables or pipes are directly laid in air the cables shall be protected against excessive temperature
rise due to direct exposure to solar radiation by means of appropriate measures.
m).Safeguarding of objects in the area of the construction measures
In the case of excavation close to structures or in the case of the laying open of cables, pipes or other
objects, the Contractor shall undertake suitable safeguards to ensure that the objects incur no damage. The
Contractor shall be fully liable for any damage caused.
The vast majority of the works has to be carried out during night hours. Consequently adequate lighting of
construction site shall be provided and the costs shall be included in the bid prices.
n).Dewatering
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 175
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The cable trench shall be protected against the ingress of surface, ground and subsurface water. The
removal of the water from cable trenches and building pits shall be carried out by the Contractor and shall
not be paid separately. If the works are interrupted by heavy rainfall, rainy periods, the Contractor arrange
flood control system and other precautions and may not derive any follow-up claims there from.
If dewatering becomes necessary, the Contractor shall provide all the required equipment (pumps, pipes,
etc. ) including the operating personnel with all necessary operating materials. The costs of dewatering
including discharge of the water as far as the receiving body of water shall be included in the bid prices.
o).Bracing, shoring
Water from pumping or other dewatering methods shall be properly drained away from the site or disposed
of by tankers, so as not to inconvenience users of adjacent properties or sites.
No concrete, masonry, brickwork or other materials shall be placed or built until the surfaces are properly
drained.
As a basic rule, the bracing and shoring of the cable trenches and building pits shall be carried out by the
Contractor under his own responsibility.
The walls of the excavated trench shall be immediately shored in professional manner according to
instructions.
The moving of the shoring, as required for the introduction and laying of the pressed pipes, shall be carried
out only by the Contractor. The costs of such shoring works shall be borne by the Contractor.
The stability of the shoring shall be guaranteed in every construction state and static proof thereof shall be
furnished if a deviation is made from the standard form of shoring.
When the pressed pipes are being introduced, it shall be ensured that the bracing is moved in professional
manner only step by step by the Contractor.
p).Bottom of jointing pit
Should be as per Drawings in Section 17. The bottom of the jointing pit shall be formed in accordance with
the requirements of the laying method used. The existing soil shall not be loosened. Therefore, the bottom
of the building pit shall be secured against driving on, turning up and washing out. Soil that has nevertheless
been loosened shall be restored by compacting to its original density and required load-bearing capacity.
The cables shall be laid on supports which are with certainty not able to damage the protective layers
10.2.9.2 Refilling of the cable trenches and jointing pits
The cable trench shall, according to the trench profile, be filled with in steps according to the specified trench
profile power cables bedded in. Followed by a layer of sand at least 80 cm thick. Followed per cable system
by a covering of slabs. The sand filling and compacting inside the trench shall be done carefully and
manually using hand tools in order not to damage or stress the cable installation.
a).Thermally stable soil
The major filling compound in the cable region shall be thermally stable soil.
The thermally stable soil shall have a maximum thermal resistivity of 1.2 K*m/W under conditions of
completely dry soil. In the regions of cable trench and joint pits this shall be obtained by a sand mixture. For
this, local sand deposits shall preferably be used. The required thermal resistivity shall be verified by
measurement and its results shall be recorded.
In some special regions sand/concrete or “bentonite” compound fillings are permissible. But in this case, the
cables shall be laid in PE pipes to provide access in case of faults. In any case the Contractor shall submit
computational proof of the required transmission capacity.
b)
Protection slabs
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 176
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Cable protection slabs made of reinforced concrete, Grade 25 shall be provided to cover the full width of the
cable trench.
The size of the slabs shall be such as to prevent the trench excavator’s blade to grab them. They shall have
eyelets or anchorage for lifting.
The route shall be completely covered and protected by these slabs over its total width.
They shall have an armoring for not breaking when they are lifted by the eyelets or anchorage. They shall be
at least 10 cm thick.
c).Warning ribbons
Cable warning bands (ribbons) with the corresponding labels shall be situated about 200 mm above the
concrete slab covering.
It serves to mark the cable route area and shows the presence of high-voltage cables. The warning ribbon
shall have the following properties:
Refer Drawing in Section 17
 Thickness > 0.15 mm
 Length > 250 m
 Colour: yellow
 PE composite film
 Marking: black high-voltage arrow.
The ribbons shall be continuously laid spaced by about 10 cm and at a distance of about 5cm from each of
the trench borders. For a standard route width of about 1.2m altogether 3 warning ribbons shall be arranged
side by side. (Shall be as per design)
d).Filling of the trench
The filling of the trench or trough shall take place immediately after permission has been given by the
Engineer. After the trench has been filled to the top edge of the cable, the as-installed state shall be
measured.
Subsequently, the remaining filling material shall be put in place as per drawing and the original state of the
earth surface, including in height, shall be restored.
e).Re-laying/relocating of third-party pipes/lines
When the trenches and building pits are being filled in, it shall be ensured that third-party pipes and cables
are properly bedded in.
The entities responsible shall be notified about damage to their pipes/lines. Damage caused by the
Contractor shall be remedied at the Contractor’s expense. Cable covers which have been removed shall be
properly replaced and cable warning bands shall be properly laid.
If any of the existing utility services such as water, drainage, telecommunication etc. , are to be diverted or
relocated by the responsible state utility agencies themselves in accordance with their procedures to pave
the way for the laying of cables, it is the responsibility of the contractor to coordinate with those utility
agencies for carrying out such deviation/relocation. The cost involved in such work shall be paid by the
contractor to the relevant Authority that maintains that utility.
If any of those responsible state utility agencies require deposits for stand by duty during trenching, cable
laying to certify any damages that may occur, such deposits shall be made by the contractor.
f).Regulations and rules to be observed during filling
In order to prevent later permanent damage underneath the road surfaces, especially those with bitumen or
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 177
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
concrete covering, the trenches and building pits shall, in the case of cohesive subsoil, be filled likewise with
cohesive soil. In order to guarantee the required compaction with corresponding suitable machines, careful
attention shall be paid to the water content thereof during compacting. The filling of the trenches with noncohesive soil in a surrounding area of cohesive soil would result in later permanent damage to the road
covering, which damage would have to be repaired at the expense of the Contractor.
Back filling below the canal bed and canal bank shall be done in accordance with the guide lines from the
relevant offices.
g) Dust and Mud Control
The Contractor forwarded the methodology of Dust and Mud Control during construction work for approval to
Engineer before commence the work.
10.2.10
Laying of cables
The Contractor shall determine the required spacing between the cables of one circuit in order to achieve
maximum transmission capacity by avoiding extreme trench parameter and high induced voltages in the
cable sheaths.
During cable pulling the Contractor has to consider the following:
•The pulling forces applied shall be less than the maximum pulling tension specified by the cable
manufacturer
•Either the continuous bond pulling method or the nose pulling method shall be applied for cable
laying
•The cable pulling winches shall have a measuring and monitoring equipment to control the pulling
forces
•The cable bending radius applied shall be not less than the minimum bending radius specified by the
cable manufacturer.
Beside of the 132kV cable system the Contractor has to install additionally the following facilities in the
trench:
• One fiber optic cable laid in HDPE pipe for telecommunication system
• Concrete slabs for cable protection
• Warning ribbons.
10.2.11
Cable installation
The following works have to be carried out:
 Jointing of 132kV cables
 Terminations of 132kV cables
 Cross-bonding and earthing of 132kV cables
 Jointing and termination of fibre optic cables
 All electrical tests before backfilling of the trenches and commissioning tests according to the
specification
 Measurement of the positive- and zero-sequence circuit impedance of the as-installed cable
installation
 Measurement of earthing resistance at each earthing point.
10.2.12
Restoration of road surfaces, pedestrian surfaces and hard shoulders
10.2.12.1 General
The restoration of road and pedestrian surfaces shall be carried out by expert personnel.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 178
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
10.2.12.2Professional restoration of road surfaces, pedestrian surfaces and hard shoulders
The inspections shall be carried out independently by the Contractor, shall form the basis for final
acceptance by the Engineer/Employer in consultation with the relevant state utility agents.
After completion of the works, the Contractor shall restore to their original states the hard shoulder and any
additionally used adjoining areas.
The reinstatement of all excavated roads shall be carried out by the contractor except for the stretch of roads
maintained by Authority for the Roads, in accordance with the specifications of the relevant local authorities
that are available. The reinstatement of the roads that come under the control of the Road Authority shall be
carried out by the Authority in accordance with its procedures and specifications. The contractor shall
discuss and arrange with the Authority to carry out the reinstatement of those roads by that Authority itself
and the cost involved shall be paid by the contractor to that Authority. It is the responsibility of the contractor
to back fill the cable trench up to the base course and the ramming should be carried out up to the required
level according to the specified standards.
The contractor should collect details of the roads maintained by the Road Authority. All other road along the
cable route belong to local authorities and not Road Authority and the reinstatement of those roads shall be
performed by the Contractor or as specified by the authorities. The cost involved shall be paid by contractor.
10.2.12.3 Road sides
a).Kerbs
In-situ concrete kerbs or pre-cast concrete kerbs set on a concrete bed are to be laid on each side of the
roads, to define the limits for vehicular access.
b).Drain
All drains, sewers, cable ducts and other necessary work below road formation level shall be completed,
inspected and passed by the Engineer’s Representative before any road work is started.
c).Paving slabs
Concrete paving slabs shall comply with a relevant approved standard.
The covers shall be minimum of 50 mm thick and provided with handles or holes for lifting purposes. They
shall be reinforced to the approval of the Engineer. The reinforcement shall be in the middle of the covers
with 25mm cover to the edges. Trench covers shall comply with the relevant standard as approved.
Where concrete covers are required for trenches crossing roads, these shall be designed for the heavy
wheel loads expected on them and shall be reinforced with mesh fabric or mild steel bars as necessary.
10.2.12.4 Quality inspections
Inspection reports shall be prepared showing the positions of the measuring points. Only the approved
inspection methods will be recognized.
Any white lines, traffic signs or similar removed in the course of excavation shall be re-erected.
If, subsequently, there is settling, cracks or similar in the restored area of the paved trafficable surfaces, the
damage shall be remedied at the exclusive expense of the Contractor.
10.2.12.5 Reuse of topsoil, vegetation
Removed topsoil from the hard shoulder as well as separately stored topsoil shall, on restoration of the hard
shoulder, be returned to its original position.
Damaged Projects, such as hedges etc., shall if necessary be renewed. All repair works shall be to the
satisfaction of the Engineer and the land owner and/or tenant.
10.2.12.6 Approval of the land owner
The Contractor shall obtain from the land owner a written approval stating that all the works have been
executed to his satisfaction.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 179
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
10.2.13
Method of Canal crossings
10.2.13.1 Canal under crossing
The cable crossings of rivers and small creeks or waterways shall be underground pipes. Alternatively,
horizontal drilling technology can be used.
A typical canal crossing arrangement is can be summarized as follows:



Bearing structure
Support structure
Erosion protection
: Reinforced concrete channel encased with HDPE pipes.
: Support structure and intermediate pillars with reinforced pile Foundation
: Foundation backfill forming the canal bank shall be protected by stone
gabions with Geo textile.
Also the foundation backfill forming the canal bank and the area damage due to construction operation shall
be protected from erosion by stone gabions with Geo textile. The canal area protected according to the
regulation and specification in Iraq or international norms.
10.2.13.2 Canal overcrossing
If the existing road bridge has no more space available in its service ducts, a separate bridge shall be
constructed for carrying the HV cables, which will be located parallel to the existing road bridge. The bridge
construction is part of this bid document and can be summarized as follows:


Bearing structure : Self-supporting lattice steel girder parallel chart l = 25m / h = 2m / w =
1.5m
Bearing material
: Hot dip galvanized L-sections, bolted joints and joint plates.

Girder deflection
: Final deflection after cable installation dv ≤ 10 cm
i.e. Bolt hole position to offset slip and elastic deformation

Support structure : Reinforced concrete pillar of approximately 4m in height set on a stepped
raft foundation of approximately 4m width.

Erosion protection : Foundation backfill forming the canal bank shall be protected by stone
gabions with Geo textile.
The area damage due to construction operation shall be protected from erosion by stone gabions with Geo
textile. The canal area protected according to the regulation and specification in Iraq.
The Gabions where specified in this chapter conform to the following specifications;
Hexagonal Wire Mesh Mesh Wire
Selvedge Wire (edges) Supplied with Tie Wire –
Mesh Type 8
2.7 mm
3.4mm
2.2mm
5% of Gabion weight
Mesh Strength shall be greater or equal to the following table;
Mesh Type
8
8

Wire Diameter
2.7mm
3.0mm
Mesh Strength
47kN/m
58kN/m
2
All wire conforms to BS 1052 / 1980 – having a tensile strength not less than 380 N/mm and not
2
exceeding 500 N/mm
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 180
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ

All wire is Heavily Galvanized to BS 443 /1982 - according to the following table:
Wire Diameter
mm
2.20
2.70
3.00
3.40
3.09




Weight of Coating
2
g/m
240
260
275
275
290
Gabions longer than 1.5m shall have partition panels at 1.0m centers.
All material supplied must be accompanies by a manufacturer’s certificate from the factory for quality
control and quality management purposes. The material must come from an ISO 9001 certified
factory.
The Gabion shall bear the marking of the manufacturer’s name along the selvedge wire to enable
visual inspection.
The manufacturer shall provide an internationally acceptable certification for his products covering all
aspects of design, Installation and durability.
The Geo-textile where specified in this chapter conform to the following specifications
Property
Physical
Mass Per Unit Area
Thickness
Mechanical
Grab Tensile Strength
(Elongation @ Break)
Wide Width Tensile Strength
Test Method
Unit
Typical Roll Values
ASTM D5261
ISO 9864
AS 3706-1
g/m
2
280
ASTM D5199
AS3706-1
mm
2.5
N
1090
ASTM D4362
AS 2001.2.3 method B
(Elongation @ Break)
Trapezoidal Tear
ASTM D 4595
BS 6906-1
AS 3706-32
%
KN/m
60
17.5
Mullent Burst
ASTM D4533
AS 3706-3
ASTM D3786
%
N
50
445
Puncture Strength
CBR Burst
AS 2001.2.4 method B
ASTM D4833
GRI-GSI
BS 6906-4
Kpa
3030
N
N
620
3780
AS3706-4
DIN 54307
mm
16
2450
Hydraulic
Pore Size (095)
Permeability
BS 6906-6
AS 3706-5
mm
0.150
0.48
Permittivity
ASTM D4751 (Dry)
cm/s
0.
Cone Drop
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 181
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Water flow rate
Endurance
UV Resistance (% retained @ 500
hours)
-1
ASTM D4491
BS 9606-3
s
ASTM D4491
BS 9606-3
ASTM D4355
1/min/m
%
1.8
2
4885
9370
70
All material supplied must be accompanies by a manufacturer’s certificate from the factory for quality control
and quality management purposes. The material must come from an ISO 9001 certified factory
10.2.14
Cable route survey
10.2.14.1 General
The Contractor shall carry out a survey on the as-installed cable route considering the geographical position
of the cables and the thermal soil conditions of the soil and media along the cables.
The geographical data of the cable route and especially the location of joints shall be determined and shown
in the route maps Section 17.
Measurement of the thermal conditions of the soil along the trenches and media at other cable sections are
required to confirm the minimum assumptions for determination of the transmission capacity.
10.2.14.2 Measurement of thermal conductivity along cable route
The Contractor shall carry out a detailed survey on the thermal conditions along the cable route. This survey
include cable sections with thermal stable backfill material in the trenches for direct burying and laying in
pipes, laying in pipes at river crossings, laying in pipes at road bridges, laying in special troughs and others
suggested by the Contractor.
The results shall confirm that the thermal conditions of the different laying methods and surrounding media at
any point along the route meets the minimum requirements which have been assumed for the calculation of
the cable rating. Most critical conditions such as drying out of the soil due to minimum ground water table,
dry season, maximum ambient temperature, maximum load, etc. have to be taken into account.
10.2.14.3 Geographical survey data
The Contractor shall carry out the geographic survey with state-of-the-art geodetic equipment. The geodetic
instrument has to be connected to an electronic data logger for further data processing on the graphical
information systems (GIS) which is to be supplied. The required accuracy shall be less than ≤0.15 m. The
survey equipment and details of the survey procedure have to be approved by the Employer and/or
Engineer.
Sufficient measuring points shall be recorded in order to produce precise cable lines, especially at turning
points of the cable route.
The survey shall cover the following:
 Cable trench width with location of joint pits and cubicles for surge diverters (over- and underground
installations)
 Position of fibre optic cable
 Situation of entering substations
 Situation around the cable terminal point at the dead end tower of the overhead line
 Installation on bridges or alternatively beside of the bridge through pipes
 Begin and end of special laying methods such as pipes, ducts, troughs, etc.
 Parallel running MV and LV power cables and other cables (telephone etc. )
 Any technical installation which is of interest for electro-magnetic interference
 Crossings with major installations and objects
 Major objects within a survey corridor of 15 m at both sides of the centre line of the trench
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 182
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The Contractor shall prepare the route drawings and maps with AutoCAD program, Version 10 or latest
version.
After finalizing the survey works the basic data bank, developed AutoCAD files and survey report including
drawings shall be made available to the Engineer.
10.2.14.4 Mapping requirements
The Contractor has to process the field data of the survey with AutoCAD program.
The Contractor has to submit at least the following information and documents:
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
•
Alignment of as-installed cable system
Geographic key route map containing the required information
Total cable length between the terminations
Cross section of each type of trench including cable arrangement
Cross sections of other cable laying methods
Detailed views and sections at 132kV GIS and outdoor substation building and its surroundings
Details of joint pits and cross-bonding and earthing arrangements
Drawings of particular locations (major road crossings, bridges, channels etc. )
Cross-bonding scheme with length of individual cable sections.
All drawings shall be clearly numbered for easy reference and identification.
The drawing shall show all three 132kV cables, the fiber optic cables, spare pipes and earthing conductors.
The drawing shall contain all information related to the cables and arrangement such as cable type, contract
numbers, joint number, etc.
Additional explanations, legends and exploded views of details shall be included in the survey documents.
10.3
DETAILS OF DESIGN WORKS
10.3.1
Standards and Codes of Practice
Civil engineering works and services shall be designed and constructed in accordance with British
Standards, International Standards and/or Iraqi Standards and Codes of Practices.
The Standards and/or Codes of Practice employed throughout the works should in no case conflict with the
local by-laws.
As far as practicable, the standards or codes adopted shall be consistent throughout all chapters of the
works except when they meet superior specified requirements.
The valid international standards as mentioned shall have priority even when they have not been specifically
indicated.
BS 1377:Part4
BS 3882
BS 4019
BS 5930
BS 6031
DIN 1054
Test method for soil for civil engineering purposes
Recommendations and classifications for topsoil
Core drilling equipment
Code of practice for site investigations
Code of practice for earthworks
Sub-soil, permissible loading of sub-soil
DIN 4017
Sub-soil
Part 1 Analysis of bearing capacity for footing with vertical and central loading
Part 2 Bearing capacity calculations of spread foundations in the case of eccentric
and inclined application of the load; recommendations.
ASTM D1194 – 94
Test method for Bearing Capacity of Soil for Static Load and Spread
Footings
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 183
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
BS 4449
BS 449 and/or 5950
BS 5328
BS 8100
BS 12
Carbon steel bars for the reinforcement of concrete
The use of structural steel
Concrete mixes
Structural use of concrete
Portland cement
ASTM D1195 - 93
Standard Test Method for Repetitive static Plate Load Tests of Soils
and Flexible Pavement Components, for Use in Evaluation and design
of Airport and Highway Pavements.
ASTM D1196 – 93
Test method for Non repetitive Static Plate Load Tests of Soils and
Flexible Pavement Components, for Use in Evaluation and of design
Airport and Highway Pavements.
It should be noted that the safety factor (SF) applies to the deterministic design method where the working
loads are factored with the safety factor (SF). Standards edited in the recent years however are based on
the probabilistic method where the maximum loads in terms of return period and characteristic value of
materials are factored by partial safety factors (PSF). Either one of the above methods shall be adopted
throughout all civil design parts of soil, concrete and steel, but not applied in combination.
The Contractor shall investigate the existence of any regulations and local by-laws governing the proposed
works in Iraq which are valid max. 30 days prior to the date of Bid submission and he shall be deemed to
fully comply with such requirements.
The Bid shall include with his offer a list of standards and codes to be followed in design and construction of
the works.
Copies of these codes and standards shall be made available to the Engineer/Employer during the design
and construction period. In addition, the Contractor shall have available in his offices (or in his supplier’s
offices) and on the site copies of all standards.
The failure of the Contractor to provide a list of standards and codes be interpreted that he intends his works
to fully comply with the standards and codes referred to in this specification.
10.3.2
Structure Type of Cable Bridge
The cable bridge component types shall be as follows:
 Bearing structure
Self-supporting lattice steel girder, parallel chorts
 Structures material
Galvanized L-sections, bolted joints and joint plates
 Structure section
Rectangular, accommodating 2 circuits 132kV cables with associated optical fibre cables and space
for future service lines
 Support structure
Reinforced concrete pillar of approximately. 4m. high set on a stepped raft foundation
 Erosion protection
Foundation backfill forming the channel bank / bed shall be protected by stone
10.3.3
gabions.
Design Criteria of Cable Bridge
The following structure loadings and displacement limits shall be considered for designing the steel girder
and concrete supports:
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 184
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
 Dead load
Dead load is defined as the weight of all permanent structures, i.e. slab foundation, overburden soil,
support column, steel girder, cables (2 circuits 132kV), conducts, bentonite filling, spacers,
1
allowance load for future service lines of 3 kN/m
 Soil load
Soil loads consist of lateral earth pressures and vertical loads of structures and soil. Active and
passive coefficients for lateral pressures and bearing capacity for vertical pressure shall be obtained
from the soil investigation respective its evaluation of engineering properties. The weight of soil shall
be considered as dead load
 Hydrostatic load
Hydrostatic load is the load due to water pressure. The design of structures shall include hydrostatic
loads. The buoyancy load due groundwater is equal to the weight of the volume of displaced water.
The buoyancy load shall be considered as dead load (highest / lowest channel water level)
 Wind load
All wind calculations shall be made in accordance with the specific local standards. If the max. 1 to
3 sec. gust wind speed of 145 km/h is higher than the corresponding value specified in the relevant
standard, then this value specified above shall be taken. The wind load shall be considered as live
load superimposed to the dead load with regard to the member shape and structure panel spacing.
 Earthquake load
The local earthquake standards and rules have to be observed. If the intensity of 0.2g horizontal
acceleration is higher than the corresponding value specified in the relevant standard, then this value
specified above shall be taken
 Erection load
Erection / maintenance load is defined as live load superimposed to the dead load of structure but
not permanently attached to it, i.e. Loads imposed by lifting / temporary anchoring of pre-assembled
structure parts; erection equipment placed / anchored temporary on structure parts; personnel
standing on structure members.
 Thermal load
Thermal loads shall be defined as forces caused by changes in material temperature due to the
expansion or contraction of the entire structure or individual structural components.
 Impact load
Any live load that can produce dynamic action (such as a moving load or a short circuit impulse )
shall be described by static models in which the dynamic effects are included, e.g. increase by an
impact factor
 Allowable displacement
The maximum permissible residual settlement of the bridge foundation during its design life time of
say 50 years shall be
-
overall settlement
os < 20 mm
differential settlement ds < 1/500 rad
The maximum permissible girder deflection out of the horizontal / vertical alignment of girder span
after complete bridge installation (current and future cables) shall be
-
Final deflection
fs < 10 cm (l/250)
This requires the bolt hole positions of vertical diagonals to offset from its true positions as to
achieve an initial elevated (arc – formed) girder shape compensating bolt slip and elastic sag after
max. Load is imposed.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 185
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Above tolerances shall include the foundation setting out allowances and steel member
manufacturing tolerances.

Member design
Steel members shall be of ordinary L-shaped single or double section. The member capacity on
tension shall be designed applying the net-cross section (area reduced by the bolt holes). Member
capacity on compression shall be designed observing the following slenderness limits

Main members
bracing members
redundant members
λ ≤ 120
λ ≤ 200
λ ≤ 250
Bolt design
Steel members shall be connected by hexagonal structural bolts, galvanized and fitted each with
one spring washer and one ordinary washer. The bolt length shall accommodate that no threads
are located within the shear plane of the members / plates being connected maintaining the following
bolt end projection after tightening the nut
- min. projection
2 threads
- max. projection
10mm
Packing (filler shims) shall be applied for compensating member thickness variation of
- space
∆t > 2mm

Material strength
The following specified characteristic strength of material shall be the minimum grade required:
-
foundation concrete
reinforcing steel
structural steel
bolt class
C25
BSt 420
Fe 360
Kl 5.6
Ccyl
Б yield
Fyield
Ryield
≥
≥
≥
≥
2
25 N/mm
2
420 N/mm
2
240 N/mm
2
300 N/mm
Ccube ≥
Бtensile≥
Fult ≥
Rult ≥
2
25 N/mm
2
500 N/mm
2
360 N/mm
2
500 N/mm
Reinforcing steel shall be of hot rolled deformed round bars. Structural steel shall be of hot rolled
mild steel and / or high strength steel with the surface galvanized by hot dip process. The design of
steel components shall take the yield point of the corresponding steel grade as the characteristic
material ultimate value.

Corrosion protection
The cable bridge is located in an urban area overspaning a water channel. Both, air and water
pollution may create a corrosive environment to the structure being installed. The following
corrosion protection shall be considered as the minimum:
-
10.4
10.4.1
concrete cover of reinforcing bars
c ≥ 40 mm
sulphate resistant cement by aggressiveness of
2
soils with sulphate
SO4
≥
5000 mg/kg
2
water with magnesium
Mg
≥
1000 mg/l
2
water with sulphate
SO4
≥
600 mg/l
2
steel members having galvanized coating mass t ≥ 600 g/m
2
fastener components having galvanized coating t ≥ 350 g/m
DETAILS OF TESTING REQUIREMENTS
General on Testing
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 186
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
All design, details, materials, fabrication and tests shall be in compliance with the approved drawings and
relevant standards.
Chemical composition and mechanical properties of the concrete class and steel grade selected shall be
suitable for its intended use in the project area.
The quoted prices of civil works shall include all costs for the required material / soil tests, fabrication
inspection, shop assembly, facilities / equipment provision and material packing / storage.
The Contractor shall submit relevant mill test / laboratory test certificate and site test reports to the Employer
/ Engineer for verification / approval. The passing of the inspection or test will not, however, prejudice the
right of the Employer / Engineer to reject the equipment components if they do not comply with the
Specification when erected, or do not give complete satisfaction in service. Where the Contractor desires to
use stock material, not manufacture especially for this Contract, satisfactory evidence shall be submitted that
such material conforms to the requirements of this Contract. In this case tests on these materials are waived
and certificates shall be submitted instead. Routine and sample tests shall be performed as per IEC 60840.
Valid type test report as per IEC 60840 shall be submitted.
10.4.2
Particulars of Testing
The tests shall be conducted in accordance with the relevant standards. Measuring instruments used in
testing shall be regularly calibrated at the expenses of the Contractor / Laboratory and records shall be
available for examination by the Employer / Engineer. The tests to be conducted shall include but not be
limited to the following:
Records of ground drilling and trial excavations as well as the results of in – situ tests and laboratory tests to
determine the physical and chemical properties of the soil and groundwater samples shall be documented in
a comprehensive sub-soil investigation report. This shall include:
-
record of penetration value
stratification of soil
level of groundwater
type of soil
distribution of grain size
state of consistency
index and engineering property of relevant soil strata
proposed foundation type
 Concrete testing
The contractor shall submit not less than 1 month before commencement of the concreting operation
the following information to the Employer / Engineer for approval:
-
trial design mix composition and achieved concrete strength
site concrete testing procedures
laboratory concrete testing procedures
ready-mixed concrete testing procedures
In order to achieve uniformity, the same standard applied for the concrete structural design shall be
adopted for the concrete quality control.
 Steel testing
The Contractor shall be responsible to provide documentation and / or undertake the following
activities:
-
tensile tests on profile / bar samples
brittleness tests on profile / bar samples
mill test certificates of steel and bolt batches
galvanizing tests on profile and bolt samples
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 187
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
-
uniformity and thickness tests of zinc coating
Coating imperfection such as dull grey, rough surface, lumpiness and runs may be accepted
whereas wet storage stain or bulky white deposits, dark spots or flux staining, bare or rust stains will
generally not be accepted.
 Shop assembly
Bolted structures shall be tested for dimensional accuracy before dispatch to site by complete or part
assembly of the girder / truss in the manufacturer’s work shop. If a horizontal part-assembly of a
girder is adopted, blocking and adequate support simulating the actual support conditions shall be
applied. Test working vertical loads shall be applied (e.g. sand bags) according to the loading
design of the girder to verify the actual deflection and compare with the allowable displacement. All
steel works shall be fabricated to the following tolerances:
- member length
- member alignment
- hole position
- bolt clearance
- structure dimension
- structure alignment
- section width
- section thickness
∆l
≤
+ 0.0015٠√l
∆f
≤
0.001٠l
∆z ≤
+ 1 mm
Φ n + 1.5 mm + 0.2 mm
∆s ≤
+ 0.001 ٠ d
∆g ≤
+ 0.002٠ d
∆a ≤
1.5 mm
∆a ≤
+ 2.0 mm
∆t
≤
+ 0.7 mm
∆t
≤
+ 1.0 mm
(l < 10m)
(l member length)
(n nominal bolt Φ)
(d ≥ 10m ≤ 30m)
(d structure length)
( L 60 – L 100)
( L 110 – L 160)
( L 60 – L 100)
( L 110 – L 160)
Any member distorted, twisted or bent due incorrectness of detailed drawing shall be corrected.
Welding to compose individual tower members or fill of mismatched bolt holes will not be permitted.
Reaming of mismatched holes will not be permitted. All matching holes for bolts shall pass freely
through the assembled members in a direction at right angles to such members. A reasonable
amount of drifting will be allowed in assembling. If any errors on the drawings or fabrication are
discovered, all incorrect drawings shall be revised and submitted for approval by the Employer /
Engineer and the corrected part shall be re-fabricated and re-assembled at the Contractor’s
expenses.
10.5
TECHNICAL REQUIREMENTS FOR EXECUTION OF CIVIL WORKS
All design, details, materials, fabrication and tests shall be in compliance with the approved drawings and
relevant standards.
Chemical composition and mechanical properties of the concrete class and steel grade selected shall be
suitable for its intended use in the project area.
The quoted prices of civil works shall include all costs for the required material / soil tests, fabrication
inspection, shop assembly, facilities / equipment provision and material packing / storage.
The Contractor shall submit relevant mill test / laboratory test certificate and site test reports to the Employer
/ Engineer for verification / approval. The passing of the inspection or test will not, however, prejudice the
right of the Employer / Engineer to reject the equipment components if they do not comply with the
Specification when erected, or do not give complete satisfaction in service. Where the Contractor desires to
use stock material, not manufacture especially for this Contract, satisfactory evidence shall be submitted that
such material conforms to the requirements of this Contract. In this case tests on these materials are waived
and certificates shall be submitted instead.
10.5.1
Sub-soil investigations
The Contractor shall ascertain for himself the effective nature of the sub-soil conditions of the sites by means
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 188
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
of boreholes and trial excavations, etc. Samples shall be taken as necessary and tested to determine the
physical and chemical characteristics of the various strata and of the ground water. The extent of the subsoil investigations shall be such as to permit the satisfactory determination of the sub-soil conditions and
reasonable foundation proposals. The following should be considered as a minimum requirement, assuming
uniform conditions over the site, but should be extended if inconsistencies are encountered.

Boreholes shall be drilled down to the bedrock if they do not encounter the hard stratum with an Nvalue more than 50. The boreholes shall be 12 cm in diameter.

Borehole records shall describe and state the levels of all soils encountered with the natural water
table level. Rock core records shall specify total core recovery, solid core recovery and quality of the
rock cored.

Where applicable, samples of soil shall be obtained from all soil strata or at 1.5 meters intervals in a
single stratum and tested to determine physical and chemical properties, particularly with respect to
substances which would react with concrete or other materials to be used for the foundation works.

Where applicable, in situ soil tests shall be applied to all soil strata or at 1 meter intervals in a single
stratum. Standard penetration test in non-cohesive soils, field vane tests in sensitive cohesive soils.(
BS 1377:PART4:1990 , ASTM D 1194 and/or other relevant International Standard )

Disturbed and undisturbed samples shall be collected for visual examination and laboratory testing.

Groundwater samples shall be obtained from each borehole and tested in accordance with approved
practice.

The electrical resistively of the soil shall be verified with four samples, in accordance with approved
practice (e.g. IEEE 80)

Records of ground drilling and trial excavations as well as the results of in – situ tests and laboratory
tests to determine the physical and chemical properties of the soil and groundwater samples shall be
documented in a comprehensive sub-soil investigation report. This shall include:
-
10.5.2
record of penetration value
stratification of soil
level of groundwater
type of soil
distribution of grain size
state of consistency
index and engineering property of relevant soil strata
proposed foundation type
Site clearance, and earthworks
10.5.2.1 Site clearance
The Contractor shall clear all areas required for the work. All unwanted materials, debris, etc. shall be
removed from the site. But shall take all reasonable precautions to prevent damage to existing road
construction and to existing surfaces, buildings and other facilities in the area which do not need to be
demolished.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 189
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Bushes, undergrowth, trees and hedges which are not specifically noted on the drawings or in the contract
for preservation shall be uprooted and burnt or otherwise disposed of. Holes left by uprooting shall be
promptly filled with suitable material and compacted.
10.5.2.2 Earth works
a).Excavation
The whole of the excavations shall be carried out to the widths, lengths and depths shown on the approved
drawings and in accordance with BS CP-8004 and BS 6031. No unlicensed or indiscriminate digging will be
permitted.
The Contractor may excavate by any method considered suitable, subject to the Engineer’s approval, and
shall allow for the use of types of Project most suited for excavation in any location and at any time.
The Contractor is to provide all strutting and shoring necessary for the safe execution of the Works.
The Contractor shall allow for risk of meeting and having to excavate through any sort of soil, which may be
encountered, including rock.
Materials from the excavation may, if approved by the Engineer, be used by the Contractor in the
construction Works. Other excavated material shall be back filled where required or deposited where
directed anywhere on site. Surplus materials shall be removed from the site by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall at all times keep the site free from all surplus materials, rubbish and offensive matter.
In foundation bottom 150mm layer of excavation in thickness shall be left undisturbed and subsequently
removed only when the concrete is about to be placed in order that softening or deterioration of the surfaces
of the bottom of the excavated area by exposure may be avoided as far as possible The bottom of all
excavated areas shall be trimmed, levelled and well rammed. Concrete shall not be deposited thereon until
the bottom has been inspected and approved by the Engineer.
b).Filling and reinstatement
Filling for trenches, excavations and levelling of the site shall be deposited in layers not exceeding 250 mm
un-compacted thickness, each layer watered when necessary and well rammed or otherwise compacted to
within 90% of the maximum dry density obtained by the use of a Proctor Standard Compaction Test.
Any fill material used within 500mm of concrete structures cement bound materials shall not have a soluble
sulphate content exceeding 2.5 g per litre when tested in accordance with BS 1377, special precautions shall
be taken to protect the concrete or cement bound materials to the approval of the Engineer.
Where excavations whether in rock or other material, are made to a greater depth than detailed, the
intervening space shall be brought up to the proper level in plain concrete at the Contractor’s expense.
Any formation encountered in the excavations which, in the opinion of the Engineer is not sufficiently strong
to carry the loads which will be imposed on it, shall be excavated to an adequate load bearing stratum and
replaced with mass concrete.
All equipment for determination of the density of filled areas shall be supplied by the Contractor. All tests
shall be carried out in the presence of the Engineer. The Bided price is deemed to include for this.
Unless otherwise described, directed or permitted, imported filling shall consist of pervious naturally
occurring material, free from mud, silt, clay, peat, vegetable or injurious matter and water soluble salts
harmful to copper and other metals. Filling shall be imported only from approved areas.
c).Stability of fill and embankment
The Contractor shall be responsible for the stability of embankments, which formed either by cutting or filling,
and precautions taken to protect the earthworks from deterioration under adverse weather conditions.
Wherever applicable the recommendations contained in the following codes of practice shall be followed in
calculations, detailing and performance of the earthworks and drainage.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 190
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Earthworks – British Standard Code of Practice BS 6031-1981
Embankments shall not be formed over inclined ground surfaces without previously forming the founding
surface, on which the fill material will be placed, to a benched profile.
All top surfaces of earthwork shall be finished off level and regular and the sides of cuttings and
embankments shall be properly trimmed to the detailed slopes. The soil stability of such slops etc. shall be
ensured.
The Contractor is to allow for embankments and cutting slopes to be well forked, raked and stabilized as
protection from erosion to the approval of the Engineer.
The Contractor shall construct where necessary open ditches, bunds, culverts, etc. , to divert and protect the
site in both the short and long-term form flash floods.
If any slips occur in the excavations, banks or filling during the execution of the Works or during the period of
maintenance form any cause whatsoever, the Contractor shall execute the necessary remedial work in such
manner, and with such materials as approved by the Engineer, at the Contractor’s expense.
The Contractor shall make good all settlement of filling that may occur up to the end of the period of defects
liability at his own expense.
10.5.2.3 Explosives
Explosives may only be used when specified or approved by the Engineer. If approved, their use shall
comply with the following:
(1)
all local by-laws and regulations & under the scrutiny of security forces.
(2)
The Contractor shall store explosives in a licensed store or magazine provided with a
separate compartment for detonators. Explosives shall be handled only by currently
licensed shot fires. The Contractor shall ensure that there is no unauthorized issue or
improper use of explosives brought on the Site.
(3)
Explosives shall be used in the quantities and manner recommended by the manufacturers.
The written approval of the Engineer shall be obtained for each location or series of
locations where the Contractor wishes to use more than 5 kg of explosives in one blast.
Such approval shall not in any way relieve the Contractor of his liabilities under the
Conditions of Contract.
(4)
When blasting is carried out the Contractor shall ensure, by adherence to proper safety
distances and by the use of heavy blasting mats where necessary, to prevent the dispersal
or material, that no damage is caused to persons, animals or property on or off the Site.
Special care shall be taken when blasting in wet ground to ensure that individual explosions
are reduced to such a size as to preclude damage to any buildings or structures.
10.5.3
Concrete
10.5.3.1 General
Standards of design, materials and workmanship are to be equal to or better than those laid down in British
Standard CP 8110.
10.5.3.2 Trial mixes
The Contractor shall submit not less than 21 days before the commencement of manufacture of preliminary
trial design mixes the following information to the Engineer in respect of each grade of concrete.
(1)
Grade of concrete
(2)
Title of particular trial mix
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 191
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
(3)
The grading of the aggregates
(4)
The ratio by weight of all the constituents of the concrete
(5)
The expected compacting factor and slump
(6)
Full details of the proposed site quality control
(7)
Full details of the proposed laboratory for testing
The Contractor shall also confirm his proposed testing regime and acceptance criteria for the Preliminary
Trial Mixes. Should the proposals not be approved by the Engineer, then the Contractor shall comply with
the paragraph on preliminary test cubes and the two following paragraphs
At least 28 days before commencing any Concreting in the Works, the Contractor shall make trial mixes
using samples of aggregates and cements typical of those to be used. If possible, the Concreting Project
and the means of transport to be employed in the Works shall be used to make the trial mixes and to
transport them a representative distance. A clean dry mixer shall be used to make the trial mixes and the
first batch shall be discarded.
Preliminary test cubes shall be taken from the proposed mixes as follows:
For each grade a set of 6 cubes shall be made from each of 3 consecutive batches. Three from each set of
six shall be tested at an age of seven days and three at an age of 28 days. The cubes shall be made, cured,
stored, transported and tested in compression in accordance with BS 1881. The test shall be carried out in a
laboratory shall be approved by the Engineer.
If it is proposed to use an admixture in the mix then for each grade of concrete a batch shall be made with a
double dose of the additive. For each of these batches 3 cubes shall be made and one tested at 7 days and
2 at 28 days to determine the likely effect of error in dispensing.
The trial design mix proportions shall be approved if the average strength of a set of 9 cubes tested at 28
days exceeded the specified characteristic compressive strength by current margin less 3.5 N/sq.mm. The
results of the seven-day cube tests shall be used to give an indication for future use of the strengths likely to
be achieved at 28 days. They shall not be used to satisfy the 28 days preliminary test cube strength
requirements.
The current margin for each particular type of concrete mix should be determined; it may be taken as having
the smaller of the values given by (1) or (2).
i.
1.64 times the standard deviation of cube tests on at least 100 separate batches of concrete of
nominally similar proportions of similar materials and produced over a period not exceeding 12
months by the same Project under similar supervision, but not less than 1/6 of the characteristic
strength for concrete of grade 7, 20 or 15, or 3.75 N/sq.mm for concrete of grade 20 or above.
ii.
1.64 time the standard deviation of cube tests on at least 40 separate batches of concrete of
nominally similar proportions of similar materials and produced over a period exceeding 5 days but
not exceeding 6 months by the same Project under similar supervision, but not less than 1/3 of the
characteristic strength for concrete of grade 7, 10 or 15, or 7.5 N/sq.mm for concrete of grade 20 or
above.
Where there are insufficient data to satisfy (1) or (2) above, the margin for the initial mix design should be
2
taken as two-thirds of the characteristic strength for concrete of grade 7, 10 or 15, or 15 N/mm for concrete
of grade 20 or above. This margin should be used as the current margin only until sufficient data are
available to satisfy (1) or (2) above. However, when the required characteristic strength approaches the
maximum possible strength of concrete made with a particular aggregate, a smaller margin but not less than
2
7.5 N/mm may have to be permitted for the initial mix design.
At each test no cube strength shall fall below the appropriate minimum specified in the Contractor’s designs.
Before commencing the Works the Contractor shall submit to the Engineer for his approval full details of the
mixes he proposes to use, with their anticipated average strength, which must be based on the satisfactory
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 192
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
results of these preliminary tests.
The Engineer shall if he so desires be present at all preliminary tests. The Contractor shall inform the
Engineer of his intention to carry out such tests and the time and place of the tests at least 24 hours before
they take place.
Neither the mix proportions nor the source of supply of materials shall be altered without the prior approval of
the Engineer except that the Contractor shall adjust the proportions of the mix as required to take account of
permitted variations in the materials. Such approval shall be subject to the execution, to the Engineer’s
satisfaction, of trial mix procedures set out herein.
10.5.3.3 Ready-mixed concrete
Ready-mixed concrete as defined in BS 5328, which batched off the Site, may be used only with the
agreement of the Engineer and comply with all requirements of the Contract.
The concrete shall be carried in purpose made agitators operating continuously, or truck mixers. The
concrete shall be compacted and in its final position within 2 hours of the introduction of cement to the
aggregates, unless a longer time is agreed by the Engineer. The time of such introduction shall be recorded
on the delivery note together with the weight of the constituents of each mix.
When truck-mixed concrete is used, water shall be added under supervision, either at the Site or at the
central batching Project, as agreed by the Engineer but in no circumstances shall water be added in transit.
Unless otherwise agreed by the Engineer, truck mixer units and their mixing and discharge performance
shall comply with the requirements of BS 5328 part 3.
10.5.3.4 Materials
a).Cements
Normal Portland cement complying with all the requirement of BS 12 shall be used in this project. Only
where the sulphate content in soil and ground water exceed the specified values in table 7 of BS 5328 part 1,
the sulphate resisting cement complying with all the requirements of BS 4027 shall be used.
The Bidder shall indicate on the schedule C the brand name, manufacture and source of the cement which
he proposes to use in the Works and the method of delivery. The Contractor shall not place the order for
cement before the Engineer’s approval is obtained. All cement shall be obtained from the same source for
any particular part of a structure.
The Contractor shall not use cement varying from that used in the preparation of trial mixes until any further
trial mixes required by the Engineer have been made and tested and shown to comply with the specification.
The cement shall be tested to determine the total alkali content in accordance with ASTM C114-69
(Chemical Analysis of Hydraulic Cement) or BS 4550: Part 2. The equivalent weight of sodium oxide shall
be calculated from the formula given in BS 5328 part 4.
The equivalent weight of sodium oxide shall not exceed 0.6% of the weight of cement. The above restriction
shall be waived if the proposed aggregate is proved without doubt to be non-reactive.
The cement shall be delivered to site packed in sealed bags or proper containers, of which there shall be 20
to the ton, bearing the name of the brand and manufacturer and the number of the consignment. The
approximate weight of the cement shall be legibly marked on each bag. The Contractor shall make the
necessary arrangements for deliveries to be made sufficiently frequently to ensure freshness and in sufficient
quantities to ensure that there is no suspension or interruption of the concreting work at any time.
The Contractor may use cement delivered in bulk; delivery arrangements shall be to the Engineer’s approval
and each delivery must be accompanied by a manufacturer’s test certificate.
Each consignment of cement shall be brought to the site in sufficient time to allow any tests to be carried out
before the cement is used.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 193
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Cement in bags shall be unloaded under cover and stored in a well-ventilated and weatherproof building
used exclusively for this purpose. The floor of the building shall be at least 150 mm off the ground and an air
space shall be left between the floor and bottom layer of bags.
If delivered in bulk an approved type of cement silo shall be used.
Each consignment shall be stacked separately so as to permit easy access for inspection and a record shall
be kept so that each consignment may be identified. Storage shall be arranged so that the cement is used in
order to delivery.
Cement which is more than 12 weeks old from the date of manufacture shall be retested on site for fineness,
setting time, strength and soundness in the presence of the Engineer’s representative and full test reports
shall be submitted within 24 hours.
b).Sulphate – resisting Portland Cement
Sulphate-Resisting is designed to prevent the rapid deterioration of concrete made from Portland cements
which occurs in structures exposed to certain types of soils and ground-waters.
Portland cements can contain up to 14% of tricalcium aluminate (known as C3A). This compound is
attacked by sulphates found in certain types of soils and ground-waters, causing concrete/mortar to
deteriorate at an unacceptably rapid rate. The tricalcium aluminate content of Sulphate-Resisting is kept
below the maximum level of 3.5% permitted by BS 4027 : 1996 to produce Sulphate -resisting Portland
cement”.
In accordance with the soil investigation report Especially for underground stricture Sulphate-resisting
Portland cement concrete recommended and shall be approved by the Engineer.
c).Test certificates and samples
All cement shall be certified by the manufacturer as complying with the requirements of the appropriate
specification. The Contractor shall, when required by the Engineer, obtain for him the manufacturer’s test
certificate for any consignment as soon as possible after delivery.
For every 50 tones of cement delivered to site and whenever required by the Engineer the Contractor shall
take samples, under supervision, from the cement stored on, or delivered to the site. The Contractor shall
test such samples as specified in this document.
d).Aggregates
Before the Engineer can approve any aggregate source, the Contractor shall furnish the following data.
(1)
geological group of rock
(2)
rock type within the group
(3)
shape
(4)
surface texture
(5)
silt content
(6)
grading curves
(7)
specific gravity
(8)
impact value
(9)
water absorption
(10)
soundness
(11)
salt content
(12)
alkali reactivity
The fine and coarse aggregates shall comply with BS 882.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 194
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
The sources for all aggregates shall be approved by the Engineer.
e).Physical requirements
(1)
The weight of voided shells in fine aggregate shall not exceed 5%.
(2)
The weight of the clay and fine silt fraction (smaller than ASTM sieve No. 200) shall not
exceed 5% by weight of coarse aggregates or 10% by weight for fine aggregates.
(3)
Absorption of fine and coarse aggregate shall not exceed 5% as measured in accordance
with BS 812 or similar standard.
(4)
The soundness of all aggregates shall be proved by a sodium Sulphate test in accordance
with ASTM C88-73, from which the loss over 5 cycles shall not exceed 10% for fine
aggregates or 12% for coarse aggregates.
(5)
The apparent specific gravity of aggregates as determined by an approved test, such as in
BS 812, shall not be less than 2.5.
(6)
Los angles abrasion shall not exceed 37%.
Where quarries with aggregate from bedrock, especially limestone of the Dolomite type, the rock shall be
checked for surface alteration to hardpan. This may affect the surface for well over a meter depth and result
in salt concentrations near the surface. Such rocks are also prone to other undesirable characteristics
including pockets of clay, salt, chalk or other friable material. Rigorous initial physical inspection is essential.
f).Chemical requirements
(1)
Fine and coarse aggregates shall not be potentially reactive with alkalis, and shall be tested
in accordance with BS 812.
(2)
Fine and coarse aggregates shall not contain more than 0.5% by weight of acid soluble
sulphates (as S03).
(3)
Fine aggregate shall contain no more than 0.1% by weight of chlorides (as NaCl) and coarse
aggregate more than 0.03%. Should these figures be exceeded the aggregate may still be
considered acceptable in this respect provided the total sodium chloride concentration is not
greater than 0.32% by weight of cement in the mix, irrespective of the origin of the chloride.
The aggregates shall be stored at mixer positions in such a manner that intermingling of different sizes and
types of aggregates is prevented. The stockpiles are to be protected from rubbish or windblown dust.
Heaps of fine aggregate shall be capable of draining freely. Wet fine aggregate shall not be used until, in the
opinion of the Engineer, it has drained sufficiently to ensure proper control of the water/cement ratio.
g).Sampling and testing
The Engineer shall have the right to request the Contractor, at any time, to draw samples of aggregates from
stockpiles on the Site or any other location to be indicated by the Engineer. All sampling and testing shall be
in accordance with BS 812 or to American standards when no appropriate BS exist.
For each new source of aggregate and for each class of aggregate to be used sampling and testing shall be
done at the rate of six samples and set of test for each new source and each new class. The Contractor
shall allow for the whole range of tests to be carried out. For routine sampling and testing from an approved
source the rate shall be sample per 50 cubic meter of aggregate to be used or sample per month whichever
is greater. Such testing shall include those tests form BS 812 as are considered useful by the Engineer for
comparison with the results of the initial set of tests but the Contractor shall allow for the full range to carried
out.
Testing is to be carried out at an independent laboratory approved by the Engineer or else on the site in the
presence of the Engineer’s
h).Water
The water used for making concrete, mortar and grout shall be clean, fresh and free from injurious amounts
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 195
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
of soil, vegetable or organic matter or any other substance in suspension or solution. The mix water shall be
continually monitored for salt content and the concrete mix designed accordingly to limit total salt content.
i).Admixtures
Admixtures shall not be used without the approval of the Engineer.
Before the use of any admixture can be approved the Contractor must prove by trial mix procedures that the
concrete will in no way be adversely effected even when twice the recommended dose is batched.
10.5.3.5 Workmanship
a).Project
The concreting Project shall be suitably in type, capacity and design for its purpose. The performance of the
Project and its disposition shall be to the satisfaction of the Engineer. The Project shall be maintained
regularly and stand by Project shall be available to avoid any delay in the progress of the works.
b).Concrete strength requirements
All concrete mixes shall be in accordance with the requirements of BS 5328 and BS 8110 as designated on
drawings approved by the Engineer.
The strength requirements for each grade of concrete proposed in the design shall be proven by means of
preliminary trial tests as specified in BS 5328 and BS 1881. The minimum cement content and the maximum
free water-cement ratio shall be in accordance with BS 8110 and BS 5328.
The Contractor’s designs and drawings shall show clearly the characteristic strengths, and permissible
deviation proposed for each grade of concrete to be used.
The Contractor shall carry out frequent tests to the satisfaction of the Engineer to check the relationship of
the strength of concrete cured under site conditions to that cured under laboratory conditions.
c).Mixing
All concrete except where specifically permitted by the Engineer in writing shall be mixed in weigh batch
mixing machines. The machines shall have a large water storage tank with a gauge or that a predetermined
quantity of water can be injected direct into the mixer drum. The dry concrete ingredients shall be mixed until
a uniform color is obtained after the addition of the water the concrete shall be mixed for a further 2 minutes
or until a uniform color is achieved. The total water in the mix shall not exceed the amount used in the trial
mix.
In computing the quantity of water to be added, due account must be taken of the water contained in the
aggregates. The amount of water shall be sufficient to ensure through hydration, good workability and high
strength.
The Contractor shall take all precautions to the satisfaction of the Engineer to protect the concrete from the
injurious effects of the elements.
d).Workability
The concrete shall be of such consistency that it can be readily worked into the corners and angles of the
framework and around reinforcement without segregation of the materials or bleeding of free water at the
surface. On striking the framework it shall present a face which is uniform, free from honeycombing, surface
crazing or excessive dusting, and which shall not, in the opinion of the Engineer, be inferior to the standards
laid down in later clauses in this Chapter. In order to satisfy the Engineer that adequate for the requirements
of the Specification, the Contractor shall carry out a series of workability tests on the preliminary trial mixes
required elsewhere in this Chapter. These tests shall be carried out in accordance with BS 1881, or such
other procedure as approved by the Engineer.
The samples to be tested shall be obtained from the batches used for the preliminary test cubes. In addition
the Contractor shall supply for each of the grades of concrete a section of framework complete with
reinforcement fixed in position and generally representative of the sections commonly to be employed in the
Works. The capacity of this trial section of formwork shall be at least half a batch of concrete but in any case
not less than 1/4 cubic meter. The formwork shall comply with the requirements of this Specification for
formwork. The mould shall be filled in the presence of the Engineer with concrete of the same mix and batch
from which the preliminary test cubes are made and shall be compacted in the same manner with the same
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 196
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
equipment as are proposed for the Works. This procedure shall, if necessary, be repeated with modified
mixes until the appearance of the concrete after striking the mould is acceptable to the Engineer, after which
it shall be used as the standard for that grade.
When specific workability is called for a check it shall be maintained by measuring slump at the rate of one
test for each 10 cubic meters of concrete or three tests for each day of concreting.
e).Transportation
The concrete shall be discharged from the mixer and transported to the Works by means that shall be
approved by the Engineer and which shall prevent adulteration, segregation or loss of ingredients, and
ensure that the concrete is of the required workability at the point and time of placing.
The concrete shall be placed in the positions and sequences indicated on approved drawings, in the
Specification or as directed by the Engineer, within one hour of mixing.
All formwork and reinforcement contained in it shall be clean and free from standing water, immediately
before the placing of concrete.
The Engineer shall be given 24 hours’ notice in order that he may check the work.
Except where otherwise directed, concrete shall not be placed unless the Engineer or his representative is
present or he has previously examined and approved the positioning, fixing and condition of the
reinforcement and of any other items to be embedded, the cleanliness, alignment and suitability of the
containing surfaces, and the adequacy and condition of Project.
The concrete shall be deposited as nearly as possible in its final position and in such a manner as to avoid
segregation displacement of the reinforcement, formwork or other embedded items. Placing shall be
continuous between specified or approved construction joints.
All small concrete pours shall be carried out in the late afternoon.
Where chutes are used to convey the concrete, their slopes shall not be such as to cause segregation and
suitable spouts or baffles should be provided to obviate segregation during discharge. Concrete shall not be
allowed to fall freely more than 1.5 meters except with the approval of the Engineer. Where pneumatic
placers are used the velocity of discharge shall be regulated by suitably baffles or hoppers where necessary
to prevent segregation damage and distortion of the reinforcement, other embedded items and formwork,
caused by impact.
Upon arrival at the place of deposition the concrete truck driver must present to the Engineer’s
Representative a chit from the concrete batcher stating (a) the grade of concrete,
iii.
the workability (c) the aggregate size (d) type of cement and € time of batching of the concrete.
If concreting is not started within 24 hours of approval being given, approval shall again be obtained from the
Engineer. Concreting shall then proceed continuously over the area between construction joints. When insitu concrete has been in place for 4 hours, or less as directed by the Engineer depending upon the mix,
type of cement and weather conditions, no further concrete shall be placed against it for a further 20 hours.
Concrete, when deposited, shall have a temperature of not less than 5°C and not more than 32°C. It shall
be compacted in its final position within 30 minutes of discharge from the mixer when the time shall be within
2 hours of the introduction of cement to the mix and within 20 minutes of discharge from the agitator.
Except where otherwise agreed by the Engineer, concrete shall be deposited in horizontal layers to a
compact depth not exceeding 450 mm where internal vibrators are used or 300mm in all other cases.
When trucking or chutes are used they shall be kept clean and used in such a way as to avoid segregation.
f).Compaction
The concrete shall be fully compacted throughout the full extent of the layer. It shall be thoroughly worked
against the formwork and around reinforcement and other embedded items, without displacing them.
Successive layers of the same lift shall be thoroughly worked together.
All concrete shall be compacted to produce a dense homogeneous mass. Unless otherwise agreed by the
Engineer, it shall be compacted with the assistance of vibrators. Sufficient vibrators in serviceable conditions
shall be on site so that spare equipment is always available in the event of breakdowns.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 197
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Vibration shall not be applied by way of the reinforcement. Where vibrators of the immersion type are used,
contact with reinforcement and all inserts shall be avoided, so far as is practicable.
Concrete shall not be subjected to vibration between 1 and 10 hours after compaction.
Unless otherwise directed by the Engineer, approved power driven vibrators of the immersion type shall be
used. They shall be inserted at such distances apart or applied in such a manner as will ensure that the
concrete being placed.
Vibrators shall penetrate the fully depth of the layer and where concrete is placed over previously placed
concrete not more than 4 hours old the vibrators shall enter and re-vibrate that layer to ensure that
successive layers are well knitted together.
Over-vibration, causing segregation, surface laitance or leakage through formwork, shall be avoided.
Immersion vibrators shall be withdrawn slowly to prevent the formation of voids. Vibrators shall not keep
damage to formwork or other parts of the structure, or displace the reinforcement or other embedded items.
Internal vibrators shall be capable of producing not less than 10,000 cycles per minute and external vibrators
not less than 3,000 cycles per minute.
g).Joining new concrete work to existing
Existing concrete shall be broken out as described or directed and scrabbled to form a suitable key for the
new concrete. Where necessary the reinforcement in existing concrete shall be exposed, cleaned and bent
to its correct shape. New reinforcement shall be securely wired to the existing.
Immediately before new concrete is poured, a cement wash shall be applied to the existing concrete faces.
h).Curing
Concrete shall be protected during the first stages of hardening from the harmful effects of sunshine, drying
winds, cold, rain or running water. The protection shall be applied as soon as practicable after completion of
placing by a method to be approved by the Engineer.
The Contractor shall put forward his proposals for curing concrete to the Engineer for approval, before any
Concreting work commences.
On vertical surfaces, the curing membrane shall be applied immediately after removing the formwork.
No concrete shall be allowed to become alternately wet and dry. The temperature of curing water shall be
same as the concrete + 5 0 C. General concrete shall be wet-cured for at least 7 days with a further 4 days
of dry protection.
i).Additional requirements in hot weather
General
In hot weather the Contractor shall present for the Engineers approval his proposals for dealing with the
following problems:
(1)
Reduced workability
(2)
Excessive Plastic shrinkage
(3)
Rapid strength gain but possible low final strength
(4)
Rapid drying-out of concrete
10.5.3.6 Testing
Testing methods are to be in accordance with the relevant BS or ASTM standard except as approved or
requested by the Engineer.
The Engineer shall have the right to order that any materials which, do not meet with his approval shall not
be used in the work. The Contractor shall have the right to sample, test and give his opinion on such
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 198
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
materials. If after this, the materials which, are rejected by the Engineer shall be immediately removed from
the Site by the Contractor.
The Contractor shall provide the Engineer with facilities for materials testing on Site. The facilities may be
those normally used by the Contractor.
All testing facilities on site shall be calibrated at regular intervals in the presence of the Engineer, and
whenever deemed necessary by the Engineer.
Works test cubes
Before commencing any Concreting work, the Contractor shall submit for approval his proposed testing
regime for the Works concrete. If the proposals are not approved by the Engineer, the Contractor shall
comply with the next two paragraphs below.
For the first 10 days that a particular grade of concrete is produced, or where there is a lapse of two weeks
or more between successive pours of the same grade of concrete, three samples shall be taken on each day
and three cubes shall be made from each sample. Two shall be tested at 7 days and the other at 28 days.
After the initial 10 days, samples of designed mixed shall be taken at the reduced rate given in Table below,
with the provision that at least one sample shall be taken on each day that concrete of that grade is used.
Three cubes shall be made from each sample, one being tested at 7 days and the remaining two at 28 days.
Surface treatments
Where concrete is to be treated with sodium silicate or a similar dust preventive coating this must be carried
out within 14 days of the Concreting of the foundation and be applied in accordance with the manufacturer’s
instructions. The methodology shall be provided for approval of Engineer.
10.5.3.7 Reinforcement
Steel reinforcement shall be one of the following:
iv.
Hot rolled mild steel round bars complying with BS 4449 or equivalent standard, as approved by the
Engineer.
(2)
High tensile steel either
(a) Cold worked deformed bars complying with BS 4461 (or 4482) or
(b) Hot rolled deformed bars complying with BS 4449, or approved by the Engineer.
(3)
Welded steel mesh reinforcement complying with BS 4483 or similar approved.
(4)
Bars greater than 40mm diameter will not generally be used.
Reinforcement shall be stored clear of the ground on sufficient supports to prevent distortion of the bars.
Mild steel and high tensile steel are to be stored separately.
The Contractor shall supply the Engineer with a certificate for each consignment from the steel
manufacturers showing that the steel meets the requirements of the Specification. One tension test and one
bond test shall be made for each lot of 50 tonnes of less supplied for the permanent Works.
Steel reinforcing bars shall be kept clean and shall be free from pitting, loose rust, mill scale, oil, grease,
mortar earth, paint or any material which may impair the bond between the concrete and the reinforcement,
or which may cause corrosion of the reinforcement or disintegration of the concrete.
Reinforcement may be bent on site, or alternatively off the site, by an approved method. The Contractor
shall arrange for bending equipment suitable for bending both mild steel and intermediate grade bars. Mild
0
0
steel shall be bent at temperatures in the range 5 C to 100 C. High tensile steel shall only be heated or
welded when the manufacturer given written guarantees as to its subsequent performance. The shapes of
the bends and lengths must comply as specified on the Drawings and Bending Schedules as approved by
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 199
TENDER NO. : PC. 35 /NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
the Engineer.
The Contractor shall provide any chairs or other subsidiary reinforcement necessary to keep the
reinforcement in its correct position. The concrete cover over such subsidiary reinforcement shall not be less
than that over the reinforcement generally.
The Contractor shall provide adequate scaffold boards to ensure that the reinforcement is not displaced by
being walked upon during the placing of the concrete or other operation.
Mesh reinforcement shall be fixed flat in the works over the whole of the areas indicated on the approved
drawings. Adjoining sheets of mesh shall overlap by at least 300 mm.
Loose small pieces of fabric shall only be used where they are essential for fitting into small confined parts of
the Works. Areas of fabric reinforcement shall be net with no allowance included for laps or waste. Fabric
reinforcement shall be delivered to site only in flat sheets.
Bends, cranks and other shapes of reinforcement shall be to the dimensions specified; otherwise all bars
shall be truly straight. Bending of reinforcement shall be carried out round a former having a diameter of at
least four times the diameter of the bar.
The bending dimensions shall comply with BS 4466 unless otherwise specified on the bending schedules.
Cover blocks used for the correct positioning of reinforcement shall be of a type approved by the Engineer.
They shall be rigid, inert and capable of supporting the reinforcement in its correct position with the required
cover without deforming. They shall not impair the finish on the concrete no cause the formwork to deform
locally.
Reinforcing bars shall be tied together at every intersection using 16 SWG soft pliable annealed steel wire.
Immediately prior to Concreting all reinforcement shall be wire brushed to remove all wind-blown
contaminates such as salt.
Concrete cover to all reinforcement (including stirrups) shall be as specified in BS 8110 and BS 8004. In
addition, the cover should never be less than the diameter of the main bar or nominal maximum size of the
aggregate.
Testing of reinforcement
The Engineer shall have the right to select at any time samples of steel reinforcement for testing in
accordance with the relevant approved standard.
Bar bending schedules
The Contractor shall provide fully dimensioned bending Schedules giving the location and bending of every
bar shown on the drawings. Unless otherwise stated on the Bending Schedules all bars shown will be
dimensioned in accordance with the national or international standard to be approved by the Engineer, e.g.
British Standard 4466.
Prevention of corrosion below ground
The Contractor is to ascertain whether or not the sub-strata contain any corrosive qualities, which will have a
deleterious effect on reinforced concrete. If such conditions are evident, only an additive approved by the
Engineer is to be incorporated in the concrete mix in the proportions according to the manufacturer’s
recommendations.
Section 11– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications: Civil Engineering Works
11 - 200
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 11:
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS SUPPLEMENTARY
INFORMATION
11.1
NOTES ON TECHNICAL SCHEDULES
The schedules are intended to provide the Employer with essential supplementary information in an organised
format. The examples of more commonly used schedules are given herein. Others may be devised and added
in accordance with the requirements of the instructions to bidders.
All the schedules are essential for the bid evaluation and some in contract execution; they should all be
incorporated in the contract, and appropriate changes introduced with the approval of the employer or its
representative.
The schedules are to be completed and submitted as part of the technical proposal in accordance with the
instruction to bidders.
There shall be no equipment offered without filling these schedules. These sheets to be copied and filled in
separately for each different type of equipment offered.
11.2
TECHNICAL PERTICULARS AND GURANTEES
11.2.1 Schedule A: General Description of Work
Section for purposes of
payment and taking over
AL Zawraa s/s - AL Hurryia s/s
conductors
AL Yarmook s/s - AL
Rasheed s/s
XLPE insulated
132kV Aluminium
Singe Core
2
2000mm Cable
Double Circuit
AL Kazale s/s - AL Amean
400 kV substation
+DTS System (not
applicable)
Optic fiber
Type of
construction
Separate
Optical Fiber
Cable
Two cables
Each Circuit, Flat
formation
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
Estimated route
Length in
kilometres
13 km
18.250 km
16.250 km
12 - 201
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.2.2 Schedule B: Times for Delivery & Completion and Contract Completion Time
The Schedule shall be completed by the contractor and the times entered shall be binding on the contractor and
signed by him. The latest date by which an order must be placed to permit completion by the specified dates
shall be entered, together with the guaranteed periods in weeks from placing of order to the completion of the
lines.
All periods shall be in weeks, calculated from the latest date for placing the order and shall show the
commencement and completion for each item. The Contractor shall refer to the construction program noting
key dates and periods. Based on the figures inserted in this Schedule, a Gantt Chart showing the tasks should
also be submitted)
Commencement Date:
Completion Date:
Total period of Contract:
AL Zawraa Substation - AL Hurryia substation
AL Yarmook substation - AL Rasheed substation
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
Description
Weeks
Start
Complete
Survey and profiling
Cable route and Joint locations finalization
Access for Commencement of erection
Cable joint box
132kV Cable, manufacture and inspection
Optical Fiber, manufacture and inspection
Joints and accessories, manufacture and inspection
Earthwire, manufacture and inspection
OPGW conductor, manufacture and inspection
Grounding materials, manufacture and inspection
Shipment of 132kV Cable
Shipment of Optical Fibre cable
Shipment of Joints and accessories
(Please note Particular Condition 37 for shipment date and value
requirements and penalties)
Excavation of trenches
Laying of Conduits
132kV cable laying
Optical Fibre cable laying
Jointing works and end works
Testing and commissioning of 132kV Cables
Testing and commissioning of Fiber optic cables
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 202
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.2.3 Schedule C: Manufacturers and Places of Manufacture, Testing and Inspection
ITEM
DESCRIPTION
1
XLPE power cables
2
DTS System (not applicable)
3
joint for XLPE power cables
4
conventional termination for XLPE power cables
5
Stranded copper conductor
6
Cross-bonding cable
7
Grillage PVC,
8
Marking tape PVC
9
Special tools complete for jointing and
terminating 132kV power cable
10
Cross bonding Box suitable for C. B
joints and cable
11
Digital differential protection relay
according to technical specifications
12
13
14
15
16
MANUFACTURER
PLACE OF
FACTORY
PLACE OF
TESTING
Portable AC high voltage cable for AC test cables
& equipment up to 190kV AC.
Witnessing according to schedule NoError!
Reference source not found.
Training according to schedule NoError!
Reference source not found.
Power cable clamps casting with two
stainless steel screws and rubber sole
Power cable clamps casting with six
stainless steel screws and rubber sole .
17
Optical Fiber
18
Optical fiber cable joint with enclosures
19
Optical fiber accessories
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 203
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Contd. .
DESCRIPTION
ITEM
20
ODF: Optical Distributed Frame
21
Typical cable jet
22
Compressor Machine
23
Multiplexer
24
Cabinet for Multiplexer
25
Instruments & Commissioning equipment
MANUFACTURER
PLACE OF
FACTORY
PLACE OF
TESTING
Signature of Bidder:
Name of Bidder:
Note : Only one manufacturer should be indicated against each item
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 204
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.2.4 Schedule D 5:
132kV Power Cable – General Particulars and Guarantees
The bidder is required to fill the spaces in this schedule
Item
no.
Particulars and grantees
Units
1-
Section area of conductor
Sq. mm
2-
Metal
2a
Water resistant Powder should be provided to prevent
water movement through the conductor strands.
3-
External diameter of conductor
4-
Maximum resistance of conductor of completed cable at
20°C( D.C. Resistance)
Ohms/km
5-
Star reactance of 3 phase circuit a 150 H
Ohms/km
6-
Capacitance between conductor and screen
F/km
7-
Maximum charging current per 1000 m of completed
cable at normal voltage frequency
Amps
9-
10-
mm
Extruded
Semiconducting
Compound
b)
material
c)
thickness
mm
a)
Minimum thickness of insulation for XLPE between
inner and outer semi – conductor
mm
b)
Average thickness of insulation for XLPE between
inner and outer semi – conductor
Outer semi conducting sheath
a) construction
b)
material
c)
thickness
mm
Extruded
Semiconducting
Compound
mm
Longitudinal water tight barrier between semi –
conductor & Al wires
10-
a)
2000
Aluminium
Inner semi conducting sheath
a) construction
8-
Type/Value
Semiconducting Water
Swellable Tape
material
bn ) nominal thickness
mm
0.3mm (Approximately)
Metallic screen
- material
12-
Copper Wire or tape
- nominal thickness
mm
-
pcs
number of wires
- total cross sectional area
mm
2
- arrangement
13-
Equalizing tape
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 205
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
-
material
-
nominal thickness
mm
Longitudinal water tight barrier between Equalizing
tape & lead sheath or LAT
14-
-
15-
material
nominal thickness
Nominal thickness of lead sheath or LAT
mm
mm
Diameter over lead sheath or LAT
16-
a)
Maximum
b) Minimum
mm
mm
Composition of lead sheath (by weight)
17-
a) lead
%
b) tin
%
c)
cadmium
%
d)
antimony
%
External covering
18-
a) construction
b) material
c) thickness
mm
19-
Overall cable diameter
mm
20-
Weight per meter of completed cable
kg
21-
Minimum radius of bend around which cable can be
bent during installation
m
22-
Nominal internal diameter of duct or pipe through which
cable can be pulled
23-
24-
mm
a) Nominal drum length
m
b) Drum dimensions (w × d )
m
c) Nominal drum weight (gross)
Maximum continuous current carrying capacity for a
Double circuit in flat formation axial phase distance as
per drawings and single point/cross bonding
a) Direct buried circuit at 1.3 m depth to group centre,
35°C soil temperature, 2.0°C.m/W soil thermal
resistivity
b) when drawn into pipes or ducts of length more than
15 m for one 3- phase circuit in a condition similar to
a) as per drawing 003 in Section 17
kg
c)
when cleated to sealing end structure
( ambient max . 50° C )
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
Amps
Amps
Amps
12 - 206
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
d)
25-
when laid direct in trench inside concrete trough as
per drawing 001 in Section 17 ground temp. 35°
C. g-120 for one 3 phase circuit per trench
Maximum continuous current carrying capacity for a
single circuit in flat formation with 300 mm axial phase
distance and single point/cross bonding
a) Direct buried circuit at 1.3 m depth to group center,
35°C soil temperature, 2.0°C.m/W soil thermal
resistivity
b) when drawn into pipes or ducts of length more than
15 m for one 3- phase circuit in a condition similar to
a)
c)
when cleated to sealing end structure
( ambient max . 50° C )
d)
when laid direct in concrete trough with 1.3 m to top
of protective cover ground temp. 35° C. g-120 for
one 3 phase circuit per trench
Maximum Conductor Temperature
Assumed max. conductor temp. for
26-
27-
Amps
Amps
Amps
Amps
Amps
a) cable laid in trench inside the concrete trough
0
b) cable draw into pipes or ducts
0
c) cable laid on racks in air
0
Maximum dielectric loss of completed cable at normal
voltage and frequency and at max conductor temp (see
item above )
C
C
C
90
kW
Maximum power factor of charging kVA of completed
cable when laid direct in the ground at normal voltage
and frequency and conductor temperature of :
0
%
0
%
a) 15 C
b) 30 C
0
28 -
c) 40 C
0
d) 50 C
0
e) 60 C
0
f) 70 C
0
%
%
%
%
g) 80 C
%
h)Max . temp.
%
Maximum power factor of charging kVA of completed
cable at normal frequency and conductor temperature of
25 C & at:
29-
30 -
a) 50 % normal voltage
%
b) 100 % normal voltage
%
c) 150 % normal voltage
%
d) 200 % normal voltage
%
Sheath loss of complete cable per 1000 m of 3 phase
circuit at normal voltage & frequency & at max current
rating when:
a)
laid direct in ground with current per phase as in
item 24 (a )
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 207
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
b)
draw in to pipes or with current per
phase as in item 25 (a )
Impulse puncture voltage
31 -
a)positive 1/50 wave
b)negative 1/50 wave
3233-
Maximum conductor temperature after passage of a
current of 40, 000 Amps. For 1 second subsequent to
continues full load current
Maximum pressure for which cable is designed
ºC
kg/sq. cm
Maximum Side Wall
N/m
Maximum dielectric stress:
34-
35-
a)
at conductor
kV/mm
b)
at screen or sheath
kV/mm
kW
Total loss of completed cable per 1000 m of 3 phase
circuit at normal voltage, frequency max. current rating.
a)
laid direct in trefoil touching (solid bonded)
b)
laid direct in flat formation (single point bonded)
c)
in ducts in trefoil touching (solid bonded)
d)
in ducts in flat touching formation
(single point bonded)
e)
in air in trefoil touching (solid bonded)
f)
in air in flat formation (single point bonded)
36
Installation of Cable
Maximum permissible pulling force of total cable
Minimum cable bending radius when laid:
During installation
Adjacent to joints and terminations
Minimum internal diameter of pipes or ducts
37
Commissioning Tests
Recommended tests after all terminating and jointing
has been completed but before connection to the
system.
38
Current Rating required for both circuits (Continuous)
W/m
W/m
W/m
W/m
W/m
W/m
kN
mm
mm
mm
350 MVA
Note: We have no objection to study any proposal submitted from the bidder for metallic screen to
verify 40kV short circuits
Actual Manufacturer
Vendor/Supplier/
of Equipment/Material
Contractor
Name of the Company
Location and address
………………..
…………………
Official Seal/Stamp of the Company
& Date
…………………
…………………
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 208
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.2.4.1 Differential Protection Relay for two line ends with software and connection cables
Required Features
Offered
1 Protection functions
Type of multiplexer
Complying to ITU-T rec.
Transmission Capacity
Differential protection for universal use with power lines and cables on all
voltage levels with phase-segregated measurement (87L)
Two line ends capability
Suitable for transformers in protected zones (87T)
Restricted earth-fault protection (87N) if a transformer is within the protection
zone
Well-suited for serial compensated lines
Two independent differential stages:: one stage for sensitive measuring for
high-resistance faults and one stage for high-current faults and fast fault
clearance
Breaker-failure protection (50BF)
Phase and Earth overcurrent protection Directional element (50, 50N, 51,51N,
67, 67N)
Phase-selective intertripping (85)
Overload protection (49)
Over/undervoltage protection (59/27)
Over/underfrequency protection (81O/U)
Auto-reclosure single/three-pole (79)
2 Control functions
Command and inputs for ctrl. of CB and disconnectors (isolators)
3 Monitoring functions
Self-supervision of the relay
Trip circuit supervision (74TC)
8 oscillographic fault records
CT-secondary current supervision
Event logging / fault logging
Switching statistics
4 Front
User-friendly local operation
PC Front access
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 209
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Required Features
Offered
5 Communication interfaces
Serial protection data (R2R) interface
Front interface for PC connection
6 System interface
IEC 61850 Ethernet
IEC 60870-5-103 protocol
PROF1BUS-DP, DNP 3.0 and MODBUS
Service / modem interface (rear)
Time synchronization via IRIG-B, DCF77 or system interface
7 Features
Browser-based commissioning tool
Direct connection to digital communication networks
11.2.5 Schedule D 6:
Fiber Optic Cable
The bidder is required to fill the spaces in this schedule
Data about offered integrated equipment to be filled in by the bidder.
Name of Manufacturer: .
Model :
Type:
1. General
Required
Type of multiplexer
SDH: ADM
Complying to ITU-T rec.
Yes
Transmission Capacity
Mbit/s
Offered
STM-1: 155
Access capacity on 64 kbit/s
channels
to be state by the bidder
Access capacity on 2 Mbit/s
channels
Minimum 40
Equipment used in substation environment
List of 10 reference
substation projects
Redundant central processor
Shall be available
Digital cross connect function
Fully non-blocking
The equipment is KEMA type tested
Yes
2. Tele-protection functionality:
Integrated distance teleprotection functionality
Yes
Integrated optical teleprotection functionality
Addressing system for commands
Yes
Loop test for delay time
Yes
Switch-over less than 10ms
Yes
3. Available AGGREGATES:
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 210
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
1. General
Required
Optical SDH aggregates (ITU-T G. 957)
Offered
S-1.1, L-1.1, L-1.2
4. Available TRUNK INTERFACES:
Optical 8Mbit/s interface
Yes
Electrical 34/35 Mbit/s interface
Yes
HDB3, 2 Mbit/s interfaces per module
Complying to ITU-T rec.
HDSL, 2Mbit/s interface: no of copper wires
Capacity on 2Mbit/s or on 1Mbit/s Capacity
selectable
HDSL line codes
CAP, PAM16, G. SHDSL
5. Available USER INTERFACES
No.
Minimum 8
G. 703, transparent G.
704, selectable
4 or 2
No. ch
30 or 15
ch / pair of
30 / 2 pairs
wire
30 / 1 pair
All codes available
5.1 Voice interfaces for trunk lines:
1 + 1 com path protection, available for all
Yes
Analogue, 4wire with E&M:
Input level Output level
dB
dB
Analogue, 2wire with E&M:
Input level
Output level
to be stated by the
bidder according to
standard
recommendation
international
dB
dB
+6. 5 . . –12. 5
–1. 0 . . -20
Digital, 2Mbit/s CAS or PRI
Yes
5. 2 Voice interfaces for remote subscriber:
2wire, subscriber side
dBr
-5 . . +4 / -7. 5 . . -1
Minimal number of subscriber
No.
10
2wire, PABX side
dBr
-5 . . +4 / -7. 5 . . -3
Minimal number of PABX
No.
10
Number of independent commands
No.
4
Transmission time max.
ms
6. Integrated teleprotection
6.1 Interface for Commands:
Signal voltage
V peak
to be stated by the
bidder
250
Yes
1 + 1 com path protection
6. 2 Interface(s) for Differential Protection:
Electrical interface: G. 703
Optical Interface
kbit/s
64
kbit/s
to be stated by the
bidder
7. Data: channels per module
Yes
1 + 1 com path protection, available for all
V. 24/V. 28 (RS-232): up to 38. 4kbit/s
V. 11/X. 24 (RS-422): 64kbit/s
No.
No.
to be stated by the
bidder
to be stated by the
bidder
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 211
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
1. General
V. 35: 64kbit/s
V. 36 (RS-449): 64kbit/s
G. 703: 64kbit/s
Ethernet:: 10BaseT
WAN capacity
Protocols
Integrated Ethernet Hub 10/100 Base T
Required
No.
No.
to be stated by the
bidder
to be stated by the
bidder
to be stated by the
bidder
to be stated by the
bidder
Min: 2x 2Mbit/s Min. :
IP
Min. 5
No.
Min. 20
No.
No.
No.
Mbit/s
Offered
8. Integrated alarm gathering module:
Number of external alarms per module
Yes
Auxiliary power supply for ext. contacts
9. Configuration Management
Type/Name of configuration tool
Yes / yes
For local / remote operation
Data communication network
(DCN)
Integrated Management of Tele-protection
Commands
10. Network Management System
Ethernet / IP or
Ethernet / OSI
Yes
Type/Name of configuration tool
For fault / configuration management
Yes / yes
For local / remote operation
Yes / yes
Data communication network
(DCN)
Graphical network representation
Ethernet / IP or the
Ethernet / OSI
Yes
Integrated Management of Teleprotection
Commands
Synchronization view option
Yes
Yes
Networking Package option
(end to end configuration)
11. Technical Requirements
Yes
11.1 Ambient Conditions:
Storage: ETS 300 019-1-1, class 1. 2
Transport: ETS 300 019-1-2, class 2. 2
Operation: ETS 300 019-1-3, class 3. 1E
°C / % hum -25 . . + 55 / class 1.
2
°C / % hum -25 . . + 70 / class 2.
2
°C / % hum -5 . . +45 / class 3. 1E
11. 2 Power Supply
Operation
VDC
48 / 60 (-15/+20%)
Fully redundant power supply
Yes
Dual power feeder
Yes
11. 3 Optical amplifier
Minimal Launched power (A)
dBm
to be stated by the
bidder
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 212
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
1. General
Minimum sensitivity (B)
Available bit rates
PDH: 8 and 34 Mbit/s,
SDH: STM-1 (155 Mbit/s),STM-4 (622 Mbit/s)
Dispersion limits for STM-4 application
(on SM Standard fibre G. 654)
Optical connectors E2000
Required
dBm
km
Offered
to be stated by the
bidder
All bit rates
available
>250
Yes
Alarm output
Yes
LAN management interface
Yes
Bidder shall provide all necessary information which deemed to be necessary to complete the project in
all respects.
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 213
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Specification table
( should be filled by the bidder )
Item No.
Particular & guarantees
Unit
Standards
1
Manufacturer
2
Type reference
3
Place of Manufacture
4
Type of optical fiber
5
Construction
6
Standards
7
Wave length
Nm
1310 or 1550
8
No. of fibers
No.
24
9
Transmission attenuation
db/km
<0. 25 at 1550
<0. 4 at 1310
10
Transmission band width
MHz/km
> 10000
11
Splicing loss
Db
< 0. 1
12
Chromatic dispersion
Ps/nm. km
< 18
13
Min. bending radius
mm
14
Type of armouring
15
Max. applicable tension
KN
16
Operating temp. range
c
17
Mass of cable
18
Manufacturer quality system in
accordance with ISO
9000, 9001, 9002, 9003&
9004
19
Type test certificate
NOTES
Single mode
Loose tube
According to
IEC60793/6079
4 & ITU-TG652
PE
-10 to 60
kg/km
Y/N
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 214
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.2.6 Schedule D 3:
International Standards
Particulars
Required IEC/ISO/BS EN
Standards
Quality assurance
ISO 9001
Drawings
BS PD 6031
Steel bolts and nuts
BS 90/BS EN 20898-1
Steel plain washers
BS 4320
Steel spring washers
BS 4464
Stainless steel
BS 970 Pt 1
Galvanizing
BS EN ISO 1461, BS 7371
Pt 6, BS EN 10244 Pt 2
Aluminium-clad steel wires for electrical
purposes
Required or alternative
equivalent National
Standard offered by Bidder
BS EN 61232
Galvanized steel wire strand
BS 183
Optical cables to be used along
electrical power lines (OCEPL)
BS EN 187200
ISO 9223
IEC 60693
IEC 60793-1
IEC 60794-1
CCITT G. 651
CCITT G. 652
CCITT G. 653
CCITT G. 703
ANSI 455-37
ANSI 455-85
ANSI 455-91
ANSI 455-14
ANSI 455-89
BS EN 50189
BS EN 50183
BS 4803
BS1559
Batteries
IEC 60623
IEC 61284
Soils testing
BS 1377
Foundation testing
IEC 61773
BS 4027
Sulphate resistant
BS 882 / BS EN 12620
cement Aggregate
Concrete
BS 8500 / BS EN 206 Pt 1
BS 1881
Reinforced concrete
BS 8110
Reinforcement for concrete
BS 4449
Test method for soil for civil engineering
BS 1377:Part4
purposes
Recommendations and classifications
BS 3882
for topsoil
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 215
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Core drilling equipment
BS 4019
Code of practice for site investigations
BS 5930
Code of practice for earthworks
BS 6031
Sub-soil, permissible loading of sub-soil DIN 1054
Sub-soil
Part 1 Analysis of bearing capacity for
footing with vertical and central loading
Part 2 Bearing capacity calculations of DIN 4017
spread foundations in the case of
eccentric and inclined application of the
load; recommendations
Test method for Bearing Capacity of Soil
for Static Load and Spread Footings
ASTM D1194 – 94
Carbon steel bars for the reinforcement
of concrete
BS 4449
The use of structural steel
BS 449 and/or 5950
Concrete mixes
BS 5328
Structural use of concrete
BS 8100
Portland cement
BS 12
Standard Test Method for Repetitive
static Plate Load Tests of Soils and
Flexible Pavement Components, for Use ASTM D1195 - 93
in Evaluation and of Airport and
Highway Pavements
Test method for Non repetitive Static
Plate Load Tests of Soils and Flexible
Pavement Components, for Use in
ASTM D1196 – 93
Evaluation and of Airport and Highway
Pavements.
IEC 60228
Conductors of Insulated Cables
Power Cables with Extruded Insulation
and their Accessories for
Rated Voltages Above 30kV (Um=
36kV) up to 150 kV
(Um=170kV) - Test Methods and
Requirements.
Calculation of Thermally Permissible
Short-Circuit Currents,
Taking into Account Non-Adiabatic
Heating Effects
Carbon Steel Pipes
IEC 60840
IEC 60949
ASTM A53
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 216
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.3
DEPARTURES FROM THE SPECIFICATION
(To be completed by the contractor)
Clause No..
Departures from the requirements of this specification with details of alternative
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 217
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.4
MANUFACTURER’S AND SUBCONTRACTOR’S STATEMENT OF EXPERIENCE
11.4.1 Site Organization
11.4.1.1 Field Staff Details (Supervisory Staff and Erection Gangs)
Survey
Number of Survey Parties
Estimated Total Route - km Surveyed per month
Expatriate Field Staff.
Supervising Engineers
Foremen and Other Grades
Maximum Local Labour Force
Skilled
Unskilled
Cable Trench Excavation and Conduit laying
Estimated Number of Excavation and Conduit Laying Gangs
Estimated Peak Total Rate Excavation and Conduit laying per
Month
Cable Installation
Estimated Number Gangs
Estimated Peak Total Rate installation of cables
Cable Jointing
Estimated Number of Jointing Gangs
Estimated Peak Total of jointing per Month
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 218
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.4.1.2 Key Personnel’s Details
ation
Name of
Nominee
Alternate
Summary of
Qualification
Experience & Present
Occupation
Year of Birth
Headquarters
Project Director
Project Manager
Engineering Staff
Other key Staff
(Give ation)
Site Office
Project Manager
Site Manager
Deputy Site Manager
Supervising Engineers
Construction Supervisors
Other Key Staff
The Bidder shall list in this schedule the key personnel (including first nominee and the second choice alternate)
he will employ from headquarters and from site office to direct and execute the works.
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 219
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Bidder's Experience (New Construction)
(If Bidder wishes to supply details of more than one Contract additional pages should be attached).
Bidder is to complete this schedule giving details of supply and erection of transmission lines of the same type
which they have completed or which are in the course of completion by them.
1
Name and Address of Client
Contact Person
Telephone and Facsimile number
2
Country
3
Voltage and Length of the cable
4
Brief description of terrain
5
No. of circuits and No. and size of cables
6
Type of Optic Fiber and length
7
Type of construction
8
Technical co-ordination by
9
Optic fiber supplier
10
Power Cable supplier
11
Installation of Cables by
12
Installation of Optic Fibre by
13
Cable Jointing by
14
Site supervision by
15
Max. No of expatriate supervisors
16
Max. No of local employees
17
Date of award
18
Target completion date
19
Actual completion date
20
Name & address of consultant (if any)
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 220
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Volume of Construction Work In Each of the Last Five Years
Year
Description of the Work
Volume of construction
work in US $
11.4.2 Details of Other Work In Hand & Contractual Commitments
Description of Other Work In Hand
Contractual Commitments
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 221
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.4.3 Schedule of Sub Contractors
Item
Element
Approximate
Name and address
of
Statement of
of work
Value in percentage
Sub-Contractor
Similar Works executed
The Bidder shall enter in this schedule a list of the sections and appropriate value of the work for
which the purposes to use sub-contractors, together with the names and addresses of the proposed
sub-contractors. The bidder shall also enter a statement of similar works previously executed by the
proposed sub-contractors, including description, location and value of works, year completed, and
name and addresses of the Employer Notwithstanding such information the bidder, if awarded the
contract, shall remain entirely and solely responsible for the satisfactory completion of the Works.
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 222
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.5
DOCUMENTS, DRAWINGS AND INFORMATION TO BE SUBMITTED WITH THE BID
The following documents & drawings shall be submitted with the BID.
6.1
Duly signed Scope of Works in Section 7: – Employer’s Requirement in Part II – Requirements.
6.2
Duly signed – Technical Specification in Section 8: Section 12: – Employer’s Requirement in Part II
– Requirements.
6.3
Duly signed – Drawings in Section 16: – Employer’s Requirement in Part II – Requirements.
6.4
Duly completed and signed Supplementary Information,
1
Manufacturers and place of manufacture and testing.
2
Technical particulars and guarantees
3
Times for delivery and completion and contract completion.
4
Departures from the Specification.
5
Manufacturers’ and subcontractors’ statement of experience.
6
Documents, drawings and information to be submitted.
7
Adherence to the Environmental Acts, Regulations and/or Guidelines
6.5
Duly signed Section 14: - General Conditions of Contract
6.6
Duly signed Section 15: - Particular Conditions of Contract
6.7
Duly signed Section 13: –Contract Forms .
6.8
All documents required to demonstrate bidder’s ability and capability as specified in Section 3: –
Evaluation and Qualification Criteria– Bidding Procedures.
6.9
This shall include but not limited to, verifiable evidence to prove that Bidder meets the qualification
requirements in Item 2 of Section 3: – Evaluation and Qualification Criteria– Bidding Procedures. .
6.10 Verifiable evidence of manufacturers’ experience in manufacturing comparable type of equipment
offered under this bid to meet the criteria stated in Item 2. 7 of Section 3: – Evaluation and
Qualification Criteria– Bidding Procedures.
6.11 Verifiable evidence of service experience of equipment offered under this bid to meet the criteria
stated in Item 2. 7 of Section 3: – Evaluation and Qualification Criteria– Bidding Procedures. .
6.12 Verifiable evidence of Bidder’s subcontractor’s experience in works similar to those subcontracted to
meet the criteria stated Item 2. 7 of Section 3: – Evaluation and Qualification Criteria– Bidding
Procedures. .
6.13 If a bidder appoints a local agent or sub-agent, representative or nominee to act for or on behalf of
the bidder, such a local agent or sub-agent, representative or nominee shall register himself with an
appropriate authority (registrar) if any.
6.14 Certificates issued by an independent international organization to ensure compliance with the ISO
9001:2000 standards by the Bidder and Manufacturers of all main equipment.
6.15 Authorization letters shall be provided with the bid in respect of main equipment not manufactured by
the bidder,
6.16 The manufacturer’s guarantee that they have an established department that will serve the Ministry
of Electricity, Iraq in supply of spares for at least 10 years for all main equipment.
6.17 Type Test certificates in accordance with standards specified in relevant Chapters, issued by an
independent laboratory or Type Tests witnessed by MOE for,
132kV cables and accessories.
Optic Fiber cable and fittings.
6.18 Descriptive information for equipment being offered including;
1. List of recommended spare parts with prices.
2. List of special tools or fixtures required for installation, testing, maintaining and operating the
equipment. (inculuding manufacturer’s specifications and documentations)
3. List of cost of special tools, lifting devices required for installation, operation and maintenance.
6.19
The documents and drawings which are of a sufficient standard to indicate clearly all manufacturing
and structural details must be prepared by Contractor and accompany each Technical Bid:Drawings need have leading dimensions only.
The Contractor will be required at the time of the letting of the Contract to supply additional copies of
such drawings submitted with his Bid as may be selected by the Employer’s Representative. These
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 223
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
6.20
6.21
6.22
6.23
11.6
drawings together with copies of the drawings originally issued with the Bid documents will then be
bound up either in the Contract document or in a separate folder and will be signed both by the
Employer and the Contractor for purposes of identification.
General bar chart of the , manufacturing, shipping, erection and commissioning schedule clearly
showing the transmission line outages.
List of standards the Bidder intends to follow, for the electrical and for the civil works.
All the literature with respect to GIS System: software and hardware and Cable software
Any other material required to be completed and submitted by bidders in accordance with the
Instruction to Bidders.
SUBMITTALS DURING CONTRACT PERIOD
11.6.1 Programme of submittals
The Contractor shall arrange his and drawing programme so that the works can be properly coordinated by the
Engineer. He shall provide the documentation as specified below within 4 weeks of the award of Contract,
together with any drawings and information considered necessary by the Contractor or Engineer.
a.
Confirmation of contract documentation
b.
A detailed schedule of all Project to be supplied under the Contract. This schedule shall have space for
the following information as a minimum requirement in respect of each item (The previously submitted
Manufactures or country of origin or work program dates shall not change:i.
manufacture
ii.
Country of origin
iii.
Planned 'free on board ' (FOB) delivery date.
iv.
Planned date of arrival on site v. Sub-order number (as applicable)
vi.
Allocated drawing numbers
c.
A preliminary schedule of drawings to be submitted to the Engineer for approval in respect of all items of
equipment to be supplied under the Contract. The schedule shall include a programme for submittal of
all drawings required by the Specification. The schedule shall have space for at least the following
information to be added at a later date:i.
Drawing number
ii.
Drawing title
iii
Proposed date of submission
iv.
Actual date of submission
v.
Resubmission
vi.
Revision numbers
vii.
Date of approval
viii. Release as a working drawing
ix
Date to site
x.
Date to Engineer
xi.
Date of as-built drawing
11.7
DRAWING NUMBERS
The Contractor will apply drawing numbers to all drawings, including those from sub-contractors and those
issued for information before they are submitted to the Engineer. The Contractor’s drawing office will be
expected to issue the numbers in batches which will cover broad subject areas. . The Contractor shall submit to
the Engineer for approval the subject areas he proposes to use prior to the issue of any drawing. The
Contractor shall each month issue an up-to-date drawing list to the Engineer.
11.7.1 Documents & Drawings to be submitted during the contract period
The following is a list of drawings and documents to be submitted by the Contractor, for approval, within two
months from the Commencement Date or such later date as may be approved.
a.
Detailed project programme:
To cover all aspects of the Contract: , procurement, manufacture, testing, shipment and transport,
delivery to site, all site operations related to construction, erection and installation, testing at site,
commissioning and completion of the transmission line project.
b.
drawings and documents detailing:
Calculations giving the basis to be employed
c.
Arrangement drawings of:
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 224
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
d.
Cable pulling methods, joints terminations etc.
Detail drawings of:
Route plans, schedules profile drawings all in accordance with the Specification.
11.8
CONTRACT RECORD DRAWINGS
After completion of work on site and before release the C.O.C. 3 set, one of them transparent copy and three
soft copies (Drawing in Auto Cad, calculations in Excel or MS Word in editable in format) for all the contract as
built record drawings as required by the specification of:
As a minimum, the following drawings shall be submitted with the Tender:
a. Cable route
b. Cable connection and earthing schemes
c. Construction of 132 kV XLPE single core cables
d. Construction of SF6 terminations at GIS (if applicable)
e. Jointing box of 132 kV cables
f. Earthing system at jointing box including construction of earthing wire and Link Box
g. Cross-bonding system at jointing box including construction of cross-bonding wire and Link Box
h. Detailed system of Temperature monitoring system
i. Cable arrangement on route
j. Construction of optical fiber cables for temperature monitoring system and telecommunication system.
k. Construction of HDPE Pipe including joints
l. River crossing details if any
m. Railway crossings if any
n. Road crossings
o. Bridge crossings if any
p. Culvert crossings
Drawings show details of construction, site organization, proposed personnel, location and dimensions of
stockyards, etc.
Type test certificates issued by independent authorities for 132 kV XLPE cables and accessories and optical
fiber cables and accessories
General bar chart of the , manufacturing, shipping, erection and commissioning schedule clearly showing the
transmission line outages
Evidence of Bidder's experience in works similar to this project
Evidence of Bidder's subcontractor's experience in works similar to those subcontracted
Certificates issued by an independent international organization to ensure compliance with the ISO 9001
Quality Assurance standards by Bidder and manufacturer.
List of standards the Bidder intends to follow, for the electrical and for the civil works
Evidence of Manufacturer's experience in manufacturing comparable type of equipment or equivalent as offered
under this contract
Descriptive information for equipment being offered including:
List of recommended spare parts with prices
List of special tools or fixtures required for installation, testing, maintaining and operating the equipment
List and cost of special tools, lifting devices required for installation, operation and maintenance
DOCUMENTS AND DRAWINGS TO BE SUBMITTED AFTER THE CONTRACT
As a minimum, the following drawings shall be submitted after the Contract (refer to Technical Specification of
132 kV Underground Cable System):
a. Cable route
b. Cable route and the existing underground installations
c. Cable connection and earthing schemes
d. Detailed construction of 132 kV XLPE single core cables
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 225
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
e.
f.
g.
h.
i.
j.
k.
l.
m.
n.
o.
p.
q.
Detailed construction of SF6 terminations at GIS
Detailed jointing box of 132 kV cables
Earthing system at jointing box including construction of earthing wire and Link Box
Cross-bonding system at jointing box including construction of cross-bonding wire and Link Box
Detailed system of Temperature monitoring system
Cable arrangement on route
Construction of optical fiber cables for temperature monitoring system and telecommunication system.
Construction of HDPE Pipe
River crossing details if any
Railway crossing at Baseline Road, under Fly Over Bridge
Road crossings
Bridge crossing details
Culvert crossings
Drawings show details of construction, site organization, proposed personnel, location and dimensions of
stockyards, etc.
Type test certificates issued by independent authorities for 132 kV XLPE cables and accessories and optical
fiber cables and accessories
General bar chart of the , manufacturing, shipping, erection and commissioning
schedule clearly showing the transmission line outages
After completion of work of contractor shall provide a 3 set of work shop drawing ( one of them transparent ) for
all the relevant items mentioned above.
All drawing mentioned above (submitted to the engineer or employer) shall become property of the employer
who shall have full rights to reproduce drawing and use them as the owner sees fit including submitting them to
other vendors for the purpose of obtaining bids on future projects.
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 226
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.9
SAMPLES
The Contractor shall submit samples of material as required from time to time by the Engineer.
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 227
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
11.10 ADHERENCE TO THE ENVIRONMENTAL ACTS, REGULATIONS AND / OR GUIDELINES
A.
B.
Throughout performance of the Facilities, the Contractor shall abide by the applicable rules and regulations
of the Iraqi Department of Environmental Protection and Pollution Control, and shall otherwise conduct all
operations in such a way as to minimize impact upon the natural environment and prevent any spread or
release of contaminated or hazardous substances.
The Contractor shall:
1. Identify and comply with all other applicable laws, regulations, ordinances, statutes, rules, and codes
governing environmental requirements and conduct the Facilities based on the requirements of this
Contract and the requirements of the Equipment Supplier as set forth in the Equipment Contract,
including compliance with permit requirements and Project plans and approvals. The Contractor shall
have sole responsibility for compliance of the Facilities with environmental requirements.
2. Provide documentation required by the governing authority or the Employer concerning environmental
requirements.
3. Provide and maintain effective planning and field control measures appropriate for the scope of work
which may include:
4.
5.
6.
7.

Wastewater discharges to land, surface water, or groundwater,

Extraction/supply of water,

Storm water management,

Spill prevention and response,

Unanticipated discoveries [e.g., Unexploded ordnance (UXO), cultural sites]

Erosion and sedimentation control,

Air emissions and dust control,

Sound level control,

Waste and hazardous waste management,

Hazardous material management; and

Work area restoration,
This shall include obtaining certifications and conducting analyses and monitoring of such activities as
required by the Contract Documents, environmental requirements or other applicable law; and utilizing
appropriate equipment.
Comply with all access restrictions, including prohibitions on access to certain areas on or adjacent to
the Site and require its personnel and those of its suppliers and Subcontractors to comply with all
signage and flagging related to such restricted areas.
Require that its personnel do not hunt, fish, feed, capture, extract, or otherwise disturb aquatic, animal,
or vegetative species within the Project boundary or while performing any tasks in performance of the
Facilities without prior approval from the Employer.
Not proceed with any renovation or demolition work until inspections and notifications have been
completed in accordance with the process outlined in the Project’s Environmental requirements.
Promptly stop work in the immediate area where contaminated soil indicators (such as odour or
appearance), unknown containers, piping, underground storage tanks, or similar structures are
discovered; or any other materials which are reasonably suspected to be toxic or hazardous. The
Contractor shall then immediately notify the Employer and the Project Manager, and the stop work
area shall be determined by the Employer. The implementation of the Facilities will remain stopped
until the discovery is properly characterized by the Employer and adequate information is known to
assess the hazard(s) to recommence work in a manner that will not pose unnecessary hazard(s) to
personnel and/or the environment. The Contractor is entitled to treat any such discovery and
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 228
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
necessary measures to characterize and abate such discovery as a change affecting cost or schedule,
consistent with GCC Clause 40.
8. Promptly stop work in any area where potential cultural resources, artefacts with archaeological or
historical value, or human remains are discovered, and immediately notify the Employer and the
Project Manager. The stopped work shall proceed in the manner set forth in sub clause 7 above. No
artefacts, items, or materials shall be disturbed or taken from the area of discovery. Neither the
Contractor nor any of its suppliers and Subcontractors shall have property rights to such artefacts,
items, or materials, which shall be secured and guarded by the Contractor until turned over to the
Employer or the appropriate authorities. The Contractor shall also require that its personnel and those
of its suppliers and Subcontractors comply with this provision and respect all historic and
archaeological sites in the area. The Contractor is entitled to treat any such discovery of potential
cultural resources, artefacts with archaeological or historical value, or human remains and necessary
measures to appropriately manage such issues as a change affecting cost or schedule, consistent
with GCC Clause 40.
9. The Contractor is required to reject any plan, transaction, or arrangement involving unlawful or
unethical practices in connection with such unanticipated discovery.
10. Manage, store, and dispose of all hazardous waste generated or hazardous materials brought to the
site (this excludes pre-existing toxic or hazardous materials found on the site) and used by the
Contractor during its execution of the Facilities in accordance with national, regional, and local
requirements and as required. This includes, but is not limited to: (i) waste minimization; (ii)
hazardous materials inventory with material safety data sheets (MSDS), or equivalent document, for
each hazardous material on site; (iii) employee training; (iv) hazardous waste spill management and
reporting; (v) proper storage of hazardous waste; (vi) hazard communication/signage; (vii) equipment
decontamination; (viii) onsite and offsite transport of hazardous waste; and (ix) selection and use of
offsite final disposal facilities. Notwithstanding anything to the contrary herein, the Contractor shall
work with the Employer and the Project Manager to determine the most appropriate actions to take for
the handling, removal or other disposition of any hazardous materials present at the Site before the
Contractor commenced the implementation of the Facilities. The Contractor shall in no event be
considered the owner or generator of any pre-existing hazardous materials.
11. The Contractor shall train personnel in spill prevention. The Contractor shall ensure that adequate
and sufficient supplies of spill response materials are available in the event that during the execution
of work a spill to the environment occurs.
12.. In addition to the Contractor’s other indemnity obligations, the Contractor shall indemnify, defend and
hold harmless the Employer and its subsidiaries and affiliates and the officers, agents, employees,
successors and assigns and authorized representatives of all the foregoing from and against any
fines, penalties or other damages to the extent arising from the Contractor’s failure to comply with the
requirements of this Clause.
Section 12– Employer’s Requirements: Technical Specifications Supplementary Information
12 - 229
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 12:
EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS: BANK GUARANTEES,.
CERTIFICATES
12.1
BANK GUARANTEES AND CERTIFICATES
12.1.1 Form of Performance Security (Performance Bond)
Performance Bond
STANDARD WORDING
Please very urgently issue under our risk and responsibility your Performance Bond for an amount of
(amount in numbers) (amount in words) for account of (the Customer) and in favor of [the
Beneficiary), valid until (date) and covering (description).
Please issue in the following forma:
QUOTE
To: (Beneficiary). Date:
We Trade Bank of Iraq, are issuing this Performance Bond guarantee to you at the request of (name of
Customer) (the "Customer") for a maximum aggregate amount of up to (amount in numbers) (amount
in words) between you and' the Customer relating to (description)
We hereby guarantee to pay to you such amount as you may claim from us hereunder upon presentation
of your first written demand at our counters purporting to be signed by your authorized signatory
specifying the amount claimed hereunder, certifying that the Customer has failed to fulfill its obligations to
you under (the Contract and that accordingly you are entitled to receive payment under the Performance
Bond provided that:
1. Only one demand may be made hereunder/more than one demand may be made hereunder prior to
the Expiry Date (as defined below).
2. The payment of any claim should be made on first demand regardless of any contestation between
the parties concerned.
3. We confirm to you that the necessary approval of the Foreign Exchange Authorities has been
already obtained for issuing this Performance Bond.
4. The payment of any claim should be made according to the prevailing exchange rate at the actual
date of payment.
5. In case of dispute, (this Performance Bond is subject to Iraqi law.
6. This Performance Bond is not subject to any conditions other than those conditions stated above.
Let it be known that this Performance Bond being solely in your favour as Beneficiaries is not assignable or
transferable to any third party, (likewise it is not transferable by the principal to any other beneficiary or third
party whom so ever is not permissible), as same being personal to all parties concerned.
By this Performance Bond, we undertake to pay to you any amount or claim not exceeding under any
circumstances the above mentioned amount, provided the claim falls within the direct scope of the matter to
be indemnified and is irrelevant to any other matter even if these matters resulting from the subject to be
indemnified or relevant thereto, when particular to any party, whatsoever its origin, since this Performance
Bond is in your favour as the sole Beneficiary and subject to our receipt of your claim in this office not later
than the official working hours of day xxx of the month xxx in the year xxx (the "Expiry Date"), otherwise,
should we not receive any claim from you by that date our liability will cease and the present Performance
Bond will become null and void and it will be removed from our records.
In any event or for any reason our maximum liabilities under this Performance Bond will not exceed the sum
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 230
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
to be indemnified shown here above.
Yours faithfully, AUTHORISED SIGNATURE UNQUOTE
In consideration of you issuing your Performance Bond as requested above we hereby open in your favour
our Irrevocable Standby Letter of Credit number XXX for an amount of (amount in numbers) (amount in
words) available against your claim transmitted by authenticated SWIFT / that you have duly issued your
Performance Bond as requested by ourselves and that you have received a claim in accordance with the
terms of the Performance Bond.
This Standby Letter of Credit expires on (Performance Bond Expiry Date+15 days) and is subject to
Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits (Revision) International Chamber of Commerce
Publication No, 600.
In the event of a drawing under this Standby Letter of Credit our maximum aggregate liability is restricted to
(amount in numbers) (amount in words).
We undertake to pay to you on your first authenticated SWIFT / Tested Telex demand any amount that you
may claim not exceeding the total value of the said Performance Bond provided that such demand is in
accordance with our Standby Letter of Credit.
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 231
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.1.2 Form of Advance Payment Security (Not applicable as there is no Advance payment)
................................. Bank’s Name, and Address of Issuing Branch or Office ..................................
Beneficiary: ................................... Name and Address of Employer .................................................
Date: .........................................................................................................................................................
Advance Payment Guarantee No.: .......................................................................................................
We have been informed that . . . . . name of the Contractor. . . . . (hereinafter called "the
Contractor") has entered into Contract No. . . . . . reference number of the Contract. . . . . dated . .
. . . . . .with you, for the execution of . . . . . . name of contract and brief description of Works. . . . .
(hereinafter called "the Contract").
Furthermore, we understand that, according to the Conditions of the Contract, an advance payment
in the sum . . . . . (the Guarantor shall insert an amount representing the amount of the
advance payment denominated either in the currency(ies) of the advance payment as
specified in the Contract, or in a freely convertible currency acceptable to the Employer.). . . . .
. (. . . . . amount in words. . . . . ) is to be made against an advance payment guarantee.
At the request of the Contractor, we . . . . . name of the Bank. . . . . hereby irrevocably undertake to
pay you any sum or sums not exceeding in total an amount of . . . . . name of the currency and
amount in figures*. . . . . . (. . . . . amount in words. . . . . ) upon receipt by us of your first demand
in writing accompanied by a written statement stating that the Contractor is in breach of its obligation
under the Contract because the Contractor used the advance payment for purposes other than the
costs of mobilization in respect of the Works.
It is a condition for any claim and payment under this guarantee to be made that the advance
payment referred to above must have been received by the Contractor on its account number . . . . .
Contractor’s account number. . . . . at . . . . . name and address of the Bank. . . . . .
The maximum amount of this guarantee shall be progressively reduced by the amount of the advance
payment repaid by the Contractor as indicated in copies of interim statements or payment certificates
which shall be presented to us. This guarantee shall expire, at the latest, upon our receipt of a copy
of the interim payment certificate indicating that eighty (80) percent of the Contract Price has been
certified for payment, or on the . . . day of . . . . . . (insert the expected expiration date of the Time
for Completion. The Employer should note that in the event of an extension of the time for
completion of the Contract, the Employer would need to request an extension of this
guarantee from the Guarantor. Such request must be in writing and must be made prior to the
expiration date established in the guarantee. In preparing this guarantee, the Employer might
consider adding the following text to the form, at the end of the penultimate paragraph: “The
Guarantor agrees to a one-time extension of this guarantee for a period not to exceed [six
months][one year], in response to the Employer’s written request for such extension, such
request to be presented to the Guarantor before the expiry of the guarantee"). , . . . . .,
whichever is earlier. Consequently, any demand for payment under this guarantee must be received
by us at this office on or before that date..
This guarantee is subject to the Uniform Rules for Demand Guarantees, ICC Publication No. 458.
............................
Seal of Bank and Signature(s)
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 232
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.1.3 Form of Completion Certificate
Contract: [. . . . .insert name of contract and contract identification details. . . . . ]
Date: ......................................
Certificate No.: ......................................
To: [. . . . .insert name and address of Contractor. . . . . ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen,
Pursuant to GC Clause 24 (Completion of the Facilities) of the General Conditions of the Contract
entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [. . . . .insert date. . . . . ], relating to the [. . .
.brief description of the Facilities . . . .], we hereby notify you that the following part(s) of the Facilities was
(were) complete on the date specified below, and that, in accordance with the terms of the Contract,
the Employer hereby takes over the said part(s) of the Facilities, together with the responsibility for
care and custody and the risk of loss thereof on the date mentioned below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: [. . . .description . . . .]
2. Date of Completion: [. . . .date . . . .]
However, you are required to complete the outstanding items listed in the attachment hereto as soon
as practicable.
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in
accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
[. . . .Signature . . . .]
Project Manager
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 233
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.1.4 Form of Operational Acceptance Certificate
Contract: [. . . . .insert name of contract and contract identification details. . . . . ]
Date: ......................................
Certificate No.: ......................................
To: [. . . . .insert name and address of Contractor. . . . . ]
Pursuant to GC Sub-Clause 25.3 (Operational Acceptance) of the General Conditions of the Contract
entered into between yourselves and the Employer dated [date], relating to the [brief description of the
Facilities], we hereby notify you that the Functional Guarantees of the following part(s) of the Facilities
were satisfactorily attained on the date specified below.
1. Description of the Facilities or part thereof: [description]
2. Date of Operational Acceptance: [date]
This letter does not relieve you of your obligation to complete the execution of the Facilities in
accordance with the Contract nor of your obligations during the Defect Liability Period.
Very truly yours,
[. . . .Signature . . . .]
Project Manager
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 234
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2
CHANGE ORDERS
2.1
2.2.
Change Order Procedure
2.1.1
General
2.1.2
Change Order Log
2.1.3
References for Changes
Change Order Forms
2.2.1
Request for Change Proposal
2.2.2
Estimate for Change Proposal
2.2.3
Acceptance of Estimate
2.2.4
Change Proposal
2.2.5
Change Order
2.2.6
Pending Agreement Change Order
2.2.7
Application for Change Proposal
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 235
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.1 Change Order Procedure
12.2.1.1 General
This section provides samples of procedures and forms for implementing changes in the
Facilities during the performance of the Contract in accordance with GC Clause 39 (Change
in the Facilities) of the General Conditions.
12.2.1.2 Change Order Log
The Contractor shall keep an up-to-date Change Order Log to show the current status of
Requests for Change and Changes authorized or pending, as Annex 8. Entries of the
Changes in the Change Order Log shall be made to ensure that the log is up-to-date. The
Contractor shall attach a copy of the current Change Order Log in the monthly progress
report to be submitted to the Employer.
12.2.2 References for Changes
(1)
Request for Change as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CR-Xnnn.
(2)
Estimate for Change Proposal as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially
numbered CN-X-nnn.
(3)
Acceptance of Estimate as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CAX-nnn.
(4)
Change Proposal as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CP-X-nnn.
(5)
Change Order as referred to in GC Clause 39 shall be serially numbered CO-X-nnn.
Note:
(a) Requests for Change issued from the Employer’s Home Office and the Site
representatives of the Employer shall have the following respective references:
Home Office
Site
CR-H-nnn
CR-S-nnn
(b) The above number “nnn” is the same for Request for Change, Estimate for Change
Proposal, Acceptance of Estimate, Change Proposal and Change Order.
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 236
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3 Change Order Forms
12.2.3.1 Request for Change Proposal Form
[ Employer’s Letterhead ]
To: [ Contractor’s name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [ Name and title ]
Contract Name: [ Contract name ]
Contract Number: [ Contract number ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to the captioned Contract, you are requested to prepare and submit a Change
Proposal for the Change noted below in accordance with the following instructions within [ number ]
days of the date of this letter [or on or before ( date )].
1.
Title of Change: [ Title ]
2.
Change Request No./Rev.: [ Number ]
3.
Originator of Change:
Employer: [Name]
Contractor (by Application for Change Proposal No. [Number Refer to Annex 5.2.7]
4.
Brief Description of Change: [ Description ]
5.
Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: [ Description ]
6.
Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the request of Change:
7.
Detailed conditions or special requirements on the requested Change: [ Description ]
8.
General Terms and Conditions:
[
[
[
[
Drawing No./Document No.
Description
(a)
Please submit your estimate to us showing what effect the requested Change will have
on the Contract Price.
(b)
Your estimate shall include your claim for the additional time, if any, for completion of the
requested Change.
(c)
If you have any critical opinion regarding the adoption of the requested Change in
connection with the conformability to the other provisions of the Contract or the safety of
the Project or Facilities, please inform us of your opinion in your proposal of revised
provisions.
(d)
Any increase or decrease in the work of the Contractor relating to the services of its
personnel shall be calculated.
(e)
You shall not proceed with the execution of the work for the requested Change until we
have accepted and confirmed the amount and nature in writing.
Employer’s Name ]
Signature ]
Name of signatory ]
Title of signatory ]
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 237
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3.2 Estimate for Change Proposal Form
[ Contractor’s Letterhead ]
To: [ Employer's name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [ Name and title ]
Contract Name: [ Contract name ]
Contract Number: [ Contract number ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
With reference to your Request for Change Proposal, we are pleased to notify you of the approximate
cost of preparing the below-referenced Change Proposal in accordance with GC Sub-Clause 39.2.1
of the General Conditions. We acknowledge that your agreement to the cost of preparing the
Change Proposal, in accordance with GC Sub-Clause 39.2.2, is required before estimating the cost
for change work.
1.
Title of Change: [ Title ]
2.
Change Request No./Rev.: [ Number ]
3.
Brief Description of Change: [ Description ]
4.
Scheduled Impact of Change: [ Description ]
5.
Cost for Preparation of Change Proposal: [ insert costs which shall be in the currencies of the
Contract ]
(a)
(b)
Engineering
(Amount)
(i)
Engineer
hrs x
rate/hr =
(ii)
Draftsperson
hrs x
Sub-total
hrs
Total Engineering Cost
rate/hr =
Other Cost
Total Cost (a) + (b)
[
[
[
[
Contractor's Name
Signature ]
Name of signatory
Title of signatory ]
]
]
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 238
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3.3 Acceptance of Estimate Form
[Employer’s Letterhead]
To: [ Contractor’s name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [Name and title]
Contract Name: [Contract name]
Contract Number: [Contract number]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby accept your Estimate for Change Proposal and agree that you should proceed with the
preparation of the Change Proposal.
1.
Title of Change: [ Title ]
2.
Change Request No./Rev.: [ Request number/revision ]
3.
Estimate for Change Proposal No./Rev.: [ Proposal number/revision ]
4.
Acceptance of Estimate No./Rev.: [ Estimate number/revision ]
5.
Brief Description of Change: [ Description ]
6.
Other Terms and Conditions: In the event that we decide not to order the Change accepted,
you shall be entitled to compensation for the cost of preparation of Change Proposal described
in your Estimate for Change Proposal mentioned in para. 3 above in accordance with GC
Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
[
[
[
[
Employer’s Name ]
Signature ]
Name of signatory ]
Title of signatory ]
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 239
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3.4 Change Proposal Form
[ Contractor’s Letterhead ]
To: [ Employer's name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [ Name and title ]
Contract Name: [ Contract name ]
Contract Number: [ Contract number ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
In response to your Request for Change Proposal No. [Number], we hereby submit our proposal as
follows:
1.
Title of Change: [ Name ]
2.
Change Proposal No./Rev.: [ Proposal number / revision ]
3.
Originator of Change: Employer: [ Name ] / Contractor: [ Name ]
4.
Brief Description of Change: [ Description ]
5.
Reasons for Change: [ Reason ]
6.
Facilities and/or Item No. of Equipment related to the requested Change: [ Facilities ]
7.
Reference drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
[Drawing/Document No./Description]
8.
Estimate of increase/decrease to the Contract Price resulting from Change Proposal:
Amount
[ insert amounts in the currencies of the Contract ]
(a)
Direct material
(b)
Major construction equipment
(c)
Direct field labor (Total
(d)
Subcontracts
(e)
Indirect material and labor
(f)
Site supervision
(g)
Head office technical staff salaries
Process engineer
Project engineer
Equipment engineer
Procurement
Draftsperson
Total
hrs)
hrs @
hrs @
hrs @
hrs @
hrs @
hrs
(h)
Extraordinary costs (computer, travel, etc. )
(i)
Fee for general administration,
rate/hr
rate/hr
rate/hr
rate/hr
rate/hr
% of Items
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 240
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
(j)
Taxes and customs duties
Total lump sum cost of Change Proposal
[Sum of items (a) to (j)]
Cost to prepare Estimate for Change Proposal
[Amount payable if Change is not accepted]
9.
Additional time for Completion required due to Change Proposal
10.
Effect on the Functional Guarantees
11.
Effect on the other terms and conditions of the Contract
12.
Validity of this Proposal: within [Number] days after receipt of this Proposal by the Employer
13.
Other terms and conditions of this Change Proposal:
[
[
[
[
(a)
You are requested to notify us of your acceptance, comments or rejection of this detailed
Change Proposal within [Number] days from your receipt of this Proposal.
(b)
The amount of any increase and/or decrease shall be taken into account in the
adjustment of the Contract Price.
(c)
Contractor’s cost for preparation of this Change Proposal: [ . . . .insert amount. This cost shall
be reimbursed by the Employer in case of Employer’s withdrawal or rejection of this Change Proposal
without default of the Contractor in accordance with GC Clause 39 of the General Conditions . . . . ]
Contractor's Name
Signature ]
Name of signatory
Title of signatory ]
]
]
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 241
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3.5 Change Order Form
[Employer’s Letterhead]
To: [ Contractor’s name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [ Name and title ]
Contract Name: [ Contract name ]
Contract Number: [ Contract number ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We approve the Change Order for the work specified in the Change Proposal (No. [ number ]), and
agree to adjust the Contract Price, Time for Completion and/or other conditions of the Contract in
accordance with GC Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1.
Title of Change: [ Name ]
2.
Change Request No./Rev.: [ Request number / revision ]
3.
Change Order No./Rev.: [ Order number / revision ]
4.
Originator of Change: Employer: [Name] / Contractor: [ Name ]
5.
Authorized Price:
Ref. No.: [ Number ] Date: [ Date ]
Foreign currency portion [Amount] plus Local currency portion [ Amount ]
6.
Adjustment of Time for Completion
None
7.
Increase [ Number ] days
Decrease [ Number ] days
Other effects, if any
Authorized by:
Accepted by:
Employer
Contractor
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
Date:
Date:
13 - 242
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3.6 Pending Agreement Change Order Form
[Employer’s Letterhead]
To: [ Contractor’s name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [ Name and title ]
Contract Name: [ Contract name ]
Contract Number: [ Contract number ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We instruct you to carry out the work in the Change Order detailed below in accordance with GC
Clause 39 of the General Conditions.
1.
Title of Change: [ Name ]
2.
Employer’s Request for Change Proposal No./Rev.: [ number/revision ] dated: [ date ]
3.
Contractor’s Change Proposal No./Rev.: [ number / revision ]
4.
Brief Description of Change: [ Description ]
5.
Facilities and/or Item No. of equipment related to the requested Change: [ Facilities ]
6.
Reference Drawings and/or technical documents for the requested Change:
dated: [ date ]
[ Drawing / Document No. / Description ]
7.
Adjustment of Time for Completion:
8.
Other change in the Contract terms:
9.
Other terms and conditions:
[ Employer’s Name ]
[ Signature ]
[ Name of signatory ]
[ Title of signatory ]
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 243
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
12.2.3.7 Application for Change Proposal Form
[ Contractor’s Letterhead ]
To: [ Employer's name and address ]
Date:
Attention: [ Name and title ]
Contract Name: [ Contract name ]
Contract Number: [ Contract number ]
Dear Ladies and/or Gentlemen:
We hereby propose that the below-mentioned work be treated as a Change in the Facilities.
1.
Title of Change: [ Name ]
2.
Application for Change Proposal No./Rev.: [ Number / revision ]dated: [ Date ]
3.
Brief Description of Change: [ Description ]
4.
Reasons for Change:
5.
Order of Magnitude Estimation (amount in the currencies of the Contract): [ Amount ]
6.
Scheduled Impact of Change:
7.
Effect on Functional Guarantees, if any:
8.
Appendix:
[ Contractor's Name ]
[ Signature ]
[ Name of signatory ]
[ Title of signatory ]
Section 13– Employer’s Requirements: Bank Guarantees, Certificates and Change Orders
13 - 244
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 13:
CONTRACT FORMS
This Section contains the Letter of Acceptance, the Contract Agreement and Appendices to the
Contract Agreement which, once completed, will form part of the Contract.
13.1
NOTIFICATION OF AWARD
[ Employer's letter head ]
Letter of Acceptance
[ date ]
To: [Name and address of the Contractor]
This is to notify you that your Bid consisting of the Technical and Price Bids dated [date] for execution
of the [ name of the Contract and identification number, as given in the Contract Data ] for the Contract Price in
the aggregate of [ amounts in numbers and words ] [ name of currency ], as corrected and modified in
accordance with the Instructions to Bidders is hereby accepted by The Ministry of Electricity Republic
of Iraq.
You are requested to furnish the Performance Security within 14 days in accordance with the
Conditions of Contract, using for that purpose one of the Performance Security Forms included in
Section 12: Employers Requirements (Bank Guarantees and certificates) of the Bidding Document
[ Authorized Signature ]
[ Name and Title of Signatory ]
Ministry of Iraq
Republic of Iraq
Attachment: Contract Agreement
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-245
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2
CONTRACT AGREEMENT
THIS AGREEMENT made the ________ day of ________________________, _____,
BETWEEN
(1) [ name of Employer ], a corporation incorporated under the laws of Republic of Iraq and having its
principal place of business at [ address of Employer ] (hereinafter called “the Employer”), and (2) [ name
of Contractor ], a corporation incorporated under the laws of [ country of Contractor ] and having its
principal place of business at [ address of Contractor ] (hereinafter called “the Contractor”).
WHEREAS the Employer desires to engage the Contractor to , manufacture, test, deliver, install,
complete and commission certain Facilities, viz. [ list of facilities ] (“the Facilities”) and the Contractor
have agreed to such engagement upon and subject to the terms and conditions hereinafter
appearing.
NOW IT IS HEREBY AGREED as follows:
Article 1
Contract
Documents
1.1
Contract Documents (Reference GCC Clause 2)
The following documents shall constitute the Contract between the
Employer and the Contractor, and each shall be read and construed as
an integral part of the Contract:
(a)
(b)
This Contract Agreement and the Appendices hereto
Letters of Technical Bid and Price Bid and Price Schedules
submitted by the Contractor
(c)
Particular Conditions
(d) General Conditions
(e) Employer’s requirements (Specifications, Drawings, Schedules
etc)
(f)
Other completed Bidding Forms submitted with the Letters of
Technical Bid and Price Bid.
(g) Any other documents that are part of the Employer’s
Requirements.
(h) Any other documents that shall be added here
(i)
General Conditions of Civil, Electrical Mechanical and Chemical
Works 1987, issued by the Ministry of Planning, Iraq
(j).
The contract will be subjected to the instructions of the executing
governmental contracts No.1, 2008
Also in the event of any ambiguity or conflict between this Contract and
items listed in 1.1.i and 1.1.jl then the contract will be powerful.
Items listed in 1.1.i and 1.1.j will be applied only for the scope of works
and activities indicated in this Contract .
Section 14 – Contract Forms
1.2
Order of Precedence (Reference GCC Clause 2)
In the event of any ambiguity or conflict between the Contract
Documents listed above, the order of precedence shall be the order in
which the Contract Documents are listed in Article 1.1 (Contract
Documents) above.
1.3
Definitions (Reference GCC Clause 1)
Capitalized words and phrases used herein shall have the same
meanings as are ascribed to them in the General Conditions.
14-246
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Article 2
Contract Price and
Terms of Payment
2.1
Contract Price (Reference GCC Clause 11)
The Employer hereby agrees to pay to the Contractor the Contract
Price in consideration of the performance by the Contractor of its
obligations hereunder. The Contract Price shall be the aggregate of: [.
. . amounts of foreign currency in words . . . ], [. . . amounts in figures. .
. ] as specified in Price Schedule No. 6 (Grand Summary), [. . .
amounts of local currency in words . . . ], [. . . amounts in figures. . . ],
or such other sums as may be determined in accordance with the
terms and conditions of the Contract. The abase prices will be
according to the LME prices in the closing date.
2.2
Terms of Payment (Reference GCC Clause 12)
The terms and procedures of payment according to which the
Employer will reimburse the Contractor are given in the Appendix
(Terms and Procedures of Payment) hereto.
The Employer shall instruct its bank to issue an irrevocable
documentary credit made available to the Contractor in a bank in the
country of the Contractor. The credit shall be for an amount of [. . .
amount equal to the total named in Schedule 1. . . ]; and shall be subject to
the Uniform Customs and Practice for Documentary Credits 1993
Revision, ICC Publication No. 500.
In the event that the amount payable under Schedule No. 1 is
adjusted in accordance with GCC 11.2 or with any of the other terms of
the Contract, the Employer shall arrange for the documentary credit to
be amended accordingly
Article 3
Effective Date
3.1
Effective Date (Reference GCC Clause 1)
The Effective Date upon which the period until the Time for Completion
of the Facilities shall be counted after 24 days from opening L.C and
the following conditions have been fulfilled:
(a)
This Contract Agreement has been duly executed for and on
behalf of the Employer and the Contractor; by signing by both
parties;
(b)
The Contractor has submitted to the Employer the performance
security;
(c)
(d)
24 hours after Opening the LC) in the name and favour of
second party.
The site is handed over officially.
Each party shall use its best efforts to fulfil the above conditions for
which it is responsible as soon as practicable.
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-247
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Article 4
Communications
Article 5.
Appendices
4.1
The address of the Employer for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.
is: AL MANSOUR, P O BOX 55243, BAGHDAD, REPUBLIC OF
IRAQ.
4.2
The address of the Contractor for notice purposes, pursuant to GCC 4.
is: [ Contractor's address ].
5.1
The Appendices listed in the attached List of Appendices shall be
deemed to form an integral part of this Contract Agreement.
5.2
Reference in the Contract to any Appendix shall mean the Appendices
attached hereto, and the Contract shall be read and construed
accordingly.
IN WITNESS WHEREOF the Employer and the Contractor have caused this Agreement to be duly
executed by their duly authorized representatives the day and year first above written.
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Employer
[ Signature ]
[ Title ]
in the presence of
[ Signature ]
[ Title ]
Signed by, for and on behalf of the Contractor
[ Signature ]
[ Title ]
in the presence of
[ Signature ]
[ Title ]
APPENDICES
Appendix 1 Appendix 2 Appendix 3 Appendix 4 Appendix 5 Appendix 6 Appendix 7 Appendix 8 -
Terms and Procedures of Payment
Price Escalation
Insurance Requirements
Time Schedule
List of Major Items of Project and services and List of Approved Subcontractors
Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
List of Documents for Approval or Review
Functional Guarantees
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-248
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.1 Appendix 1 - Terms and Procedures of Payment
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 12 (Terms of Payment), the Employer shall pay the
Contractor in the following manner and at the following times, on the basis of the Price Breakdown given
in the Schedule 6 on Price Schedules. Payments will be made in the currencies quoted by the Bidder
unless otherwise agreed between the parties. Applications for payment in respect of part deliveries may
be made by the Contractor as work proceeds.
a. Once the contract is signed, the Employer shall open an irrevocable, Letter of Credit (LC) with
(100 % ) of contract value. (in favour to the Contractor at their nominated international bank
through the Trade Bank of Iraq (TBI).
b. The LC will be valid for (630) days period.
c.
1
Payment conditions to be by irrevocable, L/C issuing by first class international bank through
Trade bank of Iraq ( TBI ) as follows:
for supply materials
- 35% (thirty five percent) of each shipment price to be paid upon arrival of goods at Iraqi borders
and payable at sight against presentation of the following shipping documents at Iraqi port/boarder
a- Original (1) and Copy (2) of Commercial invoice
b- Original (1) and Copy (2) of packing list
c- Copy of CMR documents stamped by (MOE) representative at Iraqi border.
d- Original (1) and Copy (1) of Certificate of Origin
e- Original of Insurance certificate
f- Original of Third party's inspection certificate and copy (2).
- Ministry of Electricity (MOE) customs clearing office on the border shall be responsible for collecting
stamps from Iraqi customs on CMR documents when the goods enter the Iraqi border.
- 60% (sixty percent) of each shipment
Price of material value to be paid after arrival of goods to the site/warehouse in compliance with our
specifications and requirements and received by employer committee upon presentation of
photocopy of CMR documents and approve the receiving of material according to shipping
documents mentioned in the above item.
2
for execution works and services (training and witness)
* 95% of invoice amount to be paid upon presentation of attendance sheets singed by the first party's
representatives and approved by first party.
- 5 % as retention payment for total contract price should be released as follows:
- 2.5% of total price will be released after issuing (PAC) (Provisional Acceptance Certificate)
which means {energizing the cable and In case the substations are not ready for operation when
cables projects are completed, the cables are tested by AC Resonant system (with suitable
accessories for GIS and outdoor termination) and the awarded company takes the responsibility
of providing the system and bears all expenses}
-2.5% after issuing on (FAC) (Final acceptance certificate) - of total price will be released at the end
of the warranty period.
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-249
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.2 Appendix 2 - Price Escalation
The Contract Prices shall be CIP ( as defined in the latest INCOTERMS) the prices of the power
cables in Price Schedule No. 1 are variable and will be adjusted according to the below metal fixation
formula after Clause 3.1 of the Contract Agreement is fulfilled.
NSP = OP.
+ V.F. Cu ( LME2 – LME1 ) for Copper
+ V.F. Al ( LME2 – LME1 ) for Aluminium
+ V.F. Pb ( LME2 – LME1 ) for Lead
NSP =
OP=
LME1=
(Cu) =
(Al) =
(Pb) =
Net Selling Price USD/ km after metal fixation
(at the closing date).
Price in USD/ MT (one day before closing date) based on:
USD/MT (metric tonne)
USD/MT
USD/MT
V.F.Cu =
V.F.Al =
V.F.Pb =
variation factor MT/km for Copper
variation factor MT/km for Aluminium
variation factor MT/km for Lead
LME2 =
Price per MT of copper / Aluminium / lead in USD/MT (cash settlement ) ruling on the
next working day after fulfilment of the condition in Clause 3.1of the Contract Agreement
Metals fixation will be effected by Contractor on the next LME working day after (24) hours from the
date which TBI informed the Advising Bank by swift copy of LC. The Contractor will inform the
Employer about the final LME prices for Copper, Aluminum and Lead, and will submit adjusted unit
price calculations and will request L/C amendment accordingly as per above formula. Then the
Employer will amend the L/C. The adjusted prices will be firmed and fixed all through the Contract.
Total Contract Price will be firmed and fixed and the quantity will be changed according to metal
fixation.
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-250
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.3 Appendix 3 - Insurance Requirements
Insurances to be Taken Out by The Contractor
In accordance with the provisions of GCC Clause 34, the Contractor shall at its expense take out and
maintain in effect, or cause to be taken out and maintained in effect, during the performance of the
Contract, the insurances set forth below in the sums and with the deductibles and other conditions
specified. The identity of the insurers and the form of the policies shall be subject to the approval of
the Employer, such approval not to be unreasonably withheld.
(a) Cargo Insurance
Covering loss or damage occurring, while in transit from the supplier’s or manufacturer’s works or
stores until arrival at the Site, to the Facilities (including spare parts therefore) and to the construction
equipment to be provided by the Contractor or its Subcontractors.
Amount
[in currency(ies)]
Deductible limits
[in currency(ies)]
Parties insured
[names]
Full value of
shipment
Nil
Employer
From
[place]
supplier’s or
manufacturer’s
works or stores
To
[place]
Site
Contractor
(b) Installation All Risks Insurance
Covering physical loss or damage to the Facilities at the Site, occurring prior to completion of the
Facilities, with extended maintenance coverage for the Contractor’s liability in respect of any loss or
damage occurring during the defect liability period while the Contractor is on the Site for the purpose
of performing its obligations during the defect liability period.
Amount
[in currency(ies)]
Deductible limits
[in currency(ies)]
Contract value
Parties insured
[names]
From
[place]
To
[place]
Employer
Site
Site
Contractor
Sub Contractors
(c) Third Party Liability Insurance
Covering bodily injury or death suffered by third parties (including the Employer’s personnel) and loss
of or damage to property (including the Employer’s property and any parts of the Facilities that have
been accepted by the Employer) occurring in connection with the supply and installation of the
Facilities.
Amount
[in currency(ies)]
Deductible limits
[in currency(ies)]
Parties insured
[names]
From
[place]
To
[place]
Sub Contractor
Site
Site
Contractor
Third Party
(Including
Employer’s
Personnel)
(d) Automobile Liability Insurance
Covering use of all vehicles used by the Contractor or its Subcontractors (whether or not owned by
them) in connection with the supply and installation of the Facilities. Comprehensive insurance in
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-251
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
accordance with statutory requirements.
(e) Workers’ Compensation
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any
part thereof is executed.
(f) Employer’s Liability
In accordance with the statutory requirements applicable in any country where the Facilities or any
part thereof is executed.
(g) Other Insurances
The Contractor is also required to take out and maintain at its own cost the following insurances:
Details:
Amount
[in currency(ies)]
Deductible limits
[in currency(ies)]
Parties insured
[names]
From
[place]
To
[place]
Nil
The Employer shall be named as co-insured under all insurance policies taken out by the Contractor
pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Third Party Liability., The Contractor’s
Subcontractors shall be named as co-insureds under all insurance policies taken out by the
Contractor pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 34.1, except for the Cargo, insurances. All insurer’s rights
of subrogation against such co-insureds for losses or claims arising out of the performance of the
Contract shall be waived under such policies.
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-252
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.4 Appendix 4 - Time Schedule
The overall project delivery and execution period is 630 days from the contract effective date. No alternative
time schedules are acceptable. Refer GCC Clause 8.
The supply of material for Power cables, Optical Fibre cables and accessories shall be made as follows
(value of shipments to reach Iraq)
40% of the Total value or more of above materials within 180 days from the contract effective date.
Total 70% of the total value or more of the above materials within 270 days of the contract effective date
Full 100% of the total value of the above materials within 360 days of the contract effective date.
For any delays in shipments beyond those above times, penalties will be made on the outstanding amount
(example if 30% of the value of material has reached Iraq, before the end of 180 days, penalty will be
calculated for the balance 10%, for the number of days delayed. If another shipment with 6% arrives after 20
days of delay, only 4% is subjected to the penalties after 20 days. Once the 270 days period is passed any
amount less than 70% of total value of material will be considered as outstanding). A similar procedure is
followed for the 360 days time period.
Penalty shall be calculated as follows starting after 120 days from the contract effective date.
[Outstanding Value due to delay in Shipments (US $) x 10% x No of days] / 360
The total Penalty shall not exceed 10% of total value of shipments of Power cables, Optical Fibre cables and
accessories.
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-253
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.5 Appendix 5
Subcontractors
List of Major Items of Project and Services and List of Approved
A list of major items of Project and services is provided below.
The following Subcontractors and/or manufacturers are approved for carrying out the item of the
facilities indicated. Where more than one Subcontractor is listed, the Contractor is free to choose
between them, but it must notify the Employer of its choice in good time prior to appointing any
selected Subcontractor. In accordance with GCC Sub-Clause 19.1, the Contractor is free to submit
proposals for Subcontractors for additional items from time to time. No Subcontracts shall be placed
with any such Subcontractors for additional items until the Subcontractors have been approved in
writing by the Employer and their names have been added to this list of Approved Subcontractors.
Major Items of
Project and
Services
132kV Power Cables
Approved
Subcontractors/Manufacturers
Nationality
Optical Fiber Cable
Relays
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-254
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.6 Appendix 6 - Scope of Works and Supply by the Employer
The following personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided/supplied by the Employer, and
the provisions of GCC Clauses 10, 21 and 24 shall apply as appropriate.
All personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided by the Employer in good time so as not to
delay the performance of the Contractor, in accordance with the approved Time Schedule and
Program of Performance pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 18.2.
Unless otherwise indicated, all personnel, facilities, works and supplies will be provided free of charge
to the Contractor.
Personnel
Charge to Contractor (if any)
Nil
Facilities
Charge to Contractor (if any)
Nil
Works
Charge to Contractor (if any)
Nil
Supplies
Charge to Contractor (if any)
Nil
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-255
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.7 Appendix 7 - List of Documents for Approval or Review
Pursuant to GCC Sub-Clause 20.3.1, the Contractor shall prepare, or cause its Subcontractor to
prepare, and present to the Project Manager in accordance with the requirements of GCC SubClause 18.2 (Program of Performance), the following documents for
(A) Approval
1.
Construction drawings
2.
Test reports, standards certificates, quality control reports etc.
3.
reports
4.
Method statements
5.
Any other documents specified in the specification/ Employer’s Requirements or as request by
the Engineer
(B) Review
1.
As built drawings
2.
Operation and maintenance manuals
3.
Any other documents specified in the specification/ Employer’s Requirements or as request by
the Engineer
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-256
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
13.2.8 Appendix 8 - Functional Guarantees- Not Applicable
Section 14 – Contract Forms
14-257
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 14:
14.1
GENERAL CONDITONS OF CONTRACT
ATTACHED SEPARATELY
Section 15 – General Conditions of Contract
15-258
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 15:
15.1
PERTICULAR CONDITIONS OF CONTRACT
ATTACHED SEPARATELY
Section 16 – Particular Conditions of Contract
16-259
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
SECTION 16:

EMPLOYER’S REQUIREMENTS: DRAWINGS
Cable Line Route Maps
o
AL Zawraa Substation–AL Hurryia Substation
o
AL Yarmook substation – Al Rasheed Substation
o
AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation

Typical Cable Layout – Cable Trench (For General route)

Typical Cable Layout – Cable Pipes (For Road Crossings)

Marker Blocks

Cable Joint Caravan
(See the following drawings)
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-260
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.1
CABLE ROUTE MAPS
16.1.1 AL Zawraa Substation–AL Hurryia Substation
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-261
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-262
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-263
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-264
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-265
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-266
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-267
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-268
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-269
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-270
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.1.2 AL Yarmook substation – Al Rasheed Substation
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-271
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-272
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-273
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-274
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-275
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-276
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-277
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-278
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-279
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.1.3 AL Kazale 132 kV substation - AL Amean 400 kV substation
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-280
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-281
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-282
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-283
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-284
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.2
DRAWING NO 001: TYPICAL DRAWING FOR FLAT FORMATION – GENERAL CABLE ROUTE
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-285
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.3
DRAWING NO 002A: TYPICAL DRAWING FOR CROSS SECTION VIEW HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRILLING
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-286
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.4
DRAWING 002B TYPICAL DRAWING FOR HORIZONTAL DIRECTIONAL DRAWING
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-287
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.5
DRAWING NO 003: TYPICAL DRAWING FOR ROAD CROSSING (OPEN CUT)
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-288
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.6
DRAWING 004A POWER CABLE JOINT CHAIMBER
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-289
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.7
DRAWING 004B POWER CABLE JOINT CHAIMBER PLAN
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-290
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.8
DRAWING R005 LINK BOX PIT
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-291
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.9
DRAWING 006 TYPICAL DRWING FOR FLAT FORMATION CONCRETE TROUGH
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-292
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.10 DRAWING R002 CARAVAN FOR CABLE JOINTING
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-293
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.11 DRAWING 0011CRC JOINT CHAIMBER
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-294
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.12 FIG (2) MULTIPLE PRECAST MOULDING MACHINE SPECIFICATION
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-295
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.13 DRAWING 021T – CONCRETE TROUGH & MARKER BLOCK1
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-296
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.14 DRAWING 001M – CONCRETE TROUGH & MARKER BLOCK2
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-297
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.15 DRAWING F1: MARKER TAPE
Length (250 m )
Thickness (1.0 mm)
Width ( 150 mm)
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-298
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.16 DRAWING 0010F: FOUNDATION OF GANTRY STEEL STRUCTURE SUPPORTS FOR 132KV CABLE SEALING ENDS
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-299
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.17 DRAWING 0010G: GANTRY STEEL STRUCTURE SUPPORTS FOR 132KV CABLE SEALING ENDS
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-300
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.18 DRAWING CB: CROSS BONDING FOR LONG DISTANCE
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-301
TENDER NO: P.C . 35 / NT/ 2013
GENERAL DIRECTORATE OF ELECTRICAL TRANSMISSION PROJECTS
MINISTRY OF ELECTRICITY, IRAQ
16.19 TYPICAL CROSS SECTION OF A 132KV XLPE ALUMINIUM CABLE
Section 17 – Employer’s Requirements: Drawings
17-302